1 /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 * pg_dump is a utility for dumping out a postgres database
7 * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2025, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
8 * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
10 * pg_dump will read the system catalogs in a database and dump out a
11 * script that reproduces the schema in terms of SQL that is understood
14 * Note that pg_dump runs in a transaction-snapshot mode transaction,
15 * so it sees a consistent snapshot of the database including system
16 * catalogs. However, it relies in part on various specialized backend
17 * functions like pg_get_indexdef(), and those things tend to look at
18 * the currently committed state. So it is possible to get 'cache
19 * lookup failed' error if someone performs DDL changes while a dump is
20 * happening. The window for this sort of thing is from the acquisition
21 * of the transaction snapshot to getSchemaData() (when pg_dump acquires
22 * AccessShareLock on every table it intends to dump). It isn't very large,
25 * http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-bugs/2010-02/msg00187.php
28 * src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c
30 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
32 #include "postgres_fe.h"
41 #include "access/attnum.h"
42 #include "access/sysattr.h"
43 #include "access/transam.h"
44 #include "catalog/pg_aggregate_d.h"
45 #include "catalog/pg_am_d.h"
46 #include "catalog/pg_attribute_d.h"
47 #include "catalog/pg_authid_d.h"
48 #include "catalog/pg_cast_d.h"
49 #include "catalog/pg_class_d.h"
50 #include "catalog/pg_default_acl_d.h"
51 #include "catalog/pg_largeobject_d.h"
52 #include "catalog/pg_proc_d.h"
53 #include "catalog/pg_subscription_d.h"
54 #include "catalog/pg_type_d.h"
55 #include "common/connect.h"
56 #include "common/int.h"
57 #include "common/relpath.h"
58 #include "compress_io.h"
59 #include "dumputils.h"
60 #include "fe_utils/option_utils.h"
61 #include "fe_utils/string_utils.h"
63 #include "getopt_long.h"
64 #include "libpq/libpq-fs.h"
66 #include "pg_backup_db.h"
67 #include "pg_backup_utils.h"
69 #include "storage/block.h"
73 Oid roleoid
; /* role's OID */
74 const char *rolename
; /* role's name */
79 const char *descr
; /* comment for an object */
80 Oid classoid
; /* object class (catalog OID) */
81 Oid objoid
; /* object OID */
82 int objsubid
; /* subobject (table column #) */
87 const char *provider
; /* label provider of this security label */
88 const char *label
; /* security label for an object */
89 Oid classoid
; /* object class (catalog OID) */
90 Oid objoid
; /* object OID */
91 int objsubid
; /* subobject (table column #) */
96 Oid oid
; /* object OID */
97 char relkind
; /* object kind */
98 RelFileNumber relfilenumber
; /* object filenode */
99 Oid toast_oid
; /* toast table OID */
100 RelFileNumber toast_relfilenumber
; /* toast table filenode */
101 Oid toast_index_oid
; /* toast table index OID */
102 RelFileNumber toast_index_relfilenumber
; /* toast table index filenode */
103 } BinaryUpgradeClassOidItem
;
113 static const char *const SeqTypeNames
[] =
115 [SEQTYPE_SMALLINT
] = "smallint",
116 [SEQTYPE_INTEGER
] = "integer",
117 [SEQTYPE_BIGINT
] = "bigint",
120 StaticAssertDecl(lengthof(SeqTypeNames
) == (SEQTYPE_BIGINT
+ 1),
121 "array length mismatch");
125 Oid oid
; /* sequence OID */
126 SeqType seqtype
; /* data type of sequence */
127 bool cycled
; /* whether sequence cycles */
128 int64 minv
; /* minimum value */
129 int64 maxv
; /* maximum value */
130 int64 startv
; /* start value */
131 int64 incby
; /* increment value */
132 int64 cache
; /* cache size */
133 int64 last_value
; /* last value of sequence */
134 bool is_called
; /* whether nextval advances before returning */
137 typedef enum OidOptions
145 static bool dosync
= true; /* Issue fsync() to make dump durable on disk. */
147 static Oid g_last_builtin_oid
; /* value of the last builtin oid */
149 /* The specified names/patterns should to match at least one entity */
150 static int strict_names
= 0;
152 static pg_compress_algorithm compression_algorithm
= PG_COMPRESSION_NONE
;
155 * Object inclusion/exclusion lists
157 * The string lists record the patterns given by command-line switches,
158 * which we then convert to lists of OIDs of matching objects.
160 static SimpleStringList schema_include_patterns
= {NULL
, NULL
};
161 static SimpleOidList schema_include_oids
= {NULL
, NULL
};
162 static SimpleStringList schema_exclude_patterns
= {NULL
, NULL
};
163 static SimpleOidList schema_exclude_oids
= {NULL
, NULL
};
165 static SimpleStringList table_include_patterns
= {NULL
, NULL
};
166 static SimpleStringList table_include_patterns_and_children
= {NULL
, NULL
};
167 static SimpleOidList table_include_oids
= {NULL
, NULL
};
168 static SimpleStringList table_exclude_patterns
= {NULL
, NULL
};
169 static SimpleStringList table_exclude_patterns_and_children
= {NULL
, NULL
};
170 static SimpleOidList table_exclude_oids
= {NULL
, NULL
};
171 static SimpleStringList tabledata_exclude_patterns
= {NULL
, NULL
};
172 static SimpleStringList tabledata_exclude_patterns_and_children
= {NULL
, NULL
};
173 static SimpleOidList tabledata_exclude_oids
= {NULL
, NULL
};
175 static SimpleStringList foreign_servers_include_patterns
= {NULL
, NULL
};
176 static SimpleOidList foreign_servers_include_oids
= {NULL
, NULL
};
178 static SimpleStringList extension_include_patterns
= {NULL
, NULL
};
179 static SimpleOidList extension_include_oids
= {NULL
, NULL
};
181 static SimpleStringList extension_exclude_patterns
= {NULL
, NULL
};
182 static SimpleOidList extension_exclude_oids
= {NULL
, NULL
};
184 static const CatalogId nilCatalogId
= {0, 0};
186 /* override for standard extra_float_digits setting */
187 static bool have_extra_float_digits
= false;
188 static int extra_float_digits
;
190 /* sorted table of role names */
191 static RoleNameItem
*rolenames
= NULL
;
192 static int nrolenames
= 0;
194 /* sorted table of comments */
195 static CommentItem
*comments
= NULL
;
196 static int ncomments
= 0;
198 /* sorted table of security labels */
199 static SecLabelItem
*seclabels
= NULL
;
200 static int nseclabels
= 0;
202 /* sorted table of pg_class information for binary upgrade */
203 static BinaryUpgradeClassOidItem
*binaryUpgradeClassOids
= NULL
;
204 static int nbinaryUpgradeClassOids
= 0;
206 /* sorted table of sequences */
207 static SequenceItem
*sequences
= NULL
;
208 static int nsequences
= 0;
211 * The default number of rows per INSERT when
212 * --inserts is specified without --rows-per-insert
214 #define DUMP_DEFAULT_ROWS_PER_INSERT 1
217 * Maximum number of large objects to group into a single ArchiveEntry.
218 * At some point we might want to make this user-controllable, but for now
219 * a hard-wired setting will suffice.
221 #define MAX_BLOBS_PER_ARCHIVE_ENTRY 1000
224 * Macro for producing quoted, schema-qualified name of a dumpable object.
226 #define fmtQualifiedDumpable(obj) \
227 fmtQualifiedId((obj)->dobj.namespace->dobj.name, \
230 static void help(const char *progname
);
231 static void setup_connection(Archive
*AH
,
232 const char *dumpencoding
, const char *dumpsnapshot
,
234 static ArchiveFormat
parseArchiveFormat(const char *format
, ArchiveMode
*mode
);
235 static void expand_schema_name_patterns(Archive
*fout
,
236 SimpleStringList
*patterns
,
239 static void expand_extension_name_patterns(Archive
*fout
,
240 SimpleStringList
*patterns
,
243 static void expand_foreign_server_name_patterns(Archive
*fout
,
244 SimpleStringList
*patterns
,
245 SimpleOidList
*oids
);
246 static void expand_table_name_patterns(Archive
*fout
,
247 SimpleStringList
*patterns
,
250 bool with_child_tables
);
251 static void prohibit_crossdb_refs(PGconn
*conn
, const char *dbname
,
252 const char *pattern
);
254 static NamespaceInfo
*findNamespace(Oid nsoid
);
255 static void dumpTableData(Archive
*fout
, const TableDataInfo
*tdinfo
);
256 static void refreshMatViewData(Archive
*fout
, const TableDataInfo
*tdinfo
);
257 static const char *getRoleName(const char *roleoid_str
);
258 static void collectRoleNames(Archive
*fout
);
259 static void getAdditionalACLs(Archive
*fout
);
260 static void dumpCommentExtended(Archive
*fout
, const char *type
,
261 const char *name
, const char *namespace,
262 const char *owner
, CatalogId catalogId
,
263 int subid
, DumpId dumpId
,
264 const char *initdb_comment
);
265 static inline void dumpComment(Archive
*fout
, const char *type
,
266 const char *name
, const char *namespace,
267 const char *owner
, CatalogId catalogId
,
268 int subid
, DumpId dumpId
);
269 static int findComments(Oid classoid
, Oid objoid
, CommentItem
**items
);
270 static void collectComments(Archive
*fout
);
271 static void dumpSecLabel(Archive
*fout
, const char *type
, const char *name
,
272 const char *namespace, const char *owner
,
273 CatalogId catalogId
, int subid
, DumpId dumpId
);
274 static int findSecLabels(Oid classoid
, Oid objoid
, SecLabelItem
**items
);
275 static void collectSecLabels(Archive
*fout
);
276 static void dumpDumpableObject(Archive
*fout
, DumpableObject
*dobj
);
277 static void dumpNamespace(Archive
*fout
, const NamespaceInfo
*nspinfo
);
278 static void dumpExtension(Archive
*fout
, const ExtensionInfo
*extinfo
);
279 static void dumpType(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
);
280 static void dumpBaseType(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
);
281 static void dumpEnumType(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
);
282 static void dumpRangeType(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
);
283 static void dumpUndefinedType(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
);
284 static void dumpDomain(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
);
285 static void dumpCompositeType(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
);
286 static void dumpCompositeTypeColComments(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
,
288 static void dumpShellType(Archive
*fout
, const ShellTypeInfo
*stinfo
);
289 static void dumpProcLang(Archive
*fout
, const ProcLangInfo
*plang
);
290 static void dumpFunc(Archive
*fout
, const FuncInfo
*finfo
);
291 static void dumpCast(Archive
*fout
, const CastInfo
*cast
);
292 static void dumpTransform(Archive
*fout
, const TransformInfo
*transform
);
293 static void dumpOpr(Archive
*fout
, const OprInfo
*oprinfo
);
294 static void dumpAccessMethod(Archive
*fout
, const AccessMethodInfo
*aminfo
);
295 static void dumpOpclass(Archive
*fout
, const OpclassInfo
*opcinfo
);
296 static void dumpOpfamily(Archive
*fout
, const OpfamilyInfo
*opfinfo
);
297 static void dumpCollation(Archive
*fout
, const CollInfo
*collinfo
);
298 static void dumpConversion(Archive
*fout
, const ConvInfo
*convinfo
);
299 static void dumpRule(Archive
*fout
, const RuleInfo
*rinfo
);
300 static void dumpAgg(Archive
*fout
, const AggInfo
*agginfo
);
301 static void dumpTrigger(Archive
*fout
, const TriggerInfo
*tginfo
);
302 static void dumpEventTrigger(Archive
*fout
, const EventTriggerInfo
*evtinfo
);
303 static void dumpTable(Archive
*fout
, const TableInfo
*tbinfo
);
304 static void dumpTableSchema(Archive
*fout
, const TableInfo
*tbinfo
);
305 static void dumpTableAttach(Archive
*fout
, const TableAttachInfo
*attachinfo
);
306 static void dumpAttrDef(Archive
*fout
, const AttrDefInfo
*adinfo
);
307 static void collectSequences(Archive
*fout
);
308 static void dumpSequence(Archive
*fout
, const TableInfo
*tbinfo
);
309 static void dumpSequenceData(Archive
*fout
, const TableDataInfo
*tdinfo
);
310 static void dumpIndex(Archive
*fout
, const IndxInfo
*indxinfo
);
311 static void dumpIndexAttach(Archive
*fout
, const IndexAttachInfo
*attachinfo
);
312 static void dumpStatisticsExt(Archive
*fout
, const StatsExtInfo
*statsextinfo
);
313 static void dumpConstraint(Archive
*fout
, const ConstraintInfo
*coninfo
);
314 static void dumpTableConstraintComment(Archive
*fout
, const ConstraintInfo
*coninfo
);
315 static void dumpTSParser(Archive
*fout
, const TSParserInfo
*prsinfo
);
316 static void dumpTSDictionary(Archive
*fout
, const TSDictInfo
*dictinfo
);
317 static void dumpTSTemplate(Archive
*fout
, const TSTemplateInfo
*tmplinfo
);
318 static void dumpTSConfig(Archive
*fout
, const TSConfigInfo
*cfginfo
);
319 static void dumpForeignDataWrapper(Archive
*fout
, const FdwInfo
*fdwinfo
);
320 static void dumpForeignServer(Archive
*fout
, const ForeignServerInfo
*srvinfo
);
321 static void dumpUserMappings(Archive
*fout
,
322 const char *servername
, const char *namespace,
323 const char *owner
, CatalogId catalogId
, DumpId dumpId
);
324 static void dumpDefaultACL(Archive
*fout
, const DefaultACLInfo
*daclinfo
);
326 static DumpId
dumpACL(Archive
*fout
, DumpId objDumpId
, DumpId altDumpId
,
327 const char *type
, const char *name
, const char *subname
,
328 const char *nspname
, const char *tag
, const char *owner
,
329 const DumpableAcl
*dacl
);
331 static void getDependencies(Archive
*fout
);
332 static void BuildArchiveDependencies(Archive
*fout
);
333 static void findDumpableDependencies(ArchiveHandle
*AH
, const DumpableObject
*dobj
,
334 DumpId
**dependencies
, int *nDeps
, int *allocDeps
);
336 static DumpableObject
*createBoundaryObjects(void);
337 static void addBoundaryDependencies(DumpableObject
**dobjs
, int numObjs
,
338 DumpableObject
*boundaryObjs
);
340 static void addConstrChildIdxDeps(DumpableObject
*dobj
, const IndxInfo
*refidx
);
341 static void getDomainConstraints(Archive
*fout
, TypeInfo
*tyinfo
);
342 static void getTableData(DumpOptions
*dopt
, TableInfo
*tblinfo
, int numTables
, char relkind
);
343 static void makeTableDataInfo(DumpOptions
*dopt
, TableInfo
*tbinfo
);
344 static void buildMatViewRefreshDependencies(Archive
*fout
);
345 static void getTableDataFKConstraints(void);
346 static void determineNotNullFlags(Archive
*fout
, PGresult
*res
, int r
,
347 TableInfo
*tbinfo
, int j
,
348 int i_notnull_name
, int i_notnull_noinherit
,
349 int i_notnull_islocal
);
350 static char *format_function_arguments(const FuncInfo
*finfo
, const char *funcargs
,
352 static char *format_function_signature(Archive
*fout
,
353 const FuncInfo
*finfo
, bool honor_quotes
);
354 static char *convertRegProcReference(const char *proc
);
355 static char *getFormattedOperatorName(const char *oproid
);
356 static char *convertTSFunction(Archive
*fout
, Oid funcOid
);
357 static const char *getFormattedTypeName(Archive
*fout
, Oid oid
, OidOptions opts
);
358 static void getLOs(Archive
*fout
);
359 static void dumpLO(Archive
*fout
, const LoInfo
*loinfo
);
360 static int dumpLOs(Archive
*fout
, const void *arg
);
361 static void dumpPolicy(Archive
*fout
, const PolicyInfo
*polinfo
);
362 static void dumpPublication(Archive
*fout
, const PublicationInfo
*pubinfo
);
363 static void dumpPublicationTable(Archive
*fout
, const PublicationRelInfo
*pubrinfo
);
364 static void dumpSubscription(Archive
*fout
, const SubscriptionInfo
*subinfo
);
365 static void dumpSubscriptionTable(Archive
*fout
, const SubRelInfo
*subrinfo
);
366 static void dumpDatabase(Archive
*fout
);
367 static void dumpDatabaseConfig(Archive
*AH
, PQExpBuffer outbuf
,
368 const char *dbname
, Oid dboid
);
369 static void dumpEncoding(Archive
*AH
);
370 static void dumpStdStrings(Archive
*AH
);
371 static void dumpSearchPath(Archive
*AH
);
372 static void binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_type_oid(Archive
*fout
,
373 PQExpBuffer upgrade_buffer
,
375 bool force_array_type
,
376 bool include_multirange_type
);
377 static void binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_rel(Archive
*fout
,
378 PQExpBuffer upgrade_buffer
,
379 const TableInfo
*tbinfo
);
380 static void collectBinaryUpgradeClassOids(Archive
*fout
);
381 static void binary_upgrade_set_pg_class_oids(Archive
*fout
,
382 PQExpBuffer upgrade_buffer
,
384 static void binary_upgrade_extension_member(PQExpBuffer upgrade_buffer
,
385 const DumpableObject
*dobj
,
388 const char *objnamespace
);
389 static const char *getAttrName(int attrnum
, const TableInfo
*tblInfo
);
390 static const char *fmtCopyColumnList(const TableInfo
*ti
, PQExpBuffer buffer
);
391 static bool nonemptyReloptions(const char *reloptions
);
392 static void appendReloptionsArrayAH(PQExpBuffer buffer
, const char *reloptions
,
393 const char *prefix
, Archive
*fout
);
394 static char *get_synchronized_snapshot(Archive
*fout
);
395 static void set_restrict_relation_kind(Archive
*AH
, const char *value
);
396 static void setupDumpWorker(Archive
*AH
);
397 static TableInfo
*getRootTableInfo(const TableInfo
*tbinfo
);
398 static bool forcePartitionRootLoad(const TableInfo
*tbinfo
);
399 static void read_dump_filters(const char *filename
, DumpOptions
*dopt
);
403 main(int argc
, char **argv
)
406 const char *filename
= NULL
;
407 const char *format
= "p";
410 DumpableObject
**dobjs
;
412 DumpableObject
*boundaryObjs
;
415 RestoreOptions
*ropt
;
416 Archive
*fout
; /* the script file */
417 bool g_verbose
= false;
418 const char *dumpencoding
= NULL
;
419 const char *dumpsnapshot
= NULL
;
420 char *use_role
= NULL
;
423 ArchiveFormat archiveFormat
= archUnknown
;
424 ArchiveMode archiveMode
;
425 pg_compress_specification compression_spec
= {0};
426 char *compression_detail
= NULL
;
427 char *compression_algorithm_str
= "none";
428 char *error_detail
= NULL
;
429 bool user_compression_defined
= false;
430 DataDirSyncMethod sync_method
= DATA_DIR_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC
;
431 bool data_only
= false;
432 bool schema_only
= false;
434 static DumpOptions dopt
;
436 static struct option long_options
[] = {
437 {"data-only", no_argument
, NULL
, 'a'},
438 {"blobs", no_argument
, NULL
, 'b'},
439 {"large-objects", no_argument
, NULL
, 'b'},
440 {"no-blobs", no_argument
, NULL
, 'B'},
441 {"no-large-objects", no_argument
, NULL
, 'B'},
442 {"clean", no_argument
, NULL
, 'c'},
443 {"create", no_argument
, NULL
, 'C'},
444 {"dbname", required_argument
, NULL
, 'd'},
445 {"extension", required_argument
, NULL
, 'e'},
446 {"file", required_argument
, NULL
, 'f'},
447 {"format", required_argument
, NULL
, 'F'},
448 {"host", required_argument
, NULL
, 'h'},
449 {"jobs", 1, NULL
, 'j'},
450 {"no-reconnect", no_argument
, NULL
, 'R'},
451 {"no-owner", no_argument
, NULL
, 'O'},
452 {"port", required_argument
, NULL
, 'p'},
453 {"schema", required_argument
, NULL
, 'n'},
454 {"exclude-schema", required_argument
, NULL
, 'N'},
455 {"schema-only", no_argument
, NULL
, 's'},
456 {"superuser", required_argument
, NULL
, 'S'},
457 {"table", required_argument
, NULL
, 't'},
458 {"exclude-table", required_argument
, NULL
, 'T'},
459 {"no-password", no_argument
, NULL
, 'w'},
460 {"password", no_argument
, NULL
, 'W'},
461 {"username", required_argument
, NULL
, 'U'},
462 {"verbose", no_argument
, NULL
, 'v'},
463 {"no-privileges", no_argument
, NULL
, 'x'},
464 {"no-acl", no_argument
, NULL
, 'x'},
465 {"compress", required_argument
, NULL
, 'Z'},
466 {"encoding", required_argument
, NULL
, 'E'},
467 {"help", no_argument
, NULL
, '?'},
468 {"version", no_argument
, NULL
, 'V'},
471 * the following options don't have an equivalent short option letter
473 {"attribute-inserts", no_argument
, &dopt
.column_inserts
, 1},
474 {"binary-upgrade", no_argument
, &dopt
.binary_upgrade
, 1},
475 {"column-inserts", no_argument
, &dopt
.column_inserts
, 1},
476 {"disable-dollar-quoting", no_argument
, &dopt
.disable_dollar_quoting
, 1},
477 {"disable-triggers", no_argument
, &dopt
.disable_triggers
, 1},
478 {"enable-row-security", no_argument
, &dopt
.enable_row_security
, 1},
479 {"exclude-table-data", required_argument
, NULL
, 4},
480 {"extra-float-digits", required_argument
, NULL
, 8},
481 {"if-exists", no_argument
, &dopt
.if_exists
, 1},
482 {"inserts", no_argument
, NULL
, 9},
483 {"lock-wait-timeout", required_argument
, NULL
, 2},
484 {"no-table-access-method", no_argument
, &dopt
.outputNoTableAm
, 1},
485 {"no-tablespaces", no_argument
, &dopt
.outputNoTablespaces
, 1},
486 {"quote-all-identifiers", no_argument
, "e_all_identifiers
, 1},
487 {"load-via-partition-root", no_argument
, &dopt
.load_via_partition_root
, 1},
488 {"role", required_argument
, NULL
, 3},
489 {"section", required_argument
, NULL
, 5},
490 {"serializable-deferrable", no_argument
, &dopt
.serializable_deferrable
, 1},
491 {"snapshot", required_argument
, NULL
, 6},
492 {"strict-names", no_argument
, &strict_names
, 1},
493 {"use-set-session-authorization", no_argument
, &dopt
.use_setsessauth
, 1},
494 {"no-comments", no_argument
, &dopt
.no_comments
, 1},
495 {"no-publications", no_argument
, &dopt
.no_publications
, 1},
496 {"no-security-labels", no_argument
, &dopt
.no_security_labels
, 1},
497 {"no-subscriptions", no_argument
, &dopt
.no_subscriptions
, 1},
498 {"no-toast-compression", no_argument
, &dopt
.no_toast_compression
, 1},
499 {"no-unlogged-table-data", no_argument
, &dopt
.no_unlogged_table_data
, 1},
500 {"no-sync", no_argument
, NULL
, 7},
501 {"on-conflict-do-nothing", no_argument
, &dopt
.do_nothing
, 1},
502 {"rows-per-insert", required_argument
, NULL
, 10},
503 {"include-foreign-data", required_argument
, NULL
, 11},
504 {"table-and-children", required_argument
, NULL
, 12},
505 {"exclude-table-and-children", required_argument
, NULL
, 13},
506 {"exclude-table-data-and-children", required_argument
, NULL
, 14},
507 {"sync-method", required_argument
, NULL
, 15},
508 {"filter", required_argument
, NULL
, 16},
509 {"exclude-extension", required_argument
, NULL
, 17},
514 pg_logging_init(argv
[0]);
515 pg_logging_set_level(PG_LOG_WARNING
);
516 set_pglocale_pgservice(argv
[0], PG_TEXTDOMAIN("pg_dump"));
519 * Initialize what we need for parallel execution, especially for thread
520 * support on Windows.
522 init_parallel_dump_utils();
524 progname
= get_progname(argv
[0]);
528 if (strcmp(argv
[1], "--help") == 0 || strcmp(argv
[1], "-?") == 0)
533 if (strcmp(argv
[1], "--version") == 0 || strcmp(argv
[1], "-V") == 0)
535 puts("pg_dump (PostgreSQL) " PG_VERSION
);
540 InitDumpOptions(&dopt
);
542 while ((c
= getopt_long(argc
, argv
, "abBcCd:e:E:f:F:h:j:n:N:Op:RsS:t:T:U:vwWxZ:",
543 long_options
, &optindex
)) != -1)
547 case 'a': /* Dump data only */
551 case 'b': /* Dump LOs */
552 dopt
.outputLOs
= true;
555 case 'B': /* Don't dump LOs */
556 dopt
.dontOutputLOs
= true;
559 case 'c': /* clean (i.e., drop) schema prior to create */
560 dopt
.outputClean
= 1;
563 case 'C': /* Create DB */
564 dopt
.outputCreateDB
= 1;
567 case 'd': /* database name */
568 dopt
.cparams
.dbname
= pg_strdup(optarg
);
571 case 'e': /* include extension(s) */
572 simple_string_list_append(&extension_include_patterns
, optarg
);
573 dopt
.include_everything
= false;
576 case 'E': /* Dump encoding */
577 dumpencoding
= pg_strdup(optarg
);
581 filename
= pg_strdup(optarg
);
585 format
= pg_strdup(optarg
);
588 case 'h': /* server host */
589 dopt
.cparams
.pghost
= pg_strdup(optarg
);
592 case 'j': /* number of dump jobs */
593 if (!option_parse_int(optarg
, "-j/--jobs", 1,
599 case 'n': /* include schema(s) */
600 simple_string_list_append(&schema_include_patterns
, optarg
);
601 dopt
.include_everything
= false;
604 case 'N': /* exclude schema(s) */
605 simple_string_list_append(&schema_exclude_patterns
, optarg
);
608 case 'O': /* Don't reconnect to match owner */
609 dopt
.outputNoOwner
= 1;
612 case 'p': /* server port */
613 dopt
.cparams
.pgport
= pg_strdup(optarg
);
617 /* no-op, still accepted for backwards compatibility */
620 case 's': /* dump schema only */
624 case 'S': /* Username for superuser in plain text output */
625 dopt
.outputSuperuser
= pg_strdup(optarg
);
628 case 't': /* include table(s) */
629 simple_string_list_append(&table_include_patterns
, optarg
);
630 dopt
.include_everything
= false;
633 case 'T': /* exclude table(s) */
634 simple_string_list_append(&table_exclude_patterns
, optarg
);
638 dopt
.cparams
.username
= pg_strdup(optarg
);
641 case 'v': /* verbose */
643 pg_logging_increase_verbosity();
647 dopt
.cparams
.promptPassword
= TRI_NO
;
651 dopt
.cparams
.promptPassword
= TRI_YES
;
654 case 'x': /* skip ACL dump */
655 dopt
.aclsSkip
= true;
658 case 'Z': /* Compression */
659 parse_compress_options(optarg
, &compression_algorithm_str
,
660 &compression_detail
);
661 user_compression_defined
= true;
665 /* This covers the long options. */
668 case 2: /* lock-wait-timeout */
669 dopt
.lockWaitTimeout
= pg_strdup(optarg
);
672 case 3: /* SET ROLE */
673 use_role
= pg_strdup(optarg
);
676 case 4: /* exclude table(s) data */
677 simple_string_list_append(&tabledata_exclude_patterns
, optarg
);
680 case 5: /* section */
681 set_dump_section(optarg
, &dopt
.dumpSections
);
684 case 6: /* snapshot */
685 dumpsnapshot
= pg_strdup(optarg
);
688 case 7: /* no-sync */
693 have_extra_float_digits
= true;
694 if (!option_parse_int(optarg
, "--extra-float-digits", -15, 3,
695 &extra_float_digits
))
699 case 9: /* inserts */
702 * dump_inserts also stores --rows-per-insert, careful not to
705 if (dopt
.dump_inserts
== 0)
706 dopt
.dump_inserts
= DUMP_DEFAULT_ROWS_PER_INSERT
;
709 case 10: /* rows per insert */
710 if (!option_parse_int(optarg
, "--rows-per-insert", 1, INT_MAX
,
715 case 11: /* include foreign data */
716 simple_string_list_append(&foreign_servers_include_patterns
,
720 case 12: /* include table(s) and their children */
721 simple_string_list_append(&table_include_patterns_and_children
,
723 dopt
.include_everything
= false;
726 case 13: /* exclude table(s) and their children */
727 simple_string_list_append(&table_exclude_patterns_and_children
,
731 case 14: /* exclude data of table(s) and children */
732 simple_string_list_append(&tabledata_exclude_patterns_and_children
,
737 if (!parse_sync_method(optarg
, &sync_method
))
741 case 16: /* read object filters from file */
742 read_dump_filters(optarg
, &dopt
);
745 case 17: /* exclude extension(s) */
746 simple_string_list_append(&extension_exclude_patterns
,
751 /* getopt_long already emitted a complaint */
752 pg_log_error_hint("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.", progname
);
758 * Non-option argument specifies database name as long as it wasn't
759 * already specified with -d / --dbname
761 if (optind
< argc
&& dopt
.cparams
.dbname
== NULL
)
762 dopt
.cparams
.dbname
= argv
[optind
++];
764 /* Complain if any arguments remain */
767 pg_log_error("too many command-line arguments (first is \"%s\")",
769 pg_log_error_hint("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.", progname
);
773 /* --column-inserts implies --inserts */
774 if (dopt
.column_inserts
&& dopt
.dump_inserts
== 0)
775 dopt
.dump_inserts
= DUMP_DEFAULT_ROWS_PER_INSERT
;
778 * Binary upgrade mode implies dumping sequence data even in schema-only
779 * mode. This is not exposed as a separate option, but kept separate
780 * internally for clarity.
782 if (dopt
.binary_upgrade
)
783 dopt
.sequence_data
= 1;
785 if (data_only
&& schema_only
)
786 pg_fatal("options -s/--schema-only and -a/--data-only cannot be used together");
788 if (schema_only
&& foreign_servers_include_patterns
.head
!= NULL
)
789 pg_fatal("options -s/--schema-only and --include-foreign-data cannot be used together");
791 if (numWorkers
> 1 && foreign_servers_include_patterns
.head
!= NULL
)
792 pg_fatal("option --include-foreign-data is not supported with parallel backup");
794 if (data_only
&& dopt
.outputClean
)
795 pg_fatal("options -c/--clean and -a/--data-only cannot be used together");
797 if (dopt
.if_exists
&& !dopt
.outputClean
)
798 pg_fatal("option --if-exists requires option -c/--clean");
800 /* set derivative flags */
801 dopt
.dumpSchema
= (!data_only
);
802 dopt
.dumpData
= (!schema_only
);
805 * --inserts are already implied above if --column-inserts or
806 * --rows-per-insert were specified.
808 if (dopt
.do_nothing
&& dopt
.dump_inserts
== 0)
809 pg_fatal("option --on-conflict-do-nothing requires option --inserts, --rows-per-insert, or --column-inserts");
811 /* Identify archive format to emit */
812 archiveFormat
= parseArchiveFormat(format
, &archiveMode
);
814 /* archiveFormat specific setup */
815 if (archiveFormat
== archNull
)
819 * Custom and directory formats are compressed by default with gzip when
820 * available, not the others. If gzip is not available, no compression is
823 if ((archiveFormat
== archCustom
|| archiveFormat
== archDirectory
) &&
824 !user_compression_defined
)
827 compression_algorithm_str
= "gzip";
829 compression_algorithm_str
= "none";
834 * Compression options
836 if (!parse_compress_algorithm(compression_algorithm_str
,
837 &compression_algorithm
))
838 pg_fatal("unrecognized compression algorithm: \"%s\"",
839 compression_algorithm_str
);
841 parse_compress_specification(compression_algorithm
, compression_detail
,
843 error_detail
= validate_compress_specification(&compression_spec
);
844 if (error_detail
!= NULL
)
845 pg_fatal("invalid compression specification: %s",
848 error_detail
= supports_compression(compression_spec
);
849 if (error_detail
!= NULL
)
850 pg_fatal("%s", error_detail
);
853 * Disable support for zstd workers for now - these are based on
854 * threading, and it's unclear how it interacts with parallel dumps on
855 * platforms where that relies on threads too (e.g. Windows).
857 if (compression_spec
.options
& PG_COMPRESSION_OPTION_WORKERS
)
858 pg_log_warning("compression option \"%s\" is not currently supported by pg_dump",
862 * If emitting an archive format, we always want to emit a DATABASE item,
863 * in case --create is specified at pg_restore time.
866 dopt
.outputCreateDB
= 1;
868 /* Parallel backup only in the directory archive format so far */
869 if (archiveFormat
!= archDirectory
&& numWorkers
> 1)
870 pg_fatal("parallel backup only supported by the directory format");
872 /* Open the output file */
873 fout
= CreateArchive(filename
, archiveFormat
, compression_spec
,
874 dosync
, archiveMode
, setupDumpWorker
, sync_method
);
876 /* Make dump options accessible right away */
877 SetArchiveOptions(fout
, &dopt
, NULL
);
879 /* Register the cleanup hook */
880 on_exit_close_archive(fout
);
882 /* Let the archiver know how noisy to be */
883 fout
->verbose
= g_verbose
;
887 * We allow the server to be back to 9.2, and up to any minor release of
888 * our own major version. (See also version check in pg_dumpall.c.)
890 fout
->minRemoteVersion
= 90200;
891 fout
->maxRemoteVersion
= (PG_VERSION_NUM
/ 100) * 100 + 99;
893 fout
->numWorkers
= numWorkers
;
896 * Open the database using the Archiver, so it knows about it. Errors mean
899 ConnectDatabase(fout
, &dopt
.cparams
, false);
900 setup_connection(fout
, dumpencoding
, dumpsnapshot
, use_role
);
903 * On hot standbys, never try to dump unlogged table data, since it will
904 * just throw an error.
907 dopt
.no_unlogged_table_data
= true;
910 * Find the last built-in OID, if needed (prior to 8.1)
912 * With 8.1 and above, we can just use FirstNormalObjectId - 1.
914 g_last_builtin_oid
= FirstNormalObjectId
- 1;
916 pg_log_info("last built-in OID is %u", g_last_builtin_oid
);
918 /* Expand schema selection patterns into OID lists */
919 if (schema_include_patterns
.head
!= NULL
)
921 expand_schema_name_patterns(fout
, &schema_include_patterns
,
922 &schema_include_oids
,
924 if (schema_include_oids
.head
== NULL
)
925 pg_fatal("no matching schemas were found");
927 expand_schema_name_patterns(fout
, &schema_exclude_patterns
,
928 &schema_exclude_oids
,
930 /* non-matching exclusion patterns aren't an error */
932 /* Expand table selection patterns into OID lists */
933 expand_table_name_patterns(fout
, &table_include_patterns
,
935 strict_names
, false);
936 expand_table_name_patterns(fout
, &table_include_patterns_and_children
,
939 if ((table_include_patterns
.head
!= NULL
||
940 table_include_patterns_and_children
.head
!= NULL
) &&
941 table_include_oids
.head
== NULL
)
942 pg_fatal("no matching tables were found");
944 expand_table_name_patterns(fout
, &table_exclude_patterns
,
947 expand_table_name_patterns(fout
, &table_exclude_patterns_and_children
,
951 expand_table_name_patterns(fout
, &tabledata_exclude_patterns
,
952 &tabledata_exclude_oids
,
954 expand_table_name_patterns(fout
, &tabledata_exclude_patterns_and_children
,
955 &tabledata_exclude_oids
,
958 expand_foreign_server_name_patterns(fout
, &foreign_servers_include_patterns
,
959 &foreign_servers_include_oids
);
961 /* non-matching exclusion patterns aren't an error */
963 /* Expand extension selection patterns into OID lists */
964 if (extension_include_patterns
.head
!= NULL
)
966 expand_extension_name_patterns(fout
, &extension_include_patterns
,
967 &extension_include_oids
,
969 if (extension_include_oids
.head
== NULL
)
970 pg_fatal("no matching extensions were found");
972 expand_extension_name_patterns(fout
, &extension_exclude_patterns
,
973 &extension_exclude_oids
,
975 /* non-matching exclusion patterns aren't an error */
978 * Dumping LOs is the default for dumps where an inclusion switch is not
979 * used (an "include everything" dump). -B can be used to exclude LOs
980 * from those dumps. -b can be used to include LOs even when an inclusion
983 * -s means "schema only" and LOs are data, not schema, so we never
984 * include LOs when -s is used.
986 if (dopt
.include_everything
&& dopt
.dumpData
&& !dopt
.dontOutputLOs
)
987 dopt
.outputLOs
= true;
990 * Collect role names so we can map object owner OIDs to names.
992 collectRoleNames(fout
);
995 * Now scan the database and create DumpableObject structs for all the
996 * objects we intend to dump.
998 tblinfo
= getSchemaData(fout
, &numTables
);
1002 getTableData(&dopt
, tblinfo
, numTables
, 0);
1003 buildMatViewRefreshDependencies(fout
);
1004 if (!dopt
.dumpSchema
)
1005 getTableDataFKConstraints();
1008 if (!dopt
.dumpData
&& dopt
.sequence_data
)
1009 getTableData(&dopt
, tblinfo
, numTables
, RELKIND_SEQUENCE
);
1012 * In binary-upgrade mode, we do not have to worry about the actual LO
1013 * data or the associated metadata that resides in the pg_largeobject and
1014 * pg_largeobject_metadata tables, respectively.
1016 * However, we do need to collect LO information as there may be comments
1017 * or other information on LOs that we do need to dump out.
1019 if (dopt
.outputLOs
|| dopt
.binary_upgrade
)
1023 * Collect dependency data to assist in ordering the objects.
1025 getDependencies(fout
);
1028 * Collect ACLs, comments, and security labels, if wanted.
1031 getAdditionalACLs(fout
);
1032 if (!dopt
.no_comments
)
1033 collectComments(fout
);
1034 if (!dopt
.no_security_labels
)
1035 collectSecLabels(fout
);
1037 /* For binary upgrade mode, collect required pg_class information. */
1038 if (dopt
.binary_upgrade
)
1039 collectBinaryUpgradeClassOids(fout
);
1041 /* Collect sequence information. */
1042 collectSequences(fout
);
1044 /* Lastly, create dummy objects to represent the section boundaries */
1045 boundaryObjs
= createBoundaryObjects();
1047 /* Get pointers to all the known DumpableObjects */
1048 getDumpableObjects(&dobjs
, &numObjs
);
1051 * Add dummy dependencies to enforce the dump section ordering.
1053 addBoundaryDependencies(dobjs
, numObjs
, boundaryObjs
);
1056 * Sort the objects into a safe dump order (no forward references).
1058 * We rely on dependency information to help us determine a safe order, so
1059 * the initial sort is mostly for cosmetic purposes: we sort by name to
1060 * ensure that logically identical schemas will dump identically.
1062 sortDumpableObjectsByTypeName(dobjs
, numObjs
);
1064 sortDumpableObjects(dobjs
, numObjs
,
1065 boundaryObjs
[0].dumpId
, boundaryObjs
[1].dumpId
);
1068 * Create archive TOC entries for all the objects to be dumped, in a safe
1073 * First the special entries for ENCODING, STDSTRINGS, and SEARCHPATH.
1076 dumpStdStrings(fout
);
1077 dumpSearchPath(fout
);
1079 /* The database items are always next, unless we don't want them at all */
1080 if (dopt
.outputCreateDB
)
1083 /* Now the rearrangeable objects. */
1084 for (i
= 0; i
< numObjs
; i
++)
1085 dumpDumpableObject(fout
, dobjs
[i
]);
1088 * Set up options info to ensure we dump what we want.
1090 ropt
= NewRestoreOptions();
1091 ropt
->filename
= filename
;
1093 /* if you change this list, see dumpOptionsFromRestoreOptions */
1094 ropt
->cparams
.dbname
= dopt
.cparams
.dbname
? pg_strdup(dopt
.cparams
.dbname
) : NULL
;
1095 ropt
->cparams
.pgport
= dopt
.cparams
.pgport
? pg_strdup(dopt
.cparams
.pgport
) : NULL
;
1096 ropt
->cparams
.pghost
= dopt
.cparams
.pghost
? pg_strdup(dopt
.cparams
.pghost
) : NULL
;
1097 ropt
->cparams
.username
= dopt
.cparams
.username
? pg_strdup(dopt
.cparams
.username
) : NULL
;
1098 ropt
->cparams
.promptPassword
= dopt
.cparams
.promptPassword
;
1099 ropt
->dropSchema
= dopt
.outputClean
;
1100 ropt
->dumpData
= dopt
.dumpData
;
1101 ropt
->dumpSchema
= dopt
.dumpSchema
;
1102 ropt
->if_exists
= dopt
.if_exists
;
1103 ropt
->column_inserts
= dopt
.column_inserts
;
1104 ropt
->dumpSections
= dopt
.dumpSections
;
1105 ropt
->aclsSkip
= dopt
.aclsSkip
;
1106 ropt
->superuser
= dopt
.outputSuperuser
;
1107 ropt
->createDB
= dopt
.outputCreateDB
;
1108 ropt
->noOwner
= dopt
.outputNoOwner
;
1109 ropt
->noTableAm
= dopt
.outputNoTableAm
;
1110 ropt
->noTablespace
= dopt
.outputNoTablespaces
;
1111 ropt
->disable_triggers
= dopt
.disable_triggers
;
1112 ropt
->use_setsessauth
= dopt
.use_setsessauth
;
1113 ropt
->disable_dollar_quoting
= dopt
.disable_dollar_quoting
;
1114 ropt
->dump_inserts
= dopt
.dump_inserts
;
1115 ropt
->no_comments
= dopt
.no_comments
;
1116 ropt
->no_publications
= dopt
.no_publications
;
1117 ropt
->no_security_labels
= dopt
.no_security_labels
;
1118 ropt
->no_subscriptions
= dopt
.no_subscriptions
;
1119 ropt
->lockWaitTimeout
= dopt
.lockWaitTimeout
;
1120 ropt
->include_everything
= dopt
.include_everything
;
1121 ropt
->enable_row_security
= dopt
.enable_row_security
;
1122 ropt
->sequence_data
= dopt
.sequence_data
;
1123 ropt
->binary_upgrade
= dopt
.binary_upgrade
;
1125 ropt
->compression_spec
= compression_spec
;
1127 ropt
->suppressDumpWarnings
= true; /* We've already shown them */
1129 SetArchiveOptions(fout
, &dopt
, ropt
);
1131 /* Mark which entries should be output */
1132 ProcessArchiveRestoreOptions(fout
);
1135 * The archive's TOC entries are now marked as to which ones will actually
1136 * be output, so we can set up their dependency lists properly. This isn't
1137 * necessary for plain-text output, though.
1140 BuildArchiveDependencies(fout
);
1143 * And finally we can do the actual output.
1145 * Note: for non-plain-text output formats, the output file is written
1146 * inside CloseArchive(). This is, um, bizarre; but not worth changing
1150 RestoreArchive(fout
);
1159 help(const char *progname
)
1161 printf(_("%s dumps a database as a text file or to other formats.\n\n"), progname
);
1162 printf(_("Usage:\n"));
1163 printf(_(" %s [OPTION]... [DBNAME]\n"), progname
);
1165 printf(_("\nGeneral options:\n"));
1166 printf(_(" -f, --file=FILENAME output file or directory name\n"));
1167 printf(_(" -F, --format=c|d|t|p output file format (custom, directory, tar,\n"
1168 " plain text (default))\n"));
1169 printf(_(" -j, --jobs=NUM use this many parallel jobs to dump\n"));
1170 printf(_(" -v, --verbose verbose mode\n"));
1171 printf(_(" -V, --version output version information, then exit\n"));
1172 printf(_(" -Z, --compress=METHOD[:DETAIL]\n"
1173 " compress as specified\n"));
1174 printf(_(" --lock-wait-timeout=TIMEOUT fail after waiting TIMEOUT for a table lock\n"));
1175 printf(_(" --no-sync do not wait for changes to be written safely to disk\n"));
1176 printf(_(" --sync-method=METHOD set method for syncing files to disk\n"));
1177 printf(_(" -?, --help show this help, then exit\n"));
1179 printf(_("\nOptions controlling the output content:\n"));
1180 printf(_(" -a, --data-only dump only the data, not the schema\n"));
1181 printf(_(" -b, --large-objects include large objects in dump\n"));
1182 printf(_(" --blobs (same as --large-objects, deprecated)\n"));
1183 printf(_(" -B, --no-large-objects exclude large objects in dump\n"));
1184 printf(_(" --no-blobs (same as --no-large-objects, deprecated)\n"));
1185 printf(_(" -c, --clean clean (drop) database objects before recreating\n"));
1186 printf(_(" -C, --create include commands to create database in dump\n"));
1187 printf(_(" -e, --extension=PATTERN dump the specified extension(s) only\n"));
1188 printf(_(" -E, --encoding=ENCODING dump the data in encoding ENCODING\n"));
1189 printf(_(" -n, --schema=PATTERN dump the specified schema(s) only\n"));
1190 printf(_(" -N, --exclude-schema=PATTERN do NOT dump the specified schema(s)\n"));
1191 printf(_(" -O, --no-owner skip restoration of object ownership in\n"
1192 " plain-text format\n"));
1193 printf(_(" -s, --schema-only dump only the schema, no data\n"));
1194 printf(_(" -S, --superuser=NAME superuser user name to use in plain-text format\n"));
1195 printf(_(" -t, --table=PATTERN dump only the specified table(s)\n"));
1196 printf(_(" -T, --exclude-table=PATTERN do NOT dump the specified table(s)\n"));
1197 printf(_(" -x, --no-privileges do not dump privileges (grant/revoke)\n"));
1198 printf(_(" --binary-upgrade for use by upgrade utilities only\n"));
1199 printf(_(" --column-inserts dump data as INSERT commands with column names\n"));
1200 printf(_(" --disable-dollar-quoting disable dollar quoting, use SQL standard quoting\n"));
1201 printf(_(" --disable-triggers disable triggers during data-only restore\n"));
1202 printf(_(" --enable-row-security enable row security (dump only content user has\n"
1204 printf(_(" --exclude-extension=PATTERN do NOT dump the specified extension(s)\n"));
1205 printf(_(" --exclude-table-and-children=PATTERN\n"
1206 " do NOT dump the specified table(s), including\n"
1207 " child and partition tables\n"));
1208 printf(_(" --exclude-table-data=PATTERN do NOT dump data for the specified table(s)\n"));
1209 printf(_(" --exclude-table-data-and-children=PATTERN\n"
1210 " do NOT dump data for the specified table(s),\n"
1211 " including child and partition tables\n"));
1212 printf(_(" --extra-float-digits=NUM override default setting for extra_float_digits\n"));
1213 printf(_(" --filter=FILENAME include or exclude objects and data from dump\n"
1214 " based on expressions in FILENAME\n"));
1215 printf(_(" --if-exists use IF EXISTS when dropping objects\n"));
1216 printf(_(" --include-foreign-data=PATTERN\n"
1217 " include data of foreign tables on foreign\n"
1218 " servers matching PATTERN\n"));
1219 printf(_(" --inserts dump data as INSERT commands, rather than COPY\n"));
1220 printf(_(" --load-via-partition-root load partitions via the root table\n"));
1221 printf(_(" --no-comments do not dump comment commands\n"));
1222 printf(_(" --no-publications do not dump publications\n"));
1223 printf(_(" --no-security-labels do not dump security label assignments\n"));
1224 printf(_(" --no-subscriptions do not dump subscriptions\n"));
1225 printf(_(" --no-table-access-method do not dump table access methods\n"));
1226 printf(_(" --no-tablespaces do not dump tablespace assignments\n"));
1227 printf(_(" --no-toast-compression do not dump TOAST compression methods\n"));
1228 printf(_(" --no-unlogged-table-data do not dump unlogged table data\n"));
1229 printf(_(" --on-conflict-do-nothing add ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING to INSERT commands\n"));
1230 printf(_(" --quote-all-identifiers quote all identifiers, even if not key words\n"));
1231 printf(_(" --rows-per-insert=NROWS number of rows per INSERT; implies --inserts\n"));
1232 printf(_(" --section=SECTION dump named section (pre-data, data, or post-data)\n"));
1233 printf(_(" --serializable-deferrable wait until the dump can run without anomalies\n"));
1234 printf(_(" --snapshot=SNAPSHOT use given snapshot for the dump\n"));
1235 printf(_(" --strict-names require table and/or schema include patterns to\n"
1236 " match at least one entity each\n"));
1237 printf(_(" --table-and-children=PATTERN dump only the specified table(s), including\n"
1238 " child and partition tables\n"));
1239 printf(_(" --use-set-session-authorization\n"
1240 " use SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION commands instead of\n"
1241 " ALTER OWNER commands to set ownership\n"));
1243 printf(_("\nConnection options:\n"));
1244 printf(_(" -d, --dbname=DBNAME database to dump\n"));
1245 printf(_(" -h, --host=HOSTNAME database server host or socket directory\n"));
1246 printf(_(" -p, --port=PORT database server port number\n"));
1247 printf(_(" -U, --username=NAME connect as specified database user\n"));
1248 printf(_(" -w, --no-password never prompt for password\n"));
1249 printf(_(" -W, --password force password prompt (should happen automatically)\n"));
1250 printf(_(" --role=ROLENAME do SET ROLE before dump\n"));
1252 printf(_("\nIf no database name is supplied, then the PGDATABASE environment\n"
1253 "variable value is used.\n\n"));
1254 printf(_("Report bugs to <%s>.\n"), PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
);
1255 printf(_("%s home page: <%s>\n"), PACKAGE_NAME
, PACKAGE_URL
);
1259 setup_connection(Archive
*AH
, const char *dumpencoding
,
1260 const char *dumpsnapshot
, char *use_role
)
1262 DumpOptions
*dopt
= AH
->dopt
;
1263 PGconn
*conn
= GetConnection(AH
);
1264 const char *std_strings
;
1266 PQclear(ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(AH
, ALWAYS_SECURE_SEARCH_PATH_SQL
));
1269 * Set the client encoding if requested.
1273 if (PQsetClientEncoding(conn
, dumpencoding
) < 0)
1274 pg_fatal("invalid client encoding \"%s\" specified",
1279 * Get the active encoding and the standard_conforming_strings setting, so
1280 * we know how to escape strings.
1282 AH
->encoding
= PQclientEncoding(conn
);
1284 std_strings
= PQparameterStatus(conn
, "standard_conforming_strings");
1285 AH
->std_strings
= (std_strings
&& strcmp(std_strings
, "on") == 0);
1288 * Set the role if requested. In a parallel dump worker, we'll be passed
1289 * use_role == NULL, but AH->use_role is already set (if user specified it
1290 * originally) and we should use that.
1292 if (!use_role
&& AH
->use_role
)
1293 use_role
= AH
->use_role
;
1295 /* Set the role if requested */
1298 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
1300 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SET ROLE %s", fmtId(use_role
));
1301 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, query
->data
);
1302 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
1304 /* save it for possible later use by parallel workers */
1306 AH
->use_role
= pg_strdup(use_role
);
1309 /* Set the datestyle to ISO to ensure the dump's portability */
1310 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, "SET DATESTYLE = ISO");
1312 /* Likewise, avoid using sql_standard intervalstyle */
1313 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, "SET INTERVALSTYLE = POSTGRES");
1316 * Use an explicitly specified extra_float_digits if it has been provided.
1317 * Otherwise, set extra_float_digits so that we can dump float data
1318 * exactly (given correctly implemented float I/O code, anyway).
1320 if (have_extra_float_digits
)
1322 PQExpBuffer q
= createPQExpBuffer();
1324 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "SET extra_float_digits TO %d",
1325 extra_float_digits
);
1326 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, q
->data
);
1327 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
1330 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, "SET extra_float_digits TO 3");
1333 * Disable synchronized scanning, to prevent unpredictable changes in row
1334 * ordering across a dump and reload.
1336 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, "SET synchronize_seqscans TO off");
1339 * Disable timeouts if supported.
1341 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, "SET statement_timeout = 0");
1342 if (AH
->remoteVersion
>= 90300)
1343 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, "SET lock_timeout = 0");
1344 if (AH
->remoteVersion
>= 90600)
1345 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, "SET idle_in_transaction_session_timeout = 0");
1346 if (AH
->remoteVersion
>= 170000)
1347 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, "SET transaction_timeout = 0");
1350 * Quote all identifiers, if requested.
1352 if (quote_all_identifiers
)
1353 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, "SET quote_all_identifiers = true");
1356 * Adjust row-security mode, if supported.
1358 if (AH
->remoteVersion
>= 90500)
1360 if (dopt
->enable_row_security
)
1361 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, "SET row_security = on");
1363 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, "SET row_security = off");
1367 * For security reasons, we restrict the expansion of non-system views and
1368 * access to foreign tables during the pg_dump process. This restriction
1369 * is adjusted when dumping foreign table data.
1371 set_restrict_relation_kind(AH
, "view, foreign-table");
1374 * Initialize prepared-query state to "nothing prepared". We do this here
1375 * so that a parallel dump worker will have its own state.
1377 AH
->is_prepared
= (bool *) pg_malloc0(NUM_PREP_QUERIES
* sizeof(bool));
1380 * Start transaction-snapshot mode transaction to dump consistent data.
1382 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, "BEGIN");
1385 * To support the combination of serializable_deferrable with the jobs
1386 * option we use REPEATABLE READ for the worker connections that are
1387 * passed a snapshot. As long as the snapshot is acquired in a
1388 * SERIALIZABLE, READ ONLY, DEFERRABLE transaction, its use within a
1389 * REPEATABLE READ transaction provides the appropriate integrity
1390 * guarantees. This is a kluge, but safe for back-patching.
1392 if (dopt
->serializable_deferrable
&& AH
->sync_snapshot_id
== NULL
)
1393 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
,
1394 "SET TRANSACTION ISOLATION LEVEL "
1395 "SERIALIZABLE, READ ONLY, DEFERRABLE");
1397 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
,
1398 "SET TRANSACTION ISOLATION LEVEL "
1399 "REPEATABLE READ, READ ONLY");
1402 * If user specified a snapshot to use, select that. In a parallel dump
1403 * worker, we'll be passed dumpsnapshot == NULL, but AH->sync_snapshot_id
1404 * is already set (if the server can handle it) and we should use that.
1407 AH
->sync_snapshot_id
= pg_strdup(dumpsnapshot
);
1409 if (AH
->sync_snapshot_id
)
1411 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
1413 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SET TRANSACTION SNAPSHOT ");
1414 appendStringLiteralConn(query
, AH
->sync_snapshot_id
, conn
);
1415 ExecuteSqlStatement(AH
, query
->data
);
1416 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
1418 else if (AH
->numWorkers
> 1)
1420 if (AH
->isStandby
&& AH
->remoteVersion
< 100000)
1421 pg_fatal("parallel dumps from standby servers are not supported by this server version");
1422 AH
->sync_snapshot_id
= get_synchronized_snapshot(AH
);
1426 /* Set up connection for a parallel worker process */
1428 setupDumpWorker(Archive
*AH
)
1431 * We want to re-select all the same values the leader connection is
1432 * using. We'll have inherited directly-usable values in
1433 * AH->sync_snapshot_id and AH->use_role, but we need to translate the
1434 * inherited encoding value back to a string to pass to setup_connection.
1436 setup_connection(AH
,
1437 pg_encoding_to_char(AH
->encoding
),
1443 get_synchronized_snapshot(Archive
*fout
)
1445 char *query
= "SELECT pg_catalog.pg_export_snapshot()";
1449 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
);
1450 result
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0));
1456 static ArchiveFormat
1457 parseArchiveFormat(const char *format
, ArchiveMode
*mode
)
1459 ArchiveFormat archiveFormat
;
1461 *mode
= archModeWrite
;
1463 if (pg_strcasecmp(format
, "a") == 0 || pg_strcasecmp(format
, "append") == 0)
1465 /* This is used by pg_dumpall, and is not documented */
1466 archiveFormat
= archNull
;
1467 *mode
= archModeAppend
;
1469 else if (pg_strcasecmp(format
, "c") == 0)
1470 archiveFormat
= archCustom
;
1471 else if (pg_strcasecmp(format
, "custom") == 0)
1472 archiveFormat
= archCustom
;
1473 else if (pg_strcasecmp(format
, "d") == 0)
1474 archiveFormat
= archDirectory
;
1475 else if (pg_strcasecmp(format
, "directory") == 0)
1476 archiveFormat
= archDirectory
;
1477 else if (pg_strcasecmp(format
, "p") == 0)
1478 archiveFormat
= archNull
;
1479 else if (pg_strcasecmp(format
, "plain") == 0)
1480 archiveFormat
= archNull
;
1481 else if (pg_strcasecmp(format
, "t") == 0)
1482 archiveFormat
= archTar
;
1483 else if (pg_strcasecmp(format
, "tar") == 0)
1484 archiveFormat
= archTar
;
1486 pg_fatal("invalid output format \"%s\" specified", format
);
1487 return archiveFormat
;
1491 * Find the OIDs of all schemas matching the given list of patterns,
1492 * and append them to the given OID list.
1495 expand_schema_name_patterns(Archive
*fout
,
1496 SimpleStringList
*patterns
,
1497 SimpleOidList
*oids
,
1502 SimpleStringListCell
*cell
;
1505 if (patterns
->head
== NULL
)
1506 return; /* nothing to do */
1508 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
1511 * The loop below runs multiple SELECTs might sometimes result in
1512 * duplicate entries in the OID list, but we don't care.
1515 for (cell
= patterns
->head
; cell
; cell
= cell
->next
)
1517 PQExpBufferData dbbuf
;
1520 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
1521 "SELECT oid FROM pg_catalog.pg_namespace n\n");
1522 initPQExpBuffer(&dbbuf
);
1523 processSQLNamePattern(GetConnection(fout
), query
, cell
->val
, false,
1524 false, NULL
, "n.nspname", NULL
, NULL
, &dbbuf
,
1527 pg_fatal("improper qualified name (too many dotted names): %s",
1529 else if (dotcnt
== 1)
1530 prohibit_crossdb_refs(GetConnection(fout
), dbbuf
.data
, cell
->val
);
1531 termPQExpBuffer(&dbbuf
);
1533 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
1534 if (strict_names
&& PQntuples(res
) == 0)
1535 pg_fatal("no matching schemas were found for pattern \"%s\"", cell
->val
);
1537 for (i
= 0; i
< PQntuples(res
); i
++)
1539 simple_oid_list_append(oids
, atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0)));
1543 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
1546 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
1550 * Find the OIDs of all extensions matching the given list of patterns,
1551 * and append them to the given OID list.
1554 expand_extension_name_patterns(Archive
*fout
,
1555 SimpleStringList
*patterns
,
1556 SimpleOidList
*oids
,
1561 SimpleStringListCell
*cell
;
1564 if (patterns
->head
== NULL
)
1565 return; /* nothing to do */
1567 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
1570 * The loop below runs multiple SELECTs might sometimes result in
1571 * duplicate entries in the OID list, but we don't care.
1573 for (cell
= patterns
->head
; cell
; cell
= cell
->next
)
1577 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
1578 "SELECT oid FROM pg_catalog.pg_extension e\n");
1579 processSQLNamePattern(GetConnection(fout
), query
, cell
->val
, false,
1580 false, NULL
, "e.extname", NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
1583 pg_fatal("improper qualified name (too many dotted names): %s",
1586 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
1587 if (strict_names
&& PQntuples(res
) == 0)
1588 pg_fatal("no matching extensions were found for pattern \"%s\"", cell
->val
);
1590 for (i
= 0; i
< PQntuples(res
); i
++)
1592 simple_oid_list_append(oids
, atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0)));
1596 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
1599 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
1603 * Find the OIDs of all foreign servers matching the given list of patterns,
1604 * and append them to the given OID list.
1607 expand_foreign_server_name_patterns(Archive
*fout
,
1608 SimpleStringList
*patterns
,
1609 SimpleOidList
*oids
)
1613 SimpleStringListCell
*cell
;
1616 if (patterns
->head
== NULL
)
1617 return; /* nothing to do */
1619 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
1622 * The loop below runs multiple SELECTs might sometimes result in
1623 * duplicate entries in the OID list, but we don't care.
1626 for (cell
= patterns
->head
; cell
; cell
= cell
->next
)
1630 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
1631 "SELECT oid FROM pg_catalog.pg_foreign_server s\n");
1632 processSQLNamePattern(GetConnection(fout
), query
, cell
->val
, false,
1633 false, NULL
, "s.srvname", NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
1636 pg_fatal("improper qualified name (too many dotted names): %s",
1639 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
1640 if (PQntuples(res
) == 0)
1641 pg_fatal("no matching foreign servers were found for pattern \"%s\"", cell
->val
);
1643 for (i
= 0; i
< PQntuples(res
); i
++)
1644 simple_oid_list_append(oids
, atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0)));
1647 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
1650 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
1654 * Find the OIDs of all tables matching the given list of patterns,
1655 * and append them to the given OID list. See also expand_dbname_patterns()
1659 expand_table_name_patterns(Archive
*fout
,
1660 SimpleStringList
*patterns
, SimpleOidList
*oids
,
1661 bool strict_names
, bool with_child_tables
)
1665 SimpleStringListCell
*cell
;
1668 if (patterns
->head
== NULL
)
1669 return; /* nothing to do */
1671 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
1674 * this might sometimes result in duplicate entries in the OID list, but
1678 for (cell
= patterns
->head
; cell
; cell
= cell
->next
)
1680 PQExpBufferData dbbuf
;
1684 * Query must remain ABSOLUTELY devoid of unqualified names. This
1685 * would be unnecessary given a pg_table_is_visible() variant taking a
1686 * search_path argument.
1688 * For with_child_tables, we start with the basic query's results and
1689 * recursively search the inheritance tree to add child tables.
1691 if (with_child_tables
)
1693 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "WITH RECURSIVE partition_tree (relid) AS (\n");
1696 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
1698 "\nFROM pg_catalog.pg_class c"
1699 "\n LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_namespace n"
1700 "\n ON n.oid OPERATOR(pg_catalog.=) c.relnamespace"
1701 "\nWHERE c.relkind OPERATOR(pg_catalog.=) ANY"
1702 "\n (array['%c', '%c', '%c', '%c', '%c', '%c'])\n",
1703 RELKIND_RELATION
, RELKIND_SEQUENCE
, RELKIND_VIEW
,
1704 RELKIND_MATVIEW
, RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
,
1705 RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
);
1706 initPQExpBuffer(&dbbuf
);
1707 processSQLNamePattern(GetConnection(fout
), query
, cell
->val
, true,
1708 false, "n.nspname", "c.relname", NULL
,
1709 "pg_catalog.pg_table_is_visible(c.oid)", &dbbuf
,
1712 pg_fatal("improper relation name (too many dotted names): %s",
1714 else if (dotcnt
== 2)
1715 prohibit_crossdb_refs(GetConnection(fout
), dbbuf
.data
, cell
->val
);
1716 termPQExpBuffer(&dbbuf
);
1718 if (with_child_tables
)
1720 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "UNION"
1721 "\nSELECT i.inhrelid"
1722 "\nFROM partition_tree p"
1723 "\n JOIN pg_catalog.pg_inherits i"
1724 "\n ON p.relid OPERATOR(pg_catalog.=) i.inhparent"
1726 "\nSELECT relid FROM partition_tree");
1729 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, "RESET search_path");
1730 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
1731 PQclear(ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
,
1732 ALWAYS_SECURE_SEARCH_PATH_SQL
));
1733 if (strict_names
&& PQntuples(res
) == 0)
1734 pg_fatal("no matching tables were found for pattern \"%s\"", cell
->val
);
1736 for (i
= 0; i
< PQntuples(res
); i
++)
1738 simple_oid_list_append(oids
, atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0)));
1742 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
1745 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
1749 * Verifies that the connected database name matches the given database name,
1750 * and if not, dies with an error about the given pattern.
1752 * The 'dbname' argument should be a literal name parsed from 'pattern'.
1755 prohibit_crossdb_refs(PGconn
*conn
, const char *dbname
, const char *pattern
)
1761 pg_fatal("You are currently not connected to a database.");
1763 if (strcmp(db
, dbname
) != 0)
1764 pg_fatal("cross-database references are not implemented: %s",
1769 * checkExtensionMembership
1770 * Determine whether object is an extension member, and if so,
1771 * record an appropriate dependency and set the object's dump flag.
1773 * It's important to call this for each object that could be an extension
1774 * member. Generally, we integrate this with determining the object's
1775 * to-be-dumped-ness, since extension membership overrides other rules for that.
1777 * Returns true if object is an extension member, else false.
1780 checkExtensionMembership(DumpableObject
*dobj
, Archive
*fout
)
1782 ExtensionInfo
*ext
= findOwningExtension(dobj
->catId
);
1787 dobj
->ext_member
= true;
1789 /* Record dependency so that getDependencies needn't deal with that */
1790 addObjectDependency(dobj
, ext
->dobj
.dumpId
);
1793 * In 9.6 and above, mark the member object to have any non-initial ACLs
1794 * dumped. (Any initial ACLs will be removed later, using data from
1795 * pg_init_privs, so that we'll dump only the delta from the extension's
1798 * Prior to 9.6, we do not include any extension member components.
1800 * In binary upgrades, we still dump all components of the members
1801 * individually, since the idea is to exactly reproduce the database
1802 * contents rather than replace the extension contents with something
1805 * Note: it might be interesting someday to implement storage and delta
1806 * dumping of extension members' RLS policies and/or security labels.
1807 * However there is a pitfall for RLS policies: trying to dump them
1808 * requires getting a lock on their tables, and the calling user might not
1809 * have privileges for that. We need no lock to examine a table's ACLs,
1810 * so the current feature doesn't have a problem of that sort.
1812 if (fout
->dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
1813 dobj
->dump
= ext
->dobj
.dump
;
1816 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 90600)
1817 dobj
->dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
1819 dobj
->dump
= ext
->dobj
.dump_contains
& (DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
);
1826 * selectDumpableNamespace: policy-setting subroutine
1827 * Mark a namespace as to be dumped or not
1830 selectDumpableNamespace(NamespaceInfo
*nsinfo
, Archive
*fout
)
1833 * DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION typically implies a CREATE SCHEMA statement
1834 * and (for --clean) a DROP SCHEMA statement. (In the absence of
1835 * DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION, this value is irrelevant.)
1837 nsinfo
->create
= true;
1840 * If specific tables are being dumped, do not dump any complete
1841 * namespaces. If specific namespaces are being dumped, dump just those
1842 * namespaces. Otherwise, dump all non-system namespaces.
1844 if (table_include_oids
.head
!= NULL
)
1845 nsinfo
->dobj
.dump_contains
= nsinfo
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
1846 else if (schema_include_oids
.head
!= NULL
)
1847 nsinfo
->dobj
.dump_contains
= nsinfo
->dobj
.dump
=
1848 simple_oid_list_member(&schema_include_oids
,
1849 nsinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
) ?
1850 DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
: DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
1851 else if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90600 &&
1852 strcmp(nsinfo
->dobj
.name
, "pg_catalog") == 0)
1855 * In 9.6 and above, we dump out any ACLs defined in pg_catalog, if
1856 * they are interesting (and not the original ACLs which were set at
1857 * initdb time, see pg_init_privs).
1859 nsinfo
->dobj
.dump_contains
= nsinfo
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
1861 else if (strncmp(nsinfo
->dobj
.name
, "pg_", 3) == 0 ||
1862 strcmp(nsinfo
->dobj
.name
, "information_schema") == 0)
1864 /* Other system schemas don't get dumped */
1865 nsinfo
->dobj
.dump_contains
= nsinfo
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
1867 else if (strcmp(nsinfo
->dobj
.name
, "public") == 0)
1870 * The public schema is a strange beast that sits in a sort of
1871 * no-mans-land between being a system object and a user object.
1872 * CREATE SCHEMA would fail, so its DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION is just
1873 * a comment and an indication of ownership. If the owner is the
1874 * default, omit that superfluous DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION. Before
1875 * v15, the default owner was BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID.
1877 nsinfo
->create
= false;
1878 nsinfo
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
;
1879 if (nsinfo
->nspowner
== ROLE_PG_DATABASE_OWNER
)
1880 nsinfo
->dobj
.dump
&= ~DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
;
1881 nsinfo
->dobj
.dump_contains
= DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
;
1884 * Also, make like it has a comment even if it doesn't; this is so
1885 * that we'll emit a command to drop the comment, if appropriate.
1886 * (Without this, we'd not call dumpCommentExtended for it.)
1888 nsinfo
->dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
;
1891 nsinfo
->dobj
.dump_contains
= nsinfo
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
;
1894 * In any case, a namespace can be excluded by an exclusion switch
1896 if (nsinfo
->dobj
.dump_contains
&&
1897 simple_oid_list_member(&schema_exclude_oids
,
1898 nsinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
))
1899 nsinfo
->dobj
.dump_contains
= nsinfo
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
1902 * If the schema belongs to an extension, allow extension membership to
1903 * override the dump decision for the schema itself. However, this does
1904 * not change dump_contains, so this won't change what we do with objects
1905 * within the schema. (If they belong to the extension, they'll get
1906 * suppressed by it, otherwise not.)
1908 (void) checkExtensionMembership(&nsinfo
->dobj
, fout
);
1912 * selectDumpableTable: policy-setting subroutine
1913 * Mark a table as to be dumped or not
1916 selectDumpableTable(TableInfo
*tbinfo
, Archive
*fout
)
1918 if (checkExtensionMembership(&tbinfo
->dobj
, fout
))
1919 return; /* extension membership overrides all else */
1922 * If specific tables are being dumped, dump just those tables; else, dump
1923 * according to the parent namespace's dump flag.
1925 if (table_include_oids
.head
!= NULL
)
1926 tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
= simple_oid_list_member(&table_include_oids
,
1927 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
) ?
1928 DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
: DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
1930 tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
= tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.dump_contains
;
1933 * In any case, a table can be excluded by an exclusion switch
1935 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
&&
1936 simple_oid_list_member(&table_exclude_oids
,
1937 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
))
1938 tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
1942 * selectDumpableType: policy-setting subroutine
1943 * Mark a type as to be dumped or not
1945 * If it's a table's rowtype or an autogenerated array type, we also apply a
1946 * special type code to facilitate sorting into the desired order. (We don't
1947 * want to consider those to be ordinary types because that would bring tables
1948 * up into the datatype part of the dump order.) We still set the object's
1949 * dump flag; that's not going to cause the dummy type to be dumped, but we
1950 * need it so that casts involving such types will be dumped correctly -- see
1951 * dumpCast. This means the flag should be set the same as for the underlying
1952 * object (the table or base type).
1955 selectDumpableType(TypeInfo
*tyinfo
, Archive
*fout
)
1957 /* skip complex types, except for standalone composite types */
1958 if (OidIsValid(tyinfo
->typrelid
) &&
1959 tyinfo
->typrelkind
!= RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE
)
1961 TableInfo
*tytable
= findTableByOid(tyinfo
->typrelid
);
1963 tyinfo
->dobj
.objType
= DO_DUMMY_TYPE
;
1964 if (tytable
!= NULL
)
1965 tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
= tytable
->dobj
.dump
;
1967 tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
1971 /* skip auto-generated array and multirange types */
1972 if (tyinfo
->isArray
|| tyinfo
->isMultirange
)
1974 tyinfo
->dobj
.objType
= DO_DUMMY_TYPE
;
1977 * Fall through to set the dump flag; we assume that the subsequent
1978 * rules will do the same thing as they would for the array's base
1979 * type or multirange's range type. (We cannot reliably look up the
1980 * base type here, since getTypes may not have processed it yet.)
1984 if (checkExtensionMembership(&tyinfo
->dobj
, fout
))
1985 return; /* extension membership overrides all else */
1987 /* Dump based on if the contents of the namespace are being dumped */
1988 tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
= tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.dump_contains
;
1992 * selectDumpableDefaultACL: policy-setting subroutine
1993 * Mark a default ACL as to be dumped or not
1995 * For per-schema default ACLs, dump if the schema is to be dumped.
1996 * Otherwise dump if we are dumping "everything". Note that dumpSchema
1997 * and aclsSkip are checked separately.
2000 selectDumpableDefaultACL(DefaultACLInfo
*dinfo
, DumpOptions
*dopt
)
2002 /* Default ACLs can't be extension members */
2004 if (dinfo
->dobj
.namespace)
2005 /* default ACLs are considered part of the namespace */
2006 dinfo
->dobj
.dump
= dinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.dump_contains
;
2008 dinfo
->dobj
.dump
= dopt
->include_everything
?
2009 DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
: DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
2013 * selectDumpableCast: policy-setting subroutine
2014 * Mark a cast as to be dumped or not
2016 * Casts do not belong to any particular namespace (since they haven't got
2017 * names), nor do they have identifiable owners. To distinguish user-defined
2018 * casts from built-in ones, we must resort to checking whether the cast's
2019 * OID is in the range reserved for initdb.
2022 selectDumpableCast(CastInfo
*cast
, Archive
*fout
)
2024 if (checkExtensionMembership(&cast
->dobj
, fout
))
2025 return; /* extension membership overrides all else */
2028 * This would be DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL for from-initdb casts, but they do not
2029 * support ACLs currently.
2031 if (cast
->dobj
.catId
.oid
<= (Oid
) g_last_builtin_oid
)
2032 cast
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
2034 cast
->dobj
.dump
= fout
->dopt
->include_everything
?
2035 DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
: DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
2039 * selectDumpableProcLang: policy-setting subroutine
2040 * Mark a procedural language as to be dumped or not
2042 * Procedural languages do not belong to any particular namespace. To
2043 * identify built-in languages, we must resort to checking whether the
2044 * language's OID is in the range reserved for initdb.
2047 selectDumpableProcLang(ProcLangInfo
*plang
, Archive
*fout
)
2049 if (checkExtensionMembership(&plang
->dobj
, fout
))
2050 return; /* extension membership overrides all else */
2053 * Only include procedural languages when we are dumping everything.
2055 * For from-initdb procedural languages, only include ACLs, as we do for
2056 * the pg_catalog namespace. We need this because procedural languages do
2057 * not live in any namespace.
2059 if (!fout
->dopt
->include_everything
)
2060 plang
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
2063 if (plang
->dobj
.catId
.oid
<= (Oid
) g_last_builtin_oid
)
2064 plang
->dobj
.dump
= fout
->remoteVersion
< 90600 ?
2065 DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
: DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
2067 plang
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
;
2072 * selectDumpableAccessMethod: policy-setting subroutine
2073 * Mark an access method as to be dumped or not
2075 * Access methods do not belong to any particular namespace. To identify
2076 * built-in access methods, we must resort to checking whether the
2077 * method's OID is in the range reserved for initdb.
2080 selectDumpableAccessMethod(AccessMethodInfo
*method
, Archive
*fout
)
2082 if (checkExtensionMembership(&method
->dobj
, fout
))
2083 return; /* extension membership overrides all else */
2086 * This would be DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL for from-initdb access methods, but
2087 * they do not support ACLs currently.
2089 if (method
->dobj
.catId
.oid
<= (Oid
) g_last_builtin_oid
)
2090 method
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
2092 method
->dobj
.dump
= fout
->dopt
->include_everything
?
2093 DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
: DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
2097 * selectDumpableExtension: policy-setting subroutine
2098 * Mark an extension as to be dumped or not
2100 * Built-in extensions should be skipped except for checking ACLs, since we
2101 * assume those will already be installed in the target database. We identify
2102 * such extensions by their having OIDs in the range reserved for initdb.
2103 * We dump all user-added extensions by default. No extensions are dumped
2104 * if include_everything is false (i.e., a --schema or --table switch was
2105 * given), except if --extension specifies a list of extensions to dump.
2108 selectDumpableExtension(ExtensionInfo
*extinfo
, DumpOptions
*dopt
)
2111 * Use DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL for built-in extensions, to allow users to
2112 * change permissions on their member objects, if they wish to, and have
2113 * those changes preserved.
2115 if (extinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
<= (Oid
) g_last_builtin_oid
)
2116 extinfo
->dobj
.dump
= extinfo
->dobj
.dump_contains
= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
2119 /* check if there is a list of extensions to dump */
2120 if (extension_include_oids
.head
!= NULL
)
2121 extinfo
->dobj
.dump
= extinfo
->dobj
.dump_contains
=
2122 simple_oid_list_member(&extension_include_oids
,
2123 extinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
) ?
2124 DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
: DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
2126 extinfo
->dobj
.dump
= extinfo
->dobj
.dump_contains
=
2127 dopt
->include_everything
?
2128 DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
: DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
2130 /* check that the extension is not explicitly excluded */
2131 if (extinfo
->dobj
.dump
&&
2132 simple_oid_list_member(&extension_exclude_oids
,
2133 extinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
))
2134 extinfo
->dobj
.dump
= extinfo
->dobj
.dump_contains
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
2139 * selectDumpablePublicationObject: policy-setting subroutine
2140 * Mark a publication object as to be dumped or not
2142 * A publication can have schemas and tables which have schemas, but those are
2143 * ignored in decision making, because publications are only dumped when we are
2144 * dumping everything.
2147 selectDumpablePublicationObject(DumpableObject
*dobj
, Archive
*fout
)
2149 if (checkExtensionMembership(dobj
, fout
))
2150 return; /* extension membership overrides all else */
2152 dobj
->dump
= fout
->dopt
->include_everything
?
2153 DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
: DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
2157 * selectDumpableStatisticsObject: policy-setting subroutine
2158 * Mark an extended statistics object as to be dumped or not
2160 * We dump an extended statistics object if the schema it's in and the table
2161 * it's for are being dumped. (This'll need more thought if statistics
2162 * objects ever support cross-table stats.)
2165 selectDumpableStatisticsObject(StatsExtInfo
*sobj
, Archive
*fout
)
2167 if (checkExtensionMembership(&sobj
->dobj
, fout
))
2168 return; /* extension membership overrides all else */
2170 sobj
->dobj
.dump
= sobj
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.dump_contains
;
2171 if (sobj
->stattable
== NULL
||
2172 !(sobj
->stattable
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
))
2173 sobj
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
2177 * selectDumpableObject: policy-setting subroutine
2178 * Mark a generic dumpable object as to be dumped or not
2180 * Use this only for object types without a special-case routine above.
2183 selectDumpableObject(DumpableObject
*dobj
, Archive
*fout
)
2185 if (checkExtensionMembership(dobj
, fout
))
2186 return; /* extension membership overrides all else */
2189 * Default policy is to dump if parent namespace is dumpable, or for
2190 * non-namespace-associated items, dump if we're dumping "everything".
2192 if (dobj
->namespace)
2193 dobj
->dump
= dobj
->namespace->dobj
.dump_contains
;
2195 dobj
->dump
= fout
->dopt
->include_everything
?
2196 DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL
: DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
2200 * Dump a table's contents for loading using the COPY command
2201 * - this routine is called by the Archiver when it wants the table
2205 dumpTableData_copy(Archive
*fout
, const void *dcontext
)
2207 TableDataInfo
*tdinfo
= (TableDataInfo
*) dcontext
;
2208 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= tdinfo
->tdtable
;
2209 const char *classname
= tbinfo
->dobj
.name
;
2210 PQExpBuffer q
= createPQExpBuffer();
2213 * Note: can't use getThreadLocalPQExpBuffer() here, we're calling fmtId
2214 * which uses it already.
2216 PQExpBuffer clistBuf
= createPQExpBuffer();
2217 PGconn
*conn
= GetConnection(fout
);
2221 const char *column_list
;
2223 pg_log_info("dumping contents of table \"%s.%s\"",
2224 tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, classname
);
2227 * Specify the column list explicitly so that we have no possibility of
2228 * retrieving data in the wrong column order. (The default column
2229 * ordering of COPY will not be what we want in certain corner cases
2230 * involving ADD COLUMN and inheritance.)
2232 column_list
= fmtCopyColumnList(tbinfo
, clistBuf
);
2235 * Use COPY (SELECT ...) TO when dumping a foreign table's data, and when
2236 * a filter condition was specified. For other cases a simple COPY
2239 if (tdinfo
->filtercond
|| tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
)
2241 /* Temporary allows to access to foreign tables to dump data */
2242 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
)
2243 set_restrict_relation_kind(fout
, "view");
2245 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "COPY (SELECT ");
2246 /* klugery to get rid of parens in column list */
2247 if (strlen(column_list
) > 2)
2249 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, column_list
+ 1);
2250 q
->data
[q
->len
- 1] = ' ';
2253 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "* ");
2255 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "FROM %s %s) TO stdout;",
2256 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
),
2257 tdinfo
->filtercond
? tdinfo
->filtercond
: "");
2261 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "COPY %s %s TO stdout;",
2262 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
),
2265 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, q
->data
, PGRES_COPY_OUT
);
2267 destroyPQExpBuffer(clistBuf
);
2271 ret
= PQgetCopyData(conn
, ©buf
, 0);
2274 break; /* done or error */
2278 WriteData(fout
, copybuf
, ret
);
2285 * There was considerable discussion in late July, 2000 regarding
2286 * slowing down pg_dump when backing up large tables. Users with both
2287 * slow & fast (multi-processor) machines experienced performance
2288 * degradation when doing a backup.
2290 * Initial attempts based on sleeping for a number of ms for each ms
2291 * of work were deemed too complex, then a simple 'sleep in each loop'
2292 * implementation was suggested. The latter failed because the loop
2293 * was too tight. Finally, the following was implemented:
2295 * If throttle is non-zero, then
2296 * See how long since the last sleep.
2297 * Work out how long to sleep (based on ratio).
2298 * If sleep is more than 100ms, then
2304 * where the throttle value was the number of ms to sleep per ms of
2305 * work. The calculation was done in each loop.
2307 * Most of the hard work is done in the backend, and this solution
2308 * still did not work particularly well: on slow machines, the ratio
2309 * was 50:1, and on medium paced machines, 1:1, and on fast
2310 * multi-processor machines, it had little or no effect, for reasons
2311 * that were unclear.
2313 * Further discussion ensued, and the proposal was dropped.
2315 * For those people who want this feature, it can be implemented using
2316 * gettimeofday in each loop, calculating the time since last sleep,
2317 * multiplying that by the sleep ratio, then if the result is more
2318 * than a preset 'minimum sleep time' (say 100ms), call the 'select'
2319 * function to sleep for a subsecond period ie.
2321 * select(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &tvi);
2323 * This will return after the interval specified in the structure tvi.
2324 * Finally, call gettimeofday again to save the 'last sleep time'.
2328 archprintf(fout
, "\\.\n\n\n");
2332 /* copy data transfer failed */
2333 pg_log_error("Dumping the contents of table \"%s\" failed: PQgetCopyData() failed.", classname
);
2334 pg_log_error_detail("Error message from server: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn
));
2335 pg_log_error_detail("Command was: %s", q
->data
);
2339 /* Check command status and return to normal libpq state */
2340 res
= PQgetResult(conn
);
2341 if (PQresultStatus(res
) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK
)
2343 pg_log_error("Dumping the contents of table \"%s\" failed: PQgetResult() failed.", classname
);
2344 pg_log_error_detail("Error message from server: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn
));
2345 pg_log_error_detail("Command was: %s", q
->data
);
2350 /* Do this to ensure we've pumped libpq back to idle state */
2351 if (PQgetResult(conn
) != NULL
)
2352 pg_log_warning("unexpected extra results during COPY of table \"%s\"",
2355 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
2357 /* Revert back the setting */
2358 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
)
2359 set_restrict_relation_kind(fout
, "view, foreign-table");
2365 * Dump table data using INSERT commands.
2367 * Caution: when we restore from an archive file direct to database, the
2368 * INSERT commands emitted by this function have to be parsed by
2369 * pg_backup_db.c's ExecuteSimpleCommands(), which will not handle comments,
2370 * E'' strings, or dollar-quoted strings. So don't emit anything like that.
2373 dumpTableData_insert(Archive
*fout
, const void *dcontext
)
2375 TableDataInfo
*tdinfo
= (TableDataInfo
*) dcontext
;
2376 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= tdinfo
->tdtable
;
2377 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
2378 PQExpBuffer q
= createPQExpBuffer();
2379 PQExpBuffer insertStmt
= NULL
;
2384 int rows_per_statement
= dopt
->dump_inserts
;
2385 int rows_this_statement
= 0;
2387 /* Temporary allows to access to foreign tables to dump data */
2388 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
)
2389 set_restrict_relation_kind(fout
, "view");
2392 * If we're going to emit INSERTs with column names, the most efficient
2393 * way to deal with generated columns is to exclude them entirely. For
2394 * INSERTs without column names, we have to emit DEFAULT rather than the
2395 * actual column value --- but we can save a few cycles by fetching nulls
2396 * rather than the uninteresting-to-us value.
2398 attgenerated
= (char *) pg_malloc(tbinfo
->numatts
* sizeof(char));
2399 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "DECLARE _pg_dump_cursor CURSOR FOR SELECT ");
2401 for (i
= 0; i
< tbinfo
->numatts
; i
++)
2403 if (tbinfo
->attisdropped
[i
])
2405 if (tbinfo
->attgenerated
[i
] && dopt
->column_inserts
)
2408 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", ");
2409 if (tbinfo
->attgenerated
[i
])
2410 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "NULL");
2412 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[i
]));
2413 attgenerated
[nfields
] = tbinfo
->attgenerated
[i
];
2416 /* Servers before 9.4 will complain about zero-column SELECT */
2418 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "NULL");
2419 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " FROM ONLY %s",
2420 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
2421 if (tdinfo
->filtercond
)
2422 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " %s", tdinfo
->filtercond
);
2424 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, q
->data
);
2428 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, "FETCH 100 FROM _pg_dump_cursor",
2431 /* cross-check field count, allowing for dummy NULL if any */
2432 if (nfields
!= PQnfields(res
) &&
2433 !(nfields
== 0 && PQnfields(res
) == 1))
2434 pg_fatal("wrong number of fields retrieved from table \"%s\"",
2438 * First time through, we build as much of the INSERT statement as
2439 * possible in "insertStmt", which we can then just print for each
2440 * statement. If the table happens to have zero dumpable columns then
2441 * this will be a complete statement, otherwise it will end in
2442 * "VALUES" and be ready to have the row's column values printed.
2444 if (insertStmt
== NULL
)
2446 TableInfo
*targettab
;
2448 insertStmt
= createPQExpBuffer();
2451 * When load-via-partition-root is set or forced, get the root
2452 * table name for the partition table, so that we can reload data
2453 * through the root table.
2455 if (tbinfo
->ispartition
&&
2456 (dopt
->load_via_partition_root
||
2457 forcePartitionRootLoad(tbinfo
)))
2458 targettab
= getRootTableInfo(tbinfo
);
2462 appendPQExpBuffer(insertStmt
, "INSERT INTO %s ",
2463 fmtQualifiedDumpable(targettab
));
2465 /* corner case for zero-column table */
2468 appendPQExpBufferStr(insertStmt
, "DEFAULT VALUES;\n");
2472 /* append the list of column names if required */
2473 if (dopt
->column_inserts
)
2475 appendPQExpBufferChar(insertStmt
, '(');
2476 for (int field
= 0; field
< nfields
; field
++)
2479 appendPQExpBufferStr(insertStmt
, ", ");
2480 appendPQExpBufferStr(insertStmt
,
2481 fmtId(PQfname(res
, field
)));
2483 appendPQExpBufferStr(insertStmt
, ") ");
2486 if (tbinfo
->needs_override
)
2487 appendPQExpBufferStr(insertStmt
, "OVERRIDING SYSTEM VALUE ");
2489 appendPQExpBufferStr(insertStmt
, "VALUES");
2493 for (int tuple
= 0; tuple
< PQntuples(res
); tuple
++)
2495 /* Write the INSERT if not in the middle of a multi-row INSERT. */
2496 if (rows_this_statement
== 0)
2497 archputs(insertStmt
->data
, fout
);
2500 * If it is zero-column table then we've already written the
2501 * complete statement, which will mean we've disobeyed
2502 * --rows-per-insert when it's set greater than 1. We do support
2503 * a way to make this multi-row with: SELECT UNION ALL SELECT
2504 * UNION ALL ... but that's non-standard so we should avoid it
2505 * given that using INSERTs is mostly only ever needed for
2506 * cross-database exports.
2511 /* Emit a row heading */
2512 if (rows_per_statement
== 1)
2513 archputs(" (", fout
);
2514 else if (rows_this_statement
> 0)
2515 archputs(",\n\t(", fout
);
2517 archputs("\n\t(", fout
);
2519 for (int field
= 0; field
< nfields
; field
++)
2522 archputs(", ", fout
);
2523 if (attgenerated
[field
])
2525 archputs("DEFAULT", fout
);
2528 if (PQgetisnull(res
, tuple
, field
))
2530 archputs("NULL", fout
);
2534 /* XXX This code is partially duplicated in ruleutils.c */
2535 switch (PQftype(res
, field
))
2546 * These types are printed without quotes unless
2547 * they contain values that aren't accepted by the
2548 * scanner unquoted (e.g., 'NaN'). Note that
2549 * strtod() and friends might accept NaN, so we
2550 * can't use that to test.
2552 * In reality we only need to defend against
2553 * infinity and NaN, so we need not get too crazy
2554 * about pattern matching here.
2556 const char *s
= PQgetvalue(res
, tuple
, field
);
2558 if (strspn(s
, "0123456789 +-eE.") == strlen(s
))
2561 archprintf(fout
, "'%s'", s
);
2567 archprintf(fout
, "B'%s'",
2568 PQgetvalue(res
, tuple
, field
));
2572 if (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, tuple
, field
), "t") == 0)
2573 archputs("true", fout
);
2575 archputs("false", fout
);
2579 /* All other types are printed as string literals. */
2580 resetPQExpBuffer(q
);
2581 appendStringLiteralAH(q
,
2582 PQgetvalue(res
, tuple
, field
),
2584 archputs(q
->data
, fout
);
2589 /* Terminate the row ... */
2590 archputs(")", fout
);
2592 /* ... and the statement, if the target no. of rows is reached */
2593 if (++rows_this_statement
>= rows_per_statement
)
2595 if (dopt
->do_nothing
)
2596 archputs(" ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING;\n", fout
);
2598 archputs(";\n", fout
);
2599 /* Reset the row counter */
2600 rows_this_statement
= 0;
2604 if (PQntuples(res
) <= 0)
2612 /* Terminate any statements that didn't make the row count. */
2613 if (rows_this_statement
> 0)
2615 if (dopt
->do_nothing
)
2616 archputs(" ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING;\n", fout
);
2618 archputs(";\n", fout
);
2621 archputs("\n\n", fout
);
2623 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, "CLOSE _pg_dump_cursor");
2625 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
2626 if (insertStmt
!= NULL
)
2627 destroyPQExpBuffer(insertStmt
);
2630 /* Revert back the setting */
2631 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
)
2632 set_restrict_relation_kind(fout
, "view, foreign-table");
2639 * get the root TableInfo for the given partition table.
2642 getRootTableInfo(const TableInfo
*tbinfo
)
2644 TableInfo
*parentTbinfo
;
2646 Assert(tbinfo
->ispartition
);
2647 Assert(tbinfo
->numParents
== 1);
2649 parentTbinfo
= tbinfo
->parents
[0];
2650 while (parentTbinfo
->ispartition
)
2652 Assert(parentTbinfo
->numParents
== 1);
2653 parentTbinfo
= parentTbinfo
->parents
[0];
2656 return parentTbinfo
;
2660 * forcePartitionRootLoad
2661 * Check if we must force load_via_partition_root for this partition.
2663 * This is required if any level of ancestral partitioned table has an
2664 * unsafe partitioning scheme.
2667 forcePartitionRootLoad(const TableInfo
*tbinfo
)
2669 TableInfo
*parentTbinfo
;
2671 Assert(tbinfo
->ispartition
);
2672 Assert(tbinfo
->numParents
== 1);
2674 parentTbinfo
= tbinfo
->parents
[0];
2675 if (parentTbinfo
->unsafe_partitions
)
2677 while (parentTbinfo
->ispartition
)
2679 Assert(parentTbinfo
->numParents
== 1);
2680 parentTbinfo
= parentTbinfo
->parents
[0];
2681 if (parentTbinfo
->unsafe_partitions
)
2690 * dump the contents of a single table
2692 * Actually, this just makes an ArchiveEntry for the table contents.
2695 dumpTableData(Archive
*fout
, const TableDataInfo
*tdinfo
)
2697 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
2698 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= tdinfo
->tdtable
;
2699 PQExpBuffer copyBuf
= createPQExpBuffer();
2700 PQExpBuffer clistBuf
= createPQExpBuffer();
2701 DataDumperPtr dumpFn
;
2702 char *tdDefn
= NULL
;
2704 const char *copyFrom
;
2706 /* We had better have loaded per-column details about this table */
2707 Assert(tbinfo
->interesting
);
2710 * When load-via-partition-root is set or forced, get the root table name
2711 * for the partition table, so that we can reload data through the root
2712 * table. Then construct a comment to be inserted into the TOC entry's
2713 * defn field, so that such cases can be identified reliably.
2715 if (tbinfo
->ispartition
&&
2716 (dopt
->load_via_partition_root
||
2717 forcePartitionRootLoad(tbinfo
)))
2719 TableInfo
*parentTbinfo
;
2721 parentTbinfo
= getRootTableInfo(tbinfo
);
2722 copyFrom
= fmtQualifiedDumpable(parentTbinfo
);
2723 printfPQExpBuffer(copyBuf
, "-- load via partition root %s",
2725 tdDefn
= pg_strdup(copyBuf
->data
);
2728 copyFrom
= fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
);
2730 if (dopt
->dump_inserts
== 0)
2732 /* Dump/restore using COPY */
2733 dumpFn
= dumpTableData_copy
;
2734 /* must use 2 steps here 'cause fmtId is nonreentrant */
2735 printfPQExpBuffer(copyBuf
, "COPY %s ",
2737 appendPQExpBuffer(copyBuf
, "%s FROM stdin;\n",
2738 fmtCopyColumnList(tbinfo
, clistBuf
));
2739 copyStmt
= copyBuf
->data
;
2743 /* Restore using INSERT */
2744 dumpFn
= dumpTableData_insert
;
2749 * Note: although the TableDataInfo is a full DumpableObject, we treat its
2750 * dependency on its table as "special" and pass it to ArchiveEntry now.
2751 * See comments for BuildArchiveDependencies.
2753 if (tdinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DATA
)
2757 te
= ArchiveEntry(fout
, tdinfo
->dobj
.catId
, tdinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
2758 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tbinfo
->dobj
.name
,
2759 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
2760 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
2761 .description
= "TABLE DATA",
2762 .section
= SECTION_DATA
,
2763 .createStmt
= tdDefn
,
2764 .copyStmt
= copyStmt
,
2765 .deps
= &(tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
),
2768 .dumpArg
= tdinfo
));
2771 * Set the TocEntry's dataLength in case we are doing a parallel dump
2772 * and want to order dump jobs by table size. We choose to measure
2773 * dataLength in table pages (including TOAST pages) during dump, so
2774 * no scaling is needed.
2776 * However, relpages is declared as "integer" in pg_class, and hence
2777 * also in TableInfo, but it's really BlockNumber a/k/a unsigned int.
2778 * Cast so that we get the right interpretation of table sizes
2779 * exceeding INT_MAX pages.
2781 te
->dataLength
= (BlockNumber
) tbinfo
->relpages
;
2782 te
->dataLength
+= (BlockNumber
) tbinfo
->toastpages
;
2785 * If pgoff_t is only 32 bits wide, the above refinement is useless,
2786 * and instead we'd better worry about integer overflow. Clamp to
2787 * INT_MAX if the correct result exceeds that.
2789 if (sizeof(te
->dataLength
) == 4 &&
2790 (tbinfo
->relpages
< 0 || tbinfo
->toastpages
< 0 ||
2791 te
->dataLength
< 0))
2792 te
->dataLength
= INT_MAX
;
2795 destroyPQExpBuffer(copyBuf
);
2796 destroyPQExpBuffer(clistBuf
);
2800 * refreshMatViewData -
2801 * load or refresh the contents of a single materialized view
2803 * Actually, this just makes an ArchiveEntry for the REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
2807 refreshMatViewData(Archive
*fout
, const TableDataInfo
*tdinfo
)
2809 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= tdinfo
->tdtable
;
2812 /* If the materialized view is not flagged as populated, skip this. */
2813 if (!tbinfo
->relispopulated
)
2816 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
2818 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW %s;\n",
2819 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
2821 if (tdinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DATA
)
2823 tdinfo
->dobj
.catId
, /* catalog ID */
2824 tdinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, /* dump ID */
2825 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tbinfo
->dobj
.name
,
2826 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
2827 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
2828 .description
= "MATERIALIZED VIEW DATA",
2829 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
2830 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
2831 .deps
= tdinfo
->dobj
.dependencies
,
2832 .nDeps
= tdinfo
->dobj
.nDeps
));
2834 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
2839 * set up dumpable objects representing the contents of tables
2842 getTableData(DumpOptions
*dopt
, TableInfo
*tblinfo
, int numTables
, char relkind
)
2846 for (i
= 0; i
< numTables
; i
++)
2848 if (tblinfo
[i
].dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DATA
&&
2849 (!relkind
|| tblinfo
[i
].relkind
== relkind
))
2850 makeTableDataInfo(dopt
, &(tblinfo
[i
]));
2855 * Make a dumpable object for the data of this specific table
2857 * Note: we make a TableDataInfo if and only if we are going to dump the
2858 * table data; the "dump" field in such objects isn't very interesting.
2861 makeTableDataInfo(DumpOptions
*dopt
, TableInfo
*tbinfo
)
2863 TableDataInfo
*tdinfo
;
2866 * Nothing to do if we already decided to dump the table. This will
2867 * happen for "config" tables.
2869 if (tbinfo
->dataObj
!= NULL
)
2872 /* Skip VIEWs (no data to dump) */
2873 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_VIEW
)
2875 /* Skip FOREIGN TABLEs (no data to dump) unless requested explicitly */
2876 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
&&
2877 (foreign_servers_include_oids
.head
== NULL
||
2878 !simple_oid_list_member(&foreign_servers_include_oids
,
2879 tbinfo
->foreign_server
)))
2881 /* Skip partitioned tables (data in partitions) */
2882 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
)
2885 /* Don't dump data in unlogged tables, if so requested */
2886 if (tbinfo
->relpersistence
== RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED
&&
2887 dopt
->no_unlogged_table_data
)
2890 /* Check that the data is not explicitly excluded */
2891 if (simple_oid_list_member(&tabledata_exclude_oids
,
2892 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
))
2895 /* OK, let's dump it */
2896 tdinfo
= (TableDataInfo
*) pg_malloc(sizeof(TableDataInfo
));
2898 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_MATVIEW
)
2899 tdinfo
->dobj
.objType
= DO_REFRESH_MATVIEW
;
2900 else if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_SEQUENCE
)
2901 tdinfo
->dobj
.objType
= DO_SEQUENCE_SET
;
2903 tdinfo
->dobj
.objType
= DO_TABLE_DATA
;
2906 * Note: use tableoid 0 so that this object won't be mistaken for
2907 * something that pg_depend entries apply to.
2909 tdinfo
->dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= 0;
2910 tdinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
= tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
;
2911 AssignDumpId(&tdinfo
->dobj
);
2912 tdinfo
->dobj
.name
= tbinfo
->dobj
.name
;
2913 tdinfo
->dobj
.namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace;
2914 tdinfo
->tdtable
= tbinfo
;
2915 tdinfo
->filtercond
= NULL
; /* might get set later */
2916 addObjectDependency(&tdinfo
->dobj
, tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
2918 /* A TableDataInfo contains data, of course */
2919 tdinfo
->dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_DATA
;
2921 tbinfo
->dataObj
= tdinfo
;
2923 /* Make sure that we'll collect per-column info for this table. */
2924 tbinfo
->interesting
= true;
2928 * The refresh for a materialized view must be dependent on the refresh for
2929 * any materialized view that this one is dependent on.
2931 * This must be called after all the objects are created, but before they are
2935 buildMatViewRefreshDependencies(Archive
*fout
)
2945 /* No Mat Views before 9.3. */
2946 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 90300)
2949 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
2951 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "WITH RECURSIVE w AS "
2953 "SELECT d1.objid, d2.refobjid, c2.relkind AS refrelkind "
2954 "FROM pg_depend d1 "
2955 "JOIN pg_class c1 ON c1.oid = d1.objid "
2956 "AND c1.relkind = " CppAsString2(RELKIND_MATVIEW
)
2957 " JOIN pg_rewrite r1 ON r1.ev_class = d1.objid "
2958 "JOIN pg_depend d2 ON d2.classid = 'pg_rewrite'::regclass "
2959 "AND d2.objid = r1.oid "
2960 "AND d2.refobjid <> d1.objid "
2961 "JOIN pg_class c2 ON c2.oid = d2.refobjid "
2962 "AND c2.relkind IN (" CppAsString2(RELKIND_MATVIEW
) ","
2963 CppAsString2(RELKIND_VIEW
) ") "
2964 "WHERE d1.classid = 'pg_class'::regclass "
2966 "SELECT w.objid, d3.refobjid, c3.relkind "
2968 "JOIN pg_rewrite r3 ON r3.ev_class = w.refobjid "
2969 "JOIN pg_depend d3 ON d3.classid = 'pg_rewrite'::regclass "
2970 "AND d3.objid = r3.oid "
2971 "AND d3.refobjid <> w.refobjid "
2972 "JOIN pg_class c3 ON c3.oid = d3.refobjid "
2973 "AND c3.relkind IN (" CppAsString2(RELKIND_MATVIEW
) ","
2974 CppAsString2(RELKIND_VIEW
) ") "
2976 "SELECT 'pg_class'::regclass::oid AS classid, objid, refobjid "
2978 "WHERE refrelkind = " CppAsString2(RELKIND_MATVIEW
));
2980 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
2982 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
2984 i_classid
= PQfnumber(res
, "classid");
2985 i_objid
= PQfnumber(res
, "objid");
2986 i_refobjid
= PQfnumber(res
, "refobjid");
2988 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
2992 DumpableObject
*dobj
;
2993 DumpableObject
*refdobj
;
2995 TableInfo
*reftbinfo
;
2997 objId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_classid
));
2998 objId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_objid
));
2999 refobjId
.tableoid
= objId
.tableoid
;
3000 refobjId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_refobjid
));
3002 dobj
= findObjectByCatalogId(objId
);
3006 Assert(dobj
->objType
== DO_TABLE
);
3007 tbinfo
= (TableInfo
*) dobj
;
3008 Assert(tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_MATVIEW
);
3009 dobj
= (DumpableObject
*) tbinfo
->dataObj
;
3012 Assert(dobj
->objType
== DO_REFRESH_MATVIEW
);
3014 refdobj
= findObjectByCatalogId(refobjId
);
3015 if (refdobj
== NULL
)
3018 Assert(refdobj
->objType
== DO_TABLE
);
3019 reftbinfo
= (TableInfo
*) refdobj
;
3020 Assert(reftbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_MATVIEW
);
3021 refdobj
= (DumpableObject
*) reftbinfo
->dataObj
;
3022 if (refdobj
== NULL
)
3024 Assert(refdobj
->objType
== DO_REFRESH_MATVIEW
);
3026 addObjectDependency(dobj
, refdobj
->dumpId
);
3028 if (!reftbinfo
->relispopulated
)
3029 tbinfo
->relispopulated
= false;
3034 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
3038 * getTableDataFKConstraints -
3039 * add dump-order dependencies reflecting foreign key constraints
3041 * This code is executed only in a data-only dump --- in schema+data dumps
3042 * we handle foreign key issues by not creating the FK constraints until
3043 * after the data is loaded. In a data-only dump, however, we want to
3044 * order the table data objects in such a way that a table's referenced
3045 * tables are restored first. (In the presence of circular references or
3046 * self-references this may be impossible; we'll detect and complain about
3047 * that during the dependency sorting step.)
3050 getTableDataFKConstraints(void)
3052 DumpableObject
**dobjs
;
3056 /* Search through all the dumpable objects for FK constraints */
3057 getDumpableObjects(&dobjs
, &numObjs
);
3058 for (i
= 0; i
< numObjs
; i
++)
3060 if (dobjs
[i
]->objType
== DO_FK_CONSTRAINT
)
3062 ConstraintInfo
*cinfo
= (ConstraintInfo
*) dobjs
[i
];
3065 /* Not interesting unless both tables are to be dumped */
3066 if (cinfo
->contable
== NULL
||
3067 cinfo
->contable
->dataObj
== NULL
)
3069 ftable
= findTableByOid(cinfo
->confrelid
);
3070 if (ftable
== NULL
||
3071 ftable
->dataObj
== NULL
)
3075 * Okay, make referencing table's TABLE_DATA object depend on the
3076 * referenced table's TABLE_DATA object.
3078 addObjectDependency(&cinfo
->contable
->dataObj
->dobj
,
3079 ftable
->dataObj
->dobj
.dumpId
);
3088 * dump the database definition
3091 dumpDatabase(Archive
*fout
)
3093 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
3094 PQExpBuffer dbQry
= createPQExpBuffer();
3095 PQExpBuffer delQry
= createPQExpBuffer();
3096 PQExpBuffer creaQry
= createPQExpBuffer();
3097 PQExpBuffer labelq
= createPQExpBuffer();
3098 PGconn
*conn
= GetConnection(fout
);
3121 const char *datname
,
3136 pg_log_info("saving database definition");
3139 * Fetch the database-level properties for this database.
3141 appendPQExpBufferStr(dbQry
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, datname, "
3143 "pg_encoding_to_char(encoding) AS encoding, "
3144 "datcollate, datctype, datfrozenxid, "
3145 "datacl, acldefault('d', datdba) AS acldefault, "
3146 "datistemplate, datconnlimit, ");
3147 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90300)
3148 appendPQExpBufferStr(dbQry
, "datminmxid, ");
3150 appendPQExpBufferStr(dbQry
, "0 AS datminmxid, ");
3151 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 170000)
3152 appendPQExpBufferStr(dbQry
, "datlocprovider, datlocale, datcollversion, ");
3153 else if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 150000)
3154 appendPQExpBufferStr(dbQry
, "datlocprovider, daticulocale AS datlocale, datcollversion, ");
3156 appendPQExpBufferStr(dbQry
, "'c' AS datlocprovider, NULL AS datlocale, NULL AS datcollversion, ");
3157 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 160000)
3158 appendPQExpBufferStr(dbQry
, "daticurules, ");
3160 appendPQExpBufferStr(dbQry
, "NULL AS daticurules, ");
3161 appendPQExpBufferStr(dbQry
,
3162 "(SELECT spcname FROM pg_tablespace t WHERE t.oid = dattablespace) AS tablespace, "
3163 "shobj_description(oid, 'pg_database') AS description "
3165 "WHERE datname = current_database()");
3167 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, dbQry
->data
);
3169 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
3170 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
3171 i_datname
= PQfnumber(res
, "datname");
3172 i_datdba
= PQfnumber(res
, "datdba");
3173 i_encoding
= PQfnumber(res
, "encoding");
3174 i_datlocprovider
= PQfnumber(res
, "datlocprovider");
3175 i_collate
= PQfnumber(res
, "datcollate");
3176 i_ctype
= PQfnumber(res
, "datctype");
3177 i_datlocale
= PQfnumber(res
, "datlocale");
3178 i_daticurules
= PQfnumber(res
, "daticurules");
3179 i_frozenxid
= PQfnumber(res
, "datfrozenxid");
3180 i_minmxid
= PQfnumber(res
, "datminmxid");
3181 i_datacl
= PQfnumber(res
, "datacl");
3182 i_acldefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "acldefault");
3183 i_datistemplate
= PQfnumber(res
, "datistemplate");
3184 i_datconnlimit
= PQfnumber(res
, "datconnlimit");
3185 i_datcollversion
= PQfnumber(res
, "datcollversion");
3186 i_tablespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "tablespace");
3188 dbCatId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_tableoid
));
3189 dbCatId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_oid
));
3190 datname
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_datname
);
3191 dba
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_datdba
));
3192 encoding
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_encoding
);
3193 datlocprovider
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_datlocprovider
);
3194 collate
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_collate
);
3195 ctype
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_ctype
);
3196 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, i_datlocale
))
3197 locale
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_datlocale
);
3200 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, i_daticurules
))
3201 icurules
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_daticurules
);
3204 frozenxid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_frozenxid
));
3205 minmxid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_minmxid
));
3206 dbdacl
.acl
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_datacl
);
3207 dbdacl
.acldefault
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_acldefault
);
3208 datistemplate
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_datistemplate
);
3209 datconnlimit
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_datconnlimit
);
3210 tablespace
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_tablespace
);
3212 qdatname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(datname
));
3215 * Prepare the CREATE DATABASE command. We must specify OID (if we want
3216 * to preserve that), as well as the encoding, locale, and tablespace
3217 * since those can't be altered later. Other DB properties are left to
3218 * the DATABASE PROPERTIES entry, so that they can be applied after
3219 * reconnecting to the target DB.
3221 * For binary upgrade, we use the FILE_COPY strategy because testing has
3222 * shown it to be faster. When the server is in binary upgrade mode, it
3223 * will also skip the checkpoints this strategy ordinarily performs.
3225 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
3227 appendPQExpBuffer(creaQry
,
3228 "CREATE DATABASE %s WITH TEMPLATE = template0 "
3229 "OID = %u STRATEGY = FILE_COPY",
3230 qdatname
, dbCatId
.oid
);
3234 appendPQExpBuffer(creaQry
, "CREATE DATABASE %s WITH TEMPLATE = template0",
3237 if (strlen(encoding
) > 0)
3239 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, " ENCODING = ");
3240 appendStringLiteralAH(creaQry
, encoding
, fout
);
3243 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, " LOCALE_PROVIDER = ");
3244 if (datlocprovider
[0] == 'b')
3245 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, "builtin");
3246 else if (datlocprovider
[0] == 'c')
3247 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, "libc");
3248 else if (datlocprovider
[0] == 'i')
3249 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, "icu");
3251 pg_fatal("unrecognized locale provider: %s",
3254 if (strlen(collate
) > 0 && strcmp(collate
, ctype
) == 0)
3256 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, " LOCALE = ");
3257 appendStringLiteralAH(creaQry
, collate
, fout
);
3261 if (strlen(collate
) > 0)
3263 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, " LC_COLLATE = ");
3264 appendStringLiteralAH(creaQry
, collate
, fout
);
3266 if (strlen(ctype
) > 0)
3268 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, " LC_CTYPE = ");
3269 appendStringLiteralAH(creaQry
, ctype
, fout
);
3274 if (datlocprovider
[0] == 'b')
3275 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, " BUILTIN_LOCALE = ");
3277 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, " ICU_LOCALE = ");
3279 appendStringLiteralAH(creaQry
, locale
, fout
);
3284 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, " ICU_RULES = ");
3285 appendStringLiteralAH(creaQry
, icurules
, fout
);
3289 * For binary upgrade, carry over the collation version. For normal
3290 * dump/restore, omit the version, so that it is computed upon restore.
3292 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
3294 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, i_datcollversion
))
3296 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, " COLLATION_VERSION = ");
3297 appendStringLiteralAH(creaQry
,
3298 PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_datcollversion
),
3304 * Note: looking at dopt->outputNoTablespaces here is completely the wrong
3305 * thing; the decision whether to specify a tablespace should be left till
3306 * pg_restore, so that pg_restore --no-tablespaces applies. Ideally we'd
3307 * label the DATABASE entry with the tablespace and let the normal
3308 * tablespace selection logic work ... but CREATE DATABASE doesn't pay
3309 * attention to default_tablespace, so that won't work.
3311 if (strlen(tablespace
) > 0 && strcmp(tablespace
, "pg_default") != 0 &&
3312 !dopt
->outputNoTablespaces
)
3313 appendPQExpBuffer(creaQry
, " TABLESPACE = %s",
3315 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, ";\n");
3317 appendPQExpBuffer(delQry
, "DROP DATABASE %s;\n",
3320 dbDumpId
= createDumpId();
3323 dbCatId
, /* catalog ID */
3324 dbDumpId
, /* dump ID */
3325 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= datname
,
3327 .description
= "DATABASE",
3328 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
3329 .createStmt
= creaQry
->data
,
3330 .dropStmt
= delQry
->data
));
3332 /* Compute correct tag for archive entry */
3333 appendPQExpBuffer(labelq
, "DATABASE %s", qdatname
);
3335 /* Dump DB comment if any */
3338 * 8.2 and up keep comments on shared objects in a shared table, so we
3339 * cannot use the dumpComment() code used for other database objects.
3340 * Be careful that the ArchiveEntry parameters match that function.
3342 char *comment
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "description"));
3344 if (comment
&& *comment
&& !dopt
->no_comments
)
3346 resetPQExpBuffer(dbQry
);
3349 * Generates warning when loaded into a differently-named
3352 appendPQExpBuffer(dbQry
, "COMMENT ON DATABASE %s IS ", qdatname
);
3353 appendStringLiteralAH(dbQry
, comment
, fout
);
3354 appendPQExpBufferStr(dbQry
, ";\n");
3356 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
3357 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= labelq
->data
,
3359 .description
= "COMMENT",
3360 .section
= SECTION_NONE
,
3361 .createStmt
= dbQry
->data
,
3367 /* Dump DB security label, if enabled */
3368 if (!dopt
->no_security_labels
)
3371 PQExpBuffer seclabelQry
;
3373 seclabelQry
= createPQExpBuffer();
3375 buildShSecLabelQuery("pg_database", dbCatId
.oid
, seclabelQry
);
3376 shres
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, seclabelQry
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
3377 resetPQExpBuffer(seclabelQry
);
3378 emitShSecLabels(conn
, shres
, seclabelQry
, "DATABASE", datname
);
3379 if (seclabelQry
->len
> 0)
3380 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
3381 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= labelq
->data
,
3383 .description
= "SECURITY LABEL",
3384 .section
= SECTION_NONE
,
3385 .createStmt
= seclabelQry
->data
,
3388 destroyPQExpBuffer(seclabelQry
);
3393 * Dump ACL if any. Note that we do not support initial privileges
3394 * (pg_init_privs) on databases.
3396 dbdacl
.privtype
= 0;
3397 dbdacl
.initprivs
= NULL
;
3399 dumpACL(fout
, dbDumpId
, InvalidDumpId
, "DATABASE",
3400 qdatname
, NULL
, NULL
,
3401 NULL
, dba
, &dbdacl
);
3404 * Now construct a DATABASE PROPERTIES archive entry to restore any
3405 * non-default database-level properties. (The reason this must be
3406 * separate is that we cannot put any additional commands into the TOC
3407 * entry that has CREATE DATABASE. pg_restore would execute such a group
3408 * in an implicit transaction block, and the backend won't allow CREATE
3409 * DATABASE in that context.)
3411 resetPQExpBuffer(creaQry
);
3412 resetPQExpBuffer(delQry
);
3414 if (strlen(datconnlimit
) > 0 && strcmp(datconnlimit
, "-1") != 0)
3415 appendPQExpBuffer(creaQry
, "ALTER DATABASE %s CONNECTION LIMIT = %s;\n",
3416 qdatname
, datconnlimit
);
3418 if (strcmp(datistemplate
, "t") == 0)
3420 appendPQExpBuffer(creaQry
, "ALTER DATABASE %s IS_TEMPLATE = true;\n",
3424 * The backend won't accept DROP DATABASE on a template database. We
3425 * can deal with that by removing the template marking before the DROP
3426 * gets issued. We'd prefer to use ALTER DATABASE IF EXISTS here, but
3427 * since no such command is currently supported, fake it with a direct
3428 * UPDATE on pg_database.
3430 appendPQExpBufferStr(delQry
, "UPDATE pg_catalog.pg_database "
3431 "SET datistemplate = false WHERE datname = ");
3432 appendStringLiteralAH(delQry
, datname
, fout
);
3433 appendPQExpBufferStr(delQry
, ";\n");
3437 * We do not restore pg_database.dathasloginevt because it is set
3438 * automatically on login event trigger creation.
3441 /* Add database-specific SET options */
3442 dumpDatabaseConfig(fout
, creaQry
, datname
, dbCatId
.oid
);
3445 * We stick this binary-upgrade query into the DATABASE PROPERTIES archive
3446 * entry, too, for lack of a better place.
3448 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
3450 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, set datfrozenxid and datminmxid.\n");
3451 appendPQExpBuffer(creaQry
, "UPDATE pg_catalog.pg_database\n"
3452 "SET datfrozenxid = '%u', datminmxid = '%u'\n"
3454 frozenxid
, minmxid
);
3455 appendStringLiteralAH(creaQry
, datname
, fout
);
3456 appendPQExpBufferStr(creaQry
, ";\n");
3459 if (creaQry
->len
> 0)
3460 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
3461 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= datname
,
3463 .description
= "DATABASE PROPERTIES",
3464 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
3465 .createStmt
= creaQry
->data
,
3466 .dropStmt
= delQry
->data
,
3467 .deps
= &dbDumpId
));
3470 * pg_largeobject comes from the old system intact, so set its
3471 * relfrozenxids, relminmxids and relfilenode.
3473 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
3476 PQExpBuffer loFrozenQry
= createPQExpBuffer();
3477 PQExpBuffer loOutQry
= createPQExpBuffer();
3478 PQExpBuffer loHorizonQry
= createPQExpBuffer();
3479 int ii_relfrozenxid
,
3487 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90300)
3488 appendPQExpBuffer(loFrozenQry
, "SELECT relfrozenxid, relminmxid, relfilenode, oid\n"
3489 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_class\n"
3490 "WHERE oid IN (%u, %u);\n",
3491 LargeObjectRelationId
, LargeObjectLOidPNIndexId
);
3493 appendPQExpBuffer(loFrozenQry
, "SELECT relfrozenxid, 0 AS relminmxid, relfilenode, oid\n"
3494 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_class\n"
3495 "WHERE oid IN (%u, %u);\n",
3496 LargeObjectRelationId
, LargeObjectLOidPNIndexId
);
3498 lo_res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, loFrozenQry
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
3500 ii_relfrozenxid
= PQfnumber(lo_res
, "relfrozenxid");
3501 ii_relminmxid
= PQfnumber(lo_res
, "relminmxid");
3502 ii_relfilenode
= PQfnumber(lo_res
, "relfilenode");
3503 ii_oid
= PQfnumber(lo_res
, "oid");
3505 appendPQExpBufferStr(loHorizonQry
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, set pg_largeobject relfrozenxid and relminmxid\n");
3506 appendPQExpBufferStr(loOutQry
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, preserve pg_largeobject and index relfilenodes\n");
3507 for (int i
= 0; i
< PQntuples(lo_res
); ++i
)
3510 RelFileNumber relfilenumber
;
3512 appendPQExpBuffer(loHorizonQry
, "UPDATE pg_catalog.pg_class\n"
3513 "SET relfrozenxid = '%u', relminmxid = '%u'\n"
3514 "WHERE oid = %u;\n",
3515 atooid(PQgetvalue(lo_res
, i
, ii_relfrozenxid
)),
3516 atooid(PQgetvalue(lo_res
, i
, ii_relminmxid
)),
3517 atooid(PQgetvalue(lo_res
, i
, ii_oid
)));
3519 oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(lo_res
, i
, ii_oid
));
3520 relfilenumber
= atooid(PQgetvalue(lo_res
, i
, ii_relfilenode
));
3522 if (oid
== LargeObjectRelationId
)
3523 appendPQExpBuffer(loOutQry
,
3524 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_heap_relfilenode('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n",
3526 else if (oid
== LargeObjectLOidPNIndexId
)
3527 appendPQExpBuffer(loOutQry
,
3528 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_index_relfilenode('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n",
3532 appendPQExpBufferStr(loOutQry
,
3533 "TRUNCATE pg_catalog.pg_largeobject;\n");
3534 appendPQExpBufferStr(loOutQry
, loHorizonQry
->data
);
3536 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
3537 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= "pg_largeobject",
3538 .description
= "pg_largeobject",
3539 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
3540 .createStmt
= loOutQry
->data
));
3544 destroyPQExpBuffer(loFrozenQry
);
3545 destroyPQExpBuffer(loHorizonQry
);
3546 destroyPQExpBuffer(loOutQry
);
3552 destroyPQExpBuffer(dbQry
);
3553 destroyPQExpBuffer(delQry
);
3554 destroyPQExpBuffer(creaQry
);
3555 destroyPQExpBuffer(labelq
);
3559 * Collect any database-specific or role-and-database-specific SET options
3560 * for this database, and append them to outbuf.
3563 dumpDatabaseConfig(Archive
*AH
, PQExpBuffer outbuf
,
3564 const char *dbname
, Oid dboid
)
3566 PGconn
*conn
= GetConnection(AH
);
3567 PQExpBuffer buf
= createPQExpBuffer();
3570 /* First collect database-specific options */
3571 printfPQExpBuffer(buf
, "SELECT unnest(setconfig) FROM pg_db_role_setting "
3572 "WHERE setrole = 0 AND setdatabase = '%u'::oid",
3575 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(AH
, buf
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
3577 for (int i
= 0; i
< PQntuples(res
); i
++)
3578 makeAlterConfigCommand(conn
, PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0),
3579 "DATABASE", dbname
, NULL
, NULL
,
3584 /* Now look for role-and-database-specific options */
3585 printfPQExpBuffer(buf
, "SELECT rolname, unnest(setconfig) "
3586 "FROM pg_db_role_setting s, pg_roles r "
3587 "WHERE setrole = r.oid AND setdatabase = '%u'::oid",
3590 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(AH
, buf
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
3592 for (int i
= 0; i
< PQntuples(res
); i
++)
3593 makeAlterConfigCommand(conn
, PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 1),
3594 "ROLE", PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0),
3600 destroyPQExpBuffer(buf
);
3604 * dumpEncoding: put the correct encoding into the archive
3607 dumpEncoding(Archive
*AH
)
3609 const char *encname
= pg_encoding_to_char(AH
->encoding
);
3610 PQExpBuffer qry
= createPQExpBuffer();
3612 pg_log_info("saving encoding = %s", encname
);
3614 appendPQExpBufferStr(qry
, "SET client_encoding = ");
3615 appendStringLiteralAH(qry
, encname
, AH
);
3616 appendPQExpBufferStr(qry
, ";\n");
3618 ArchiveEntry(AH
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
3619 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= "ENCODING",
3620 .description
= "ENCODING",
3621 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
3622 .createStmt
= qry
->data
));
3624 destroyPQExpBuffer(qry
);
3629 * dumpStdStrings: put the correct escape string behavior into the archive
3632 dumpStdStrings(Archive
*AH
)
3634 const char *stdstrings
= AH
->std_strings
? "on" : "off";
3635 PQExpBuffer qry
= createPQExpBuffer();
3637 pg_log_info("saving \"standard_conforming_strings = %s\"",
3640 appendPQExpBuffer(qry
, "SET standard_conforming_strings = '%s';\n",
3643 ArchiveEntry(AH
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
3644 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= "STDSTRINGS",
3645 .description
= "STDSTRINGS",
3646 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
3647 .createStmt
= qry
->data
));
3649 destroyPQExpBuffer(qry
);
3653 * dumpSearchPath: record the active search_path in the archive
3656 dumpSearchPath(Archive
*AH
)
3658 PQExpBuffer qry
= createPQExpBuffer();
3659 PQExpBuffer path
= createPQExpBuffer();
3661 char **schemanames
= NULL
;
3662 int nschemanames
= 0;
3666 * We use the result of current_schemas(), not the search_path GUC,
3667 * because that might contain wildcards such as "$user", which won't
3668 * necessarily have the same value during restore. Also, this way avoids
3669 * listing schemas that may appear in search_path but not actually exist,
3670 * which seems like a prudent exclusion.
3672 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(AH
,
3673 "SELECT pg_catalog.current_schemas(false)");
3675 if (!parsePGArray(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0), &schemanames
, &nschemanames
))
3676 pg_fatal("could not parse result of current_schemas()");
3679 * We use set_config(), not a simple "SET search_path" command, because
3680 * the latter has less-clean behavior if the search path is empty. While
3681 * that's likely to get fixed at some point, it seems like a good idea to
3682 * be as backwards-compatible as possible in what we put into archives.
3684 for (i
= 0; i
< nschemanames
; i
++)
3687 appendPQExpBufferStr(path
, ", ");
3688 appendPQExpBufferStr(path
, fmtId(schemanames
[i
]));
3691 appendPQExpBufferStr(qry
, "SELECT pg_catalog.set_config('search_path', ");
3692 appendStringLiteralAH(qry
, path
->data
, AH
);
3693 appendPQExpBufferStr(qry
, ", false);\n");
3695 pg_log_info("saving \"search_path = %s\"", path
->data
);
3697 ArchiveEntry(AH
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
3698 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= "SEARCHPATH",
3699 .description
= "SEARCHPATH",
3700 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
3701 .createStmt
= qry
->data
));
3703 /* Also save it in AH->searchpath, in case we're doing plain text dump */
3704 AH
->searchpath
= pg_strdup(qry
->data
);
3708 destroyPQExpBuffer(qry
);
3709 destroyPQExpBuffer(path
);
3715 * Collect schema-level data about large objects
3718 getLOs(Archive
*fout
)
3720 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
3721 PQExpBuffer loQry
= createPQExpBuffer();
3731 pg_log_info("reading large objects");
3734 * Fetch LO OIDs and owner/ACL data. Order the data so that all the blobs
3735 * with the same owner/ACL appear together.
3737 appendPQExpBufferStr(loQry
,
3738 "SELECT oid, lomowner, lomacl, "
3739 "acldefault('L', lomowner) AS acldefault "
3740 "FROM pg_largeobject_metadata "
3741 "ORDER BY lomowner, lomacl::pg_catalog.text, oid");
3743 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, loQry
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
3745 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
3746 i_lomowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "lomowner");
3747 i_lomacl
= PQfnumber(res
, "lomacl");
3748 i_acldefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "acldefault");
3750 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
3753 * Group the blobs into suitably-sized groups that have the same owner and
3754 * ACL setting, and build a metadata and a data DumpableObject for each
3755 * group. (If we supported initprivs for blobs, we'd have to insist that
3756 * groups also share initprivs settings, since the DumpableObject only has
3757 * room for one.) i is the index of the first tuple in the current group,
3758 * and n is the number of tuples we include in the group.
3760 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
+= n
)
3762 Oid thisoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
3763 char *thisowner
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_lomowner
);
3764 char *thisacl
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_lomacl
);
3766 DumpableObject
*lodata
;
3769 /* Scan to find first tuple not to be included in group */
3771 while (n
< MAX_BLOBS_PER_ARCHIVE_ENTRY
&& i
+ n
< ntups
)
3773 if (strcmp(thisowner
, PQgetvalue(res
, i
+ n
, i_lomowner
)) != 0 ||
3774 strcmp(thisacl
, PQgetvalue(res
, i
+ n
, i_lomacl
)) != 0)
3779 /* Build the metadata DumpableObject */
3780 loinfo
= (LoInfo
*) pg_malloc(offsetof(LoInfo
, looids
) + n
* sizeof(Oid
));
3782 loinfo
->dobj
.objType
= DO_LARGE_OBJECT
;
3783 loinfo
->dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= LargeObjectRelationId
;
3784 loinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
= thisoid
;
3785 AssignDumpId(&loinfo
->dobj
);
3788 snprintf(namebuf
, sizeof(namebuf
), "%u..%u", thisoid
,
3789 atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
+ n
- 1, i_oid
)));
3791 snprintf(namebuf
, sizeof(namebuf
), "%u", thisoid
);
3792 loinfo
->dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(namebuf
);
3793 loinfo
->dacl
.acl
= pg_strdup(thisacl
);
3794 loinfo
->dacl
.acldefault
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_acldefault
));
3795 loinfo
->dacl
.privtype
= 0;
3796 loinfo
->dacl
.initprivs
= NULL
;
3797 loinfo
->rolname
= getRoleName(thisowner
);
3799 loinfo
->looids
[0] = thisoid
;
3800 /* Collect OIDs of the remaining blobs in this group */
3801 for (int k
= 1; k
< n
; k
++)
3805 loinfo
->looids
[k
] = atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
+ k
, i_oid
));
3807 /* Make sure we can look up loinfo by any of the blobs' OIDs */
3808 extraID
.tableoid
= LargeObjectRelationId
;
3809 extraID
.oid
= loinfo
->looids
[k
];
3810 recordAdditionalCatalogID(extraID
, &loinfo
->dobj
);
3814 loinfo
->dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_DATA
;
3816 /* Mark whether LO group has a non-empty ACL */
3817 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_lomacl
))
3818 loinfo
->dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
3821 * In binary-upgrade mode for LOs, we do *not* dump out the LO data,
3822 * as it will be copied by pg_upgrade, which simply copies the
3823 * pg_largeobject table. We *do* however dump out anything but the
3824 * data, as pg_upgrade copies just pg_largeobject, but not
3825 * pg_largeobject_metadata, after the dump is restored.
3827 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
3828 loinfo
->dobj
.dump
&= ~DUMP_COMPONENT_DATA
;
3831 * Create a "BLOBS" data item for the group, too. This is just a
3832 * placeholder for sorting; it carries no data now.
3834 lodata
= (DumpableObject
*) pg_malloc(sizeof(DumpableObject
));
3835 lodata
->objType
= DO_LARGE_OBJECT_DATA
;
3836 lodata
->catId
= nilCatalogId
;
3837 AssignDumpId(lodata
);
3838 lodata
->name
= pg_strdup(namebuf
);
3839 lodata
->components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_DATA
;
3840 /* Set up explicit dependency from data to metadata */
3841 lodata
->dependencies
= (DumpId
*) pg_malloc(sizeof(DumpId
));
3842 lodata
->dependencies
[0] = loinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
;
3843 lodata
->nDeps
= lodata
->allocDeps
= 1;
3847 destroyPQExpBuffer(loQry
);
3853 * dump the definition (metadata) of the given large object group
3856 dumpLO(Archive
*fout
, const LoInfo
*loinfo
)
3858 PQExpBuffer cquery
= createPQExpBuffer();
3861 * The "definition" is just a newline-separated list of OIDs. We need to
3862 * put something into the dropStmt too, but it can just be a comment.
3864 for (int i
= 0; i
< loinfo
->numlos
; i
++)
3865 appendPQExpBuffer(cquery
, "%u\n", loinfo
->looids
[i
]);
3867 if (loinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
3868 ArchiveEntry(fout
, loinfo
->dobj
.catId
, loinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
3869 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= loinfo
->dobj
.name
,
3870 .owner
= loinfo
->rolname
,
3871 .description
= "BLOB METADATA",
3872 .section
= SECTION_DATA
,
3873 .createStmt
= cquery
->data
,
3874 .dropStmt
= "-- dummy"));
3877 * Dump per-blob comments and seclabels if any. We assume these are rare
3878 * enough that it's okay to generate retail TOC entries for them.
3880 if (loinfo
->dobj
.dump
& (DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
|
3881 DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
))
3883 for (int i
= 0; i
< loinfo
->numlos
; i
++)
3888 /* Build identifying info for this blob */
3889 catId
.tableoid
= loinfo
->dobj
.catId
.tableoid
;
3890 catId
.oid
= loinfo
->looids
[i
];
3891 snprintf(namebuf
, sizeof(namebuf
), "%u", loinfo
->looids
[i
]);
3893 if (loinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
3894 dumpComment(fout
, "LARGE OBJECT", namebuf
,
3895 NULL
, loinfo
->rolname
,
3896 catId
, 0, loinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
3898 if (loinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
3899 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "LARGE OBJECT", namebuf
,
3900 NULL
, loinfo
->rolname
,
3901 catId
, 0, loinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
3906 * Dump the ACLs if any (remember that all blobs in the group will have
3907 * the same ACL). If there's just one blob, dump a simple ACL entry; if
3908 * there's more, make a "LARGE OBJECTS" entry that really contains only
3909 * the ACL for the first blob. _printTocEntry() will be cued by the tag
3910 * string to emit a mutated version for each blob.
3912 if (loinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
3916 /* Build identifying info for the first blob */
3917 snprintf(namebuf
, sizeof(namebuf
), "%u", loinfo
->looids
[0]);
3919 if (loinfo
->numlos
> 1)
3923 snprintf(tagbuf
, sizeof(tagbuf
), "LARGE OBJECTS %u..%u",
3924 loinfo
->looids
[0], loinfo
->looids
[loinfo
->numlos
- 1]);
3926 dumpACL(fout
, loinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
,
3927 "LARGE OBJECT", namebuf
, NULL
, NULL
,
3928 tagbuf
, loinfo
->rolname
, &loinfo
->dacl
);
3932 dumpACL(fout
, loinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
,
3933 "LARGE OBJECT", namebuf
, NULL
, NULL
,
3934 NULL
, loinfo
->rolname
, &loinfo
->dacl
);
3938 destroyPQExpBuffer(cquery
);
3943 * dump the data contents of the large objects in the given group
3946 dumpLOs(Archive
*fout
, const void *arg
)
3948 const LoInfo
*loinfo
= (const LoInfo
*) arg
;
3949 PGconn
*conn
= GetConnection(fout
);
3950 char buf
[LOBBUFSIZE
];
3952 pg_log_info("saving large objects \"%s\"", loinfo
->dobj
.name
);
3954 for (int i
= 0; i
< loinfo
->numlos
; i
++)
3956 Oid loOid
= loinfo
->looids
[i
];
3961 loFd
= lo_open(conn
, loOid
, INV_READ
);
3963 pg_fatal("could not open large object %u: %s",
3964 loOid
, PQerrorMessage(conn
));
3966 StartLO(fout
, loOid
);
3968 /* Now read it in chunks, sending data to archive */
3971 cnt
= lo_read(conn
, loFd
, buf
, LOBBUFSIZE
);
3973 pg_fatal("error reading large object %u: %s",
3974 loOid
, PQerrorMessage(conn
));
3976 WriteData(fout
, buf
, cnt
);
3979 lo_close(conn
, loFd
);
3989 * get information about all RLS policies on dumpable tables.
3992 getPolicies(Archive
*fout
, TableInfo tblinfo
[], int numTables
)
3995 PQExpBuffer tbloids
;
3997 PolicyInfo
*polinfo
;
4003 int i_polpermissive
;
4011 /* No policies before 9.5 */
4012 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 90500)
4015 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
4016 tbloids
= createPQExpBuffer();
4019 * Identify tables of interest, and check which ones have RLS enabled.
4021 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, '{');
4022 for (i
= 0; i
< numTables
; i
++)
4024 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= &tblinfo
[i
];
4026 /* Ignore row security on tables not to be dumped */
4027 if (!(tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_POLICY
))
4030 /* It can't have RLS or policies if it's not a table */
4031 if (tbinfo
->relkind
!= RELKIND_RELATION
&&
4032 tbinfo
->relkind
!= RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
)
4035 /* Add it to the list of table OIDs to be probed below */
4036 if (tbloids
->len
> 1) /* do we have more than the '{'? */
4037 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, ',');
4038 appendPQExpBuffer(tbloids
, "%u", tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
4040 /* Is RLS enabled? (That's separate from whether it has policies) */
4043 tbinfo
->dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_POLICY
;
4046 * We represent RLS being enabled on a table by creating a
4047 * PolicyInfo object with null polname.
4049 * Note: use tableoid 0 so that this object won't be mistaken for
4050 * something that pg_depend entries apply to.
4052 polinfo
= pg_malloc(sizeof(PolicyInfo
));
4053 polinfo
->dobj
.objType
= DO_POLICY
;
4054 polinfo
->dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= 0;
4055 polinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
= tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
;
4056 AssignDumpId(&polinfo
->dobj
);
4057 polinfo
->dobj
.namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace;
4058 polinfo
->dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(tbinfo
->dobj
.name
);
4059 polinfo
->poltable
= tbinfo
;
4060 polinfo
->polname
= NULL
;
4061 polinfo
->polcmd
= '\0';
4062 polinfo
->polpermissive
= 0;
4063 polinfo
->polroles
= NULL
;
4064 polinfo
->polqual
= NULL
;
4065 polinfo
->polwithcheck
= NULL
;
4068 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, '}');
4071 * Now, read all RLS policies belonging to the tables of interest, and
4072 * create PolicyInfo objects for them. (Note that we must filter the
4073 * results server-side not locally, because we dare not apply pg_get_expr
4074 * to tables we don't have lock on.)
4076 pg_log_info("reading row-level security policies");
4078 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
4079 "SELECT pol.oid, pol.tableoid, pol.polrelid, pol.polname, pol.polcmd, ");
4080 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 100000)
4081 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "pol.polpermissive, ");
4083 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "'t' as polpermissive, ");
4084 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
4085 "CASE WHEN pol.polroles = '{0}' THEN NULL ELSE "
4086 " pg_catalog.array_to_string(ARRAY(SELECT pg_catalog.quote_ident(rolname) from pg_catalog.pg_roles WHERE oid = ANY(pol.polroles)), ', ') END AS polroles, "
4087 "pg_catalog.pg_get_expr(pol.polqual, pol.polrelid) AS polqual, "
4088 "pg_catalog.pg_get_expr(pol.polwithcheck, pol.polrelid) AS polwithcheck "
4089 "FROM unnest('%s'::pg_catalog.oid[]) AS src(tbloid)\n"
4090 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_policy pol ON (src.tbloid = pol.polrelid)",
4093 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
4095 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
4098 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
4099 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
4100 i_polrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "polrelid");
4101 i_polname
= PQfnumber(res
, "polname");
4102 i_polcmd
= PQfnumber(res
, "polcmd");
4103 i_polpermissive
= PQfnumber(res
, "polpermissive");
4104 i_polroles
= PQfnumber(res
, "polroles");
4105 i_polqual
= PQfnumber(res
, "polqual");
4106 i_polwithcheck
= PQfnumber(res
, "polwithcheck");
4108 polinfo
= pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(PolicyInfo
));
4110 for (j
= 0; j
< ntups
; j
++)
4112 Oid polrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_polrelid
));
4113 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= findTableByOid(polrelid
);
4115 tbinfo
->dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_POLICY
;
4117 polinfo
[j
].dobj
.objType
= DO_POLICY
;
4118 polinfo
[j
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
=
4119 atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_tableoid
));
4120 polinfo
[j
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_oid
));
4121 AssignDumpId(&polinfo
[j
].dobj
);
4122 polinfo
[j
].dobj
.namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace;
4123 polinfo
[j
].poltable
= tbinfo
;
4124 polinfo
[j
].polname
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_polname
));
4125 polinfo
[j
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(polinfo
[j
].polname
);
4127 polinfo
[j
].polcmd
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_polcmd
));
4128 polinfo
[j
].polpermissive
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_polpermissive
)) == 't';
4130 if (PQgetisnull(res
, j
, i_polroles
))
4131 polinfo
[j
].polroles
= NULL
;
4133 polinfo
[j
].polroles
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_polroles
));
4135 if (PQgetisnull(res
, j
, i_polqual
))
4136 polinfo
[j
].polqual
= NULL
;
4138 polinfo
[j
].polqual
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_polqual
));
4140 if (PQgetisnull(res
, j
, i_polwithcheck
))
4141 polinfo
[j
].polwithcheck
= NULL
;
4143 polinfo
[j
].polwithcheck
4144 = pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_polwithcheck
));
4150 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
4151 destroyPQExpBuffer(tbloids
);
4156 * dump the definition of the given policy
4159 dumpPolicy(Archive
*fout
, const PolicyInfo
*polinfo
)
4161 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
4162 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= polinfo
->poltable
;
4165 PQExpBuffer polprefix
;
4170 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
4171 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
4175 * If polname is NULL, then this record is just indicating that ROW LEVEL
4176 * SECURITY is enabled for the table. Dump as ALTER TABLE <table> ENABLE
4177 * ROW LEVEL SECURITY.
4179 if (polinfo
->polname
== NULL
)
4181 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
4183 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "ALTER TABLE %s ENABLE ROW LEVEL SECURITY;",
4184 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
4187 * We must emit the ROW SECURITY object's dependency on its table
4188 * explicitly, because it will not match anything in pg_depend (unlike
4189 * the case for other PolicyInfo objects).
4191 if (polinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
4192 ArchiveEntry(fout
, polinfo
->dobj
.catId
, polinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
4193 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= polinfo
->dobj
.name
,
4194 .namespace = polinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
4195 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
4196 .description
= "ROW SECURITY",
4197 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
4198 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
4199 .deps
= &(tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
),
4202 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
4206 if (polinfo
->polcmd
== '*')
4208 else if (polinfo
->polcmd
== 'r')
4209 cmd
= " FOR SELECT";
4210 else if (polinfo
->polcmd
== 'a')
4211 cmd
= " FOR INSERT";
4212 else if (polinfo
->polcmd
== 'w')
4213 cmd
= " FOR UPDATE";
4214 else if (polinfo
->polcmd
== 'd')
4215 cmd
= " FOR DELETE";
4217 pg_fatal("unexpected policy command type: %c",
4220 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
4221 delqry
= createPQExpBuffer();
4222 polprefix
= createPQExpBuffer();
4224 qtabname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tbinfo
->dobj
.name
));
4226 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "CREATE POLICY %s", fmtId(polinfo
->polname
));
4228 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " ON %s%s%s", fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
),
4229 !polinfo
->polpermissive
? " AS RESTRICTIVE" : "", cmd
);
4231 if (polinfo
->polroles
!= NULL
)
4232 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " TO %s", polinfo
->polroles
);
4234 if (polinfo
->polqual
!= NULL
)
4235 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " USING (%s)", polinfo
->polqual
);
4237 if (polinfo
->polwithcheck
!= NULL
)
4238 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " WITH CHECK (%s)", polinfo
->polwithcheck
);
4240 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ";\n");
4242 appendPQExpBuffer(delqry
, "DROP POLICY %s", fmtId(polinfo
->polname
));
4243 appendPQExpBuffer(delqry
, " ON %s;\n", fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
4245 appendPQExpBuffer(polprefix
, "POLICY %s ON",
4246 fmtId(polinfo
->polname
));
4248 tag
= psprintf("%s %s", tbinfo
->dobj
.name
, polinfo
->dobj
.name
);
4250 if (polinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
4251 ArchiveEntry(fout
, polinfo
->dobj
.catId
, polinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
4252 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
,
4253 .namespace = polinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
4254 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
4255 .description
= "POLICY",
4256 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
4257 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
4258 .dropStmt
= delqry
->data
));
4260 if (polinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
4261 dumpComment(fout
, polprefix
->data
, qtabname
,
4262 tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tbinfo
->rolname
,
4263 polinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, polinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
4266 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
4267 destroyPQExpBuffer(delqry
);
4268 destroyPQExpBuffer(polprefix
);
4274 * get information about publications
4277 getPublications(Archive
*fout
)
4279 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
4282 PublicationInfo
*pubinfo
;
4297 if (dopt
->no_publications
|| fout
->remoteVersion
< 100000)
4300 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
4302 /* Get the publications. */
4303 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT p.tableoid, p.oid, p.pubname, "
4304 "p.pubowner, p.puballtables, p.pubinsert, "
4305 "p.pubupdate, p.pubdelete, ");
4307 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 110000)
4308 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "p.pubtruncate, ");
4310 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "false AS pubtruncate, ");
4312 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 130000)
4313 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "p.pubviaroot, ");
4315 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "false AS pubviaroot, ");
4317 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 180000)
4318 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "p.pubgencols ");
4320 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "false AS pubgencols ");
4322 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "FROM pg_publication p");
4324 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
4326 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
4331 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
4332 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
4333 i_pubname
= PQfnumber(res
, "pubname");
4334 i_pubowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "pubowner");
4335 i_puballtables
= PQfnumber(res
, "puballtables");
4336 i_pubinsert
= PQfnumber(res
, "pubinsert");
4337 i_pubupdate
= PQfnumber(res
, "pubupdate");
4338 i_pubdelete
= PQfnumber(res
, "pubdelete");
4339 i_pubtruncate
= PQfnumber(res
, "pubtruncate");
4340 i_pubviaroot
= PQfnumber(res
, "pubviaroot");
4341 i_pubgencols
= PQfnumber(res
, "pubgencols");
4343 pubinfo
= pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(PublicationInfo
));
4345 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
4347 pubinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_PUBLICATION
;
4348 pubinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
=
4349 atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
4350 pubinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
4351 AssignDumpId(&pubinfo
[i
].dobj
);
4352 pubinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pubname
));
4353 pubinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pubowner
));
4354 pubinfo
[i
].puballtables
=
4355 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_puballtables
), "t") == 0);
4356 pubinfo
[i
].pubinsert
=
4357 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pubinsert
), "t") == 0);
4358 pubinfo
[i
].pubupdate
=
4359 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pubupdate
), "t") == 0);
4360 pubinfo
[i
].pubdelete
=
4361 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pubdelete
), "t") == 0);
4362 pubinfo
[i
].pubtruncate
=
4363 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pubtruncate
), "t") == 0);
4364 pubinfo
[i
].pubviaroot
=
4365 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pubviaroot
), "t") == 0);
4366 pubinfo
[i
].pubgencols
=
4367 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pubgencols
), "t") == 0);
4369 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
4370 selectDumpableObject(&(pubinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
4376 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
4381 * dump the definition of the given publication
4384 dumpPublication(Archive
*fout
, const PublicationInfo
*pubinfo
)
4386 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
4392 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
4393 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
4396 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
4397 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
4399 qpubname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(pubinfo
->dobj
.name
));
4401 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP PUBLICATION %s;\n",
4404 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "CREATE PUBLICATION %s",
4407 if (pubinfo
->puballtables
)
4408 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " FOR ALL TABLES");
4410 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " WITH (publish = '");
4411 if (pubinfo
->pubinsert
)
4413 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "insert");
4417 if (pubinfo
->pubupdate
)
4420 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", ");
4422 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "update");
4426 if (pubinfo
->pubdelete
)
4429 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", ");
4431 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "delete");
4435 if (pubinfo
->pubtruncate
)
4438 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", ");
4440 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "truncate");
4444 appendPQExpBufferChar(query
, '\'');
4446 if (pubinfo
->pubviaroot
)
4447 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", publish_via_partition_root = true");
4449 if (pubinfo
->pubgencols
)
4450 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", publish_generated_columns = true");
4452 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ");\n");
4454 if (pubinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
4455 ArchiveEntry(fout
, pubinfo
->dobj
.catId
, pubinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
4456 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= pubinfo
->dobj
.name
,
4457 .owner
= pubinfo
->rolname
,
4458 .description
= "PUBLICATION",
4459 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
4460 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
4461 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
4463 if (pubinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
4464 dumpComment(fout
, "PUBLICATION", qpubname
,
4465 NULL
, pubinfo
->rolname
,
4466 pubinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, pubinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
4468 if (pubinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
4469 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "PUBLICATION", qpubname
,
4470 NULL
, pubinfo
->rolname
,
4471 pubinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, pubinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
4473 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
4474 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
4479 * getPublicationNamespaces
4480 * get information about publication membership for dumpable schemas.
4483 getPublicationNamespaces(Archive
*fout
)
4487 PublicationSchemaInfo
*pubsinfo
;
4488 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
4497 if (dopt
->no_publications
|| fout
->remoteVersion
< 150000)
4500 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
4502 /* Collect all publication membership info. */
4503 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
4504 "SELECT tableoid, oid, pnpubid, pnnspid "
4505 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_publication_namespace");
4506 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
4508 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
4510 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
4511 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
4512 i_pnpubid
= PQfnumber(res
, "pnpubid");
4513 i_pnnspid
= PQfnumber(res
, "pnnspid");
4515 /* this allocation may be more than we need */
4516 pubsinfo
= pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(PublicationSchemaInfo
));
4519 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
4521 Oid pnpubid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pnpubid
));
4522 Oid pnnspid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pnnspid
));
4523 PublicationInfo
*pubinfo
;
4524 NamespaceInfo
*nspinfo
;
4527 * Ignore any entries for which we aren't interested in either the
4528 * publication or the rel.
4530 pubinfo
= findPublicationByOid(pnpubid
);
4531 if (pubinfo
== NULL
)
4533 nspinfo
= findNamespaceByOid(pnnspid
);
4534 if (nspinfo
== NULL
)
4538 * We always dump publication namespaces unless the corresponding
4539 * namespace is excluded from the dump.
4541 if (nspinfo
->dobj
.dump
== DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
)
4544 /* OK, make a DumpableObject for this relationship */
4545 pubsinfo
[j
].dobj
.objType
= DO_PUBLICATION_TABLE_IN_SCHEMA
;
4546 pubsinfo
[j
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
=
4547 atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
4548 pubsinfo
[j
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
4549 AssignDumpId(&pubsinfo
[j
].dobj
);
4550 pubsinfo
[j
].dobj
.namespace = nspinfo
->dobj
.namespace;
4551 pubsinfo
[j
].dobj
.name
= nspinfo
->dobj
.name
;
4552 pubsinfo
[j
].publication
= pubinfo
;
4553 pubsinfo
[j
].pubschema
= nspinfo
;
4555 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
4556 selectDumpablePublicationObject(&(pubsinfo
[j
].dobj
), fout
);
4562 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
4566 * getPublicationTables
4567 * get information about publication membership for dumpable tables.
4570 getPublicationTables(Archive
*fout
, TableInfo tblinfo
[], int numTables
)
4574 PublicationRelInfo
*pubrinfo
;
4575 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
4586 if (dopt
->no_publications
|| fout
->remoteVersion
< 100000)
4589 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
4591 /* Collect all publication membership info. */
4592 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 150000)
4593 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
4594 "SELECT tableoid, oid, prpubid, prrelid, "
4595 "pg_catalog.pg_get_expr(prqual, prrelid) AS prrelqual, "
4597 " WHEN pr.prattrs IS NOT NULL THEN\n"
4598 " (SELECT array_agg(attname)\n"
4600 " pg_catalog.generate_series(0, pg_catalog.array_upper(pr.prattrs::pg_catalog.int2[], 1)) s,\n"
4601 " pg_catalog.pg_attribute\n"
4602 " WHERE attrelid = pr.prrelid AND attnum = prattrs[s])\n"
4603 " ELSE NULL END) prattrs "
4604 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_publication_rel pr");
4606 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
4607 "SELECT tableoid, oid, prpubid, prrelid, "
4608 "NULL AS prrelqual, NULL AS prattrs "
4609 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_publication_rel");
4610 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
4612 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
4614 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
4615 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
4616 i_prpubid
= PQfnumber(res
, "prpubid");
4617 i_prrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "prrelid");
4618 i_prrelqual
= PQfnumber(res
, "prrelqual");
4619 i_prattrs
= PQfnumber(res
, "prattrs");
4621 /* this allocation may be more than we need */
4622 pubrinfo
= pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(PublicationRelInfo
));
4625 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
4627 Oid prpubid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prpubid
));
4628 Oid prrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prrelid
));
4629 PublicationInfo
*pubinfo
;
4633 * Ignore any entries for which we aren't interested in either the
4634 * publication or the rel.
4636 pubinfo
= findPublicationByOid(prpubid
);
4637 if (pubinfo
== NULL
)
4639 tbinfo
= findTableByOid(prrelid
);
4644 * Ignore publication membership of tables whose definitions are not
4647 if (!(tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
))
4650 /* OK, make a DumpableObject for this relationship */
4651 pubrinfo
[j
].dobj
.objType
= DO_PUBLICATION_REL
;
4652 pubrinfo
[j
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
=
4653 atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
4654 pubrinfo
[j
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
4655 AssignDumpId(&pubrinfo
[j
].dobj
);
4656 pubrinfo
[j
].dobj
.namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace;
4657 pubrinfo
[j
].dobj
.name
= tbinfo
->dobj
.name
;
4658 pubrinfo
[j
].publication
= pubinfo
;
4659 pubrinfo
[j
].pubtable
= tbinfo
;
4660 if (PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_prrelqual
))
4661 pubrinfo
[j
].pubrelqual
= NULL
;
4663 pubrinfo
[j
].pubrelqual
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prrelqual
));
4665 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_prattrs
))
4669 PQExpBuffer attribs
;
4671 if (!parsePGArray(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prattrs
),
4672 &attnames
, &nattnames
))
4673 pg_fatal("could not parse %s array", "prattrs");
4674 attribs
= createPQExpBuffer();
4675 for (int k
= 0; k
< nattnames
; k
++)
4678 appendPQExpBufferStr(attribs
, ", ");
4680 appendPQExpBufferStr(attribs
, fmtId(attnames
[k
]));
4682 pubrinfo
[j
].pubrattrs
= attribs
->data
;
4685 pubrinfo
[j
].pubrattrs
= NULL
;
4687 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
4688 selectDumpablePublicationObject(&(pubrinfo
[j
].dobj
), fout
);
4694 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
4698 * dumpPublicationNamespace
4699 * dump the definition of the given publication schema mapping.
4702 dumpPublicationNamespace(Archive
*fout
, const PublicationSchemaInfo
*pubsinfo
)
4704 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
4705 NamespaceInfo
*schemainfo
= pubsinfo
->pubschema
;
4706 PublicationInfo
*pubinfo
= pubsinfo
->publication
;
4710 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
4711 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
4714 tag
= psprintf("%s %s", pubinfo
->dobj
.name
, schemainfo
->dobj
.name
);
4716 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
4718 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "ALTER PUBLICATION %s ", fmtId(pubinfo
->dobj
.name
));
4719 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "ADD TABLES IN SCHEMA %s;\n", fmtId(schemainfo
->dobj
.name
));
4722 * There is no point in creating drop query as the drop is done by schema
4725 if (pubsinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
4726 ArchiveEntry(fout
, pubsinfo
->dobj
.catId
, pubsinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
4727 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
,
4728 .namespace = schemainfo
->dobj
.name
,
4729 .owner
= pubinfo
->rolname
,
4730 .description
= "PUBLICATION TABLES IN SCHEMA",
4731 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
4732 .createStmt
= query
->data
));
4734 /* These objects can't currently have comments or seclabels */
4737 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
4741 * dumpPublicationTable
4742 * dump the definition of the given publication table mapping
4745 dumpPublicationTable(Archive
*fout
, const PublicationRelInfo
*pubrinfo
)
4747 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
4748 PublicationInfo
*pubinfo
= pubrinfo
->publication
;
4749 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= pubrinfo
->pubtable
;
4753 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
4754 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
4757 tag
= psprintf("%s %s", pubinfo
->dobj
.name
, tbinfo
->dobj
.name
);
4759 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
4761 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "ALTER PUBLICATION %s ADD TABLE ONLY",
4762 fmtId(pubinfo
->dobj
.name
));
4763 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " %s",
4764 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
4766 if (pubrinfo
->pubrattrs
)
4767 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " (%s)", pubrinfo
->pubrattrs
);
4769 if (pubrinfo
->pubrelqual
)
4772 * It's necessary to add parentheses around the expression because
4773 * pg_get_expr won't supply the parentheses for things like WHERE
4776 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " WHERE (%s)", pubrinfo
->pubrelqual
);
4778 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ";\n");
4781 * There is no point in creating a drop query as the drop is done by table
4782 * drop. (If you think to change this, see also _printTocEntry().)
4783 * Although this object doesn't really have ownership as such, set the
4784 * owner field anyway to ensure that the command is run by the correct
4785 * role at restore time.
4787 if (pubrinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
4788 ArchiveEntry(fout
, pubrinfo
->dobj
.catId
, pubrinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
4789 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
,
4790 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
4791 .owner
= pubinfo
->rolname
,
4792 .description
= "PUBLICATION TABLE",
4793 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
4794 .createStmt
= query
->data
));
4796 /* These objects can't currently have comments or seclabels */
4799 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
4803 * Is the currently connected user a superuser?
4806 is_superuser(Archive
*fout
)
4808 ArchiveHandle
*AH
= (ArchiveHandle
*) fout
;
4811 val
= PQparameterStatus(AH
->connection
, "is_superuser");
4813 if (val
&& strcmp(val
, "on") == 0)
4820 * Set the given value to restrict_nonsystem_relation_kind value. Since
4821 * restrict_nonsystem_relation_kind is introduced in minor version releases,
4822 * the setting query is effective only where available.
4825 set_restrict_relation_kind(Archive
*AH
, const char *value
)
4827 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
4830 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
4831 "SELECT set_config(name, '%s', false) "
4833 "WHERE name = 'restrict_nonsystem_relation_kind'",
4835 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(AH
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
4838 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
4843 * get information about subscriptions
4846 getSubscriptions(Archive
*fout
)
4848 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
4851 SubscriptionInfo
*subinfo
;
4858 int i_subtwophasestate
;
4859 int i_subdisableonerr
;
4860 int i_subpasswordrequired
;
4861 int i_subrunasowner
;
4864 int i_subsynccommit
;
4865 int i_subpublications
;
4867 int i_suboriginremotelsn
;
4873 if (dopt
->no_subscriptions
|| fout
->remoteVersion
< 100000)
4876 if (!is_superuser(fout
))
4880 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
,
4881 "SELECT count(*) FROM pg_subscription "
4882 "WHERE subdbid = (SELECT oid FROM pg_database"
4883 " WHERE datname = current_database())",
4885 n
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0));
4887 pg_log_warning("subscriptions not dumped because current user is not a superuser");
4892 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
4894 /* Get the subscriptions in current database. */
4895 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
4896 "SELECT s.tableoid, s.oid, s.subname,\n"
4898 " s.subconninfo, s.subslotname, s.subsynccommit,\n"
4899 " s.subpublications,\n");
4901 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 140000)
4902 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " s.subbinary,\n");
4904 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " false AS subbinary,\n");
4906 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 140000)
4907 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " s.substream,\n");
4909 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " 'f' AS substream,\n");
4911 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 150000)
4912 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
4913 " s.subtwophasestate,\n"
4914 " s.subdisableonerr,\n");
4916 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
4917 " '%c' AS subtwophasestate,\n"
4918 " false AS subdisableonerr,\n",
4919 LOGICALREP_TWOPHASE_STATE_DISABLED
);
4921 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 160000)
4922 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
4923 " s.subpasswordrequired,\n"
4924 " s.subrunasowner,\n"
4927 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
4928 " 't' AS subpasswordrequired,\n"
4929 " 't' AS subrunasowner,\n"
4930 " '%s' AS suborigin,\n",
4931 LOGICALREP_ORIGIN_ANY
);
4933 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
&& fout
->remoteVersion
>= 170000)
4934 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " o.remote_lsn AS suboriginremotelsn,\n"
4935 " s.subenabled,\n");
4937 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " NULL AS suboriginremotelsn,\n"
4938 " false AS subenabled,\n");
4940 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 170000)
4941 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
4942 " s.subfailover\n");
4944 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
4945 " false AS subfailover\n");
4947 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
4948 "FROM pg_subscription s\n");
4950 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
&& fout
->remoteVersion
>= 170000)
4951 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
4952 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_replication_origin_status o \n"
4953 " ON o.external_id = 'pg_' || s.oid::text \n");
4955 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
4956 "WHERE s.subdbid = (SELECT oid FROM pg_database\n"
4957 " WHERE datname = current_database())");
4959 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
4961 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
4964 * Get subscription fields. We don't include subskiplsn in the dump as
4965 * after restoring the dump this value may no longer be relevant.
4967 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
4968 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
4969 i_subname
= PQfnumber(res
, "subname");
4970 i_subowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "subowner");
4971 i_subenabled
= PQfnumber(res
, "subenabled");
4972 i_subbinary
= PQfnumber(res
, "subbinary");
4973 i_substream
= PQfnumber(res
, "substream");
4974 i_subtwophasestate
= PQfnumber(res
, "subtwophasestate");
4975 i_subdisableonerr
= PQfnumber(res
, "subdisableonerr");
4976 i_subpasswordrequired
= PQfnumber(res
, "subpasswordrequired");
4977 i_subrunasowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "subrunasowner");
4978 i_subfailover
= PQfnumber(res
, "subfailover");
4979 i_subconninfo
= PQfnumber(res
, "subconninfo");
4980 i_subslotname
= PQfnumber(res
, "subslotname");
4981 i_subsynccommit
= PQfnumber(res
, "subsynccommit");
4982 i_subpublications
= PQfnumber(res
, "subpublications");
4983 i_suborigin
= PQfnumber(res
, "suborigin");
4984 i_suboriginremotelsn
= PQfnumber(res
, "suboriginremotelsn");
4986 subinfo
= pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(SubscriptionInfo
));
4988 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
4990 subinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_SUBSCRIPTION
;
4991 subinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
=
4992 atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
4993 subinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
4994 AssignDumpId(&subinfo
[i
].dobj
);
4995 subinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subname
));
4996 subinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subowner
));
4998 subinfo
[i
].subenabled
=
4999 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subenabled
), "t") == 0);
5000 subinfo
[i
].subbinary
=
5001 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subbinary
), "t") == 0);
5002 subinfo
[i
].substream
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_substream
));
5003 subinfo
[i
].subtwophasestate
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subtwophasestate
));
5004 subinfo
[i
].subdisableonerr
=
5005 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subdisableonerr
), "t") == 0);
5006 subinfo
[i
].subpasswordrequired
=
5007 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subpasswordrequired
), "t") == 0);
5008 subinfo
[i
].subrunasowner
=
5009 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subrunasowner
), "t") == 0);
5010 subinfo
[i
].subfailover
=
5011 (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subfailover
), "t") == 0);
5012 subinfo
[i
].subconninfo
=
5013 pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subconninfo
));
5014 if (PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_subslotname
))
5015 subinfo
[i
].subslotname
= NULL
;
5017 subinfo
[i
].subslotname
=
5018 pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subslotname
));
5019 subinfo
[i
].subsynccommit
=
5020 pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subsynccommit
));
5021 subinfo
[i
].subpublications
=
5022 pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_subpublications
));
5023 subinfo
[i
].suborigin
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_suborigin
));
5024 if (PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_suboriginremotelsn
))
5025 subinfo
[i
].suboriginremotelsn
= NULL
;
5027 subinfo
[i
].suboriginremotelsn
=
5028 pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_suboriginremotelsn
));
5030 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
5031 selectDumpableObject(&(subinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
5035 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
5039 * getSubscriptionTables
5040 * Get information about subscription membership for dumpable tables. This
5041 * will be used only in binary-upgrade mode for PG17 or later versions.
5044 getSubscriptionTables(Archive
*fout
)
5046 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
5047 SubscriptionInfo
*subinfo
= NULL
;
5048 SubRelInfo
*subrinfo
;
5055 Oid last_srsubid
= InvalidOid
;
5057 if (dopt
->no_subscriptions
|| !dopt
->binary_upgrade
||
5058 fout
->remoteVersion
< 170000)
5061 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
,
5062 "SELECT srsubid, srrelid, srsubstate, srsublsn "
5063 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_subscription_rel "
5066 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
5070 /* Get pg_subscription_rel attributes */
5071 i_srsubid
= PQfnumber(res
, "srsubid");
5072 i_srrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "srrelid");
5073 i_srsubstate
= PQfnumber(res
, "srsubstate");
5074 i_srsublsn
= PQfnumber(res
, "srsublsn");
5076 subrinfo
= pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(SubRelInfo
));
5077 for (int i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
5079 Oid cur_srsubid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_srsubid
));
5080 Oid relid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_srrelid
));
5084 * If we switched to a new subscription, check if the subscription
5087 if (cur_srsubid
!= last_srsubid
)
5089 subinfo
= findSubscriptionByOid(cur_srsubid
);
5090 if (subinfo
== NULL
)
5091 pg_fatal("subscription with OID %u does not exist", cur_srsubid
);
5093 last_srsubid
= cur_srsubid
;
5096 tblinfo
= findTableByOid(relid
);
5097 if (tblinfo
== NULL
)
5098 pg_fatal("failed sanity check, table with OID %u not found",
5101 /* OK, make a DumpableObject for this relationship */
5102 subrinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_SUBSCRIPTION_REL
;
5103 subrinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= relid
;
5104 subrinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= cur_srsubid
;
5105 AssignDumpId(&subrinfo
[i
].dobj
);
5106 subrinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(subinfo
->dobj
.name
);
5107 subrinfo
[i
].tblinfo
= tblinfo
;
5108 subrinfo
[i
].srsubstate
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_srsubstate
)[0];
5109 if (PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_srsublsn
))
5110 subrinfo
[i
].srsublsn
= NULL
;
5112 subrinfo
[i
].srsublsn
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_srsublsn
));
5114 subrinfo
[i
].subinfo
= subinfo
;
5116 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
5117 selectDumpableObject(&(subrinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
5125 * dumpSubscriptionTable
5126 * Dump the definition of the given subscription table mapping. This will be
5127 * used only in binary-upgrade mode for PG17 or later versions.
5130 dumpSubscriptionTable(Archive
*fout
, const SubRelInfo
*subrinfo
)
5132 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
5133 SubscriptionInfo
*subinfo
= subrinfo
->subinfo
;
5137 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
5138 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
5141 Assert(fout
->dopt
->binary_upgrade
&& fout
->remoteVersion
>= 170000);
5143 tag
= psprintf("%s %s", subinfo
->dobj
.name
, subrinfo
->dobj
.name
);
5145 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
5147 if (subinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
5150 * binary_upgrade_add_sub_rel_state will add the subscription relation
5151 * to pg_subscription_rel table. This will be used only in
5152 * binary-upgrade mode.
5154 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
5155 "\n-- For binary upgrade, must preserve the subscriber table.\n");
5156 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
5157 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_add_sub_rel_state(");
5158 appendStringLiteralAH(query
, subrinfo
->dobj
.name
, fout
);
5159 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
5161 subrinfo
->tblinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
,
5162 subrinfo
->srsubstate
);
5164 if (subrinfo
->srsublsn
&& subrinfo
->srsublsn
[0] != '\0')
5165 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, ", '%s'", subrinfo
->srsublsn
);
5167 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, ", NULL");
5169 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ");\n");
5173 * There is no point in creating a drop query as the drop is done by table
5174 * drop. (If you think to change this, see also _printTocEntry().)
5175 * Although this object doesn't really have ownership as such, set the
5176 * owner field anyway to ensure that the command is run by the correct
5177 * role at restore time.
5179 if (subrinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
5180 ArchiveEntry(fout
, subrinfo
->dobj
.catId
, subrinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
5181 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
,
5182 .namespace = subrinfo
->tblinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
5183 .owner
= subinfo
->rolname
,
5184 .description
= "SUBSCRIPTION TABLE",
5185 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
5186 .createStmt
= query
->data
));
5188 /* These objects can't currently have comments or seclabels */
5191 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
5196 * dump the definition of the given subscription
5199 dumpSubscription(Archive
*fout
, const SubscriptionInfo
*subinfo
)
5201 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
5204 PQExpBuffer publications
;
5206 char **pubnames
= NULL
;
5210 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
5211 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
5214 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
5215 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
5217 qsubname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(subinfo
->dobj
.name
));
5219 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP SUBSCRIPTION %s;\n",
5222 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "CREATE SUBSCRIPTION %s CONNECTION ",
5224 appendStringLiteralAH(query
, subinfo
->subconninfo
, fout
);
5226 /* Build list of quoted publications and append them to query. */
5227 if (!parsePGArray(subinfo
->subpublications
, &pubnames
, &npubnames
))
5228 pg_fatal("could not parse %s array", "subpublications");
5230 publications
= createPQExpBuffer();
5231 for (i
= 0; i
< npubnames
; i
++)
5234 appendPQExpBufferStr(publications
, ", ");
5236 appendPQExpBufferStr(publications
, fmtId(pubnames
[i
]));
5239 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " PUBLICATION %s WITH (connect = false, slot_name = ", publications
->data
);
5240 if (subinfo
->subslotname
)
5241 appendStringLiteralAH(query
, subinfo
->subslotname
, fout
);
5243 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "NONE");
5245 if (subinfo
->subbinary
)
5246 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", binary = true");
5248 if (subinfo
->substream
== LOGICALREP_STREAM_ON
)
5249 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", streaming = on");
5250 else if (subinfo
->substream
== LOGICALREP_STREAM_PARALLEL
)
5251 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", streaming = parallel");
5253 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", streaming = off");
5255 if (subinfo
->subtwophasestate
!= LOGICALREP_TWOPHASE_STATE_DISABLED
)
5256 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", two_phase = on");
5258 if (subinfo
->subdisableonerr
)
5259 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", disable_on_error = true");
5261 if (!subinfo
->subpasswordrequired
)
5262 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, ", password_required = false");
5264 if (subinfo
->subrunasowner
)
5265 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", run_as_owner = true");
5267 if (subinfo
->subfailover
)
5268 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ", failover = true");
5270 if (strcmp(subinfo
->subsynccommit
, "off") != 0)
5271 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, ", synchronous_commit = %s", fmtId(subinfo
->subsynccommit
));
5273 if (pg_strcasecmp(subinfo
->suborigin
, LOGICALREP_ORIGIN_ANY
) != 0)
5274 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, ", origin = %s", subinfo
->suborigin
);
5276 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ");\n");
5279 * In binary-upgrade mode, we allow the replication to continue after the
5282 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
&& fout
->remoteVersion
>= 170000)
5284 if (subinfo
->suboriginremotelsn
)
5287 * Preserve the remote_lsn for the subscriber's replication
5288 * origin. This value is required to start the replication from
5289 * the position before the upgrade. This value will be stale if
5290 * the publisher gets upgraded before the subscriber node.
5291 * However, this shouldn't be a problem as the upgrade of the
5292 * publisher ensures that all the transactions were replicated
5293 * before upgrading it.
5295 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
5296 "\n-- For binary upgrade, must preserve the remote_lsn for the subscriber's replication origin.\n");
5297 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
5298 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_replorigin_advance(");
5299 appendStringLiteralAH(query
, subinfo
->dobj
.name
, fout
);
5300 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, ", '%s');\n", subinfo
->suboriginremotelsn
);
5303 if (subinfo
->subenabled
)
5306 * Enable the subscription to allow the replication to continue
5307 * after the upgrade.
5309 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
5310 "\n-- For binary upgrade, must preserve the subscriber's running state.\n");
5311 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "ALTER SUBSCRIPTION %s ENABLE;\n", qsubname
);
5315 if (subinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
5316 ArchiveEntry(fout
, subinfo
->dobj
.catId
, subinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
5317 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= subinfo
->dobj
.name
,
5318 .owner
= subinfo
->rolname
,
5319 .description
= "SUBSCRIPTION",
5320 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
5321 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
5322 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
5324 if (subinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
5325 dumpComment(fout
, "SUBSCRIPTION", qsubname
,
5326 NULL
, subinfo
->rolname
,
5327 subinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, subinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
5329 if (subinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
5330 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "SUBSCRIPTION", qsubname
,
5331 NULL
, subinfo
->rolname
,
5332 subinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, subinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
5334 destroyPQExpBuffer(publications
);
5337 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
5338 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
5343 * Given a "create query", append as many ALTER ... DEPENDS ON EXTENSION as
5347 append_depends_on_extension(Archive
*fout
,
5349 const DumpableObject
*dobj
,
5350 const char *catalog
,
5351 const char *keyword
,
5352 const char *objname
)
5354 if (dobj
->depends_on_ext
)
5363 /* dodge fmtId() non-reentrancy */
5364 nm
= pg_strdup(objname
);
5366 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
5367 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
5369 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_depend d, pg_catalog.pg_extension e "
5370 "WHERE d.refobjid = e.oid AND classid = '%s'::pg_catalog.regclass "
5371 "AND objid = '%u'::pg_catalog.oid AND deptype = 'x' "
5372 "AND refclassid = 'pg_catalog.pg_extension'::pg_catalog.regclass",
5375 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
5376 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
5377 i_extname
= PQfnumber(res
, "extname");
5378 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
5380 appendPQExpBuffer(create
, "\nALTER %s %s DEPENDS ON EXTENSION %s;",
5382 fmtId(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_extname
)));
5386 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
5392 get_next_possible_free_pg_type_oid(Archive
*fout
, PQExpBuffer upgrade_query
)
5395 * If the old version didn't assign an array type, but the new version
5396 * does, we must select an unused type OID to assign. This currently only
5397 * happens for domains, when upgrading pre-v11 to v11 and up.
5399 * Note: local state here is kind of ugly, but we must have some, since we
5400 * mustn't choose the same unused OID more than once.
5402 static Oid next_possible_free_oid
= FirstNormalObjectId
;
5408 ++next_possible_free_oid
;
5409 printfPQExpBuffer(upgrade_query
,
5410 "SELECT EXISTS(SELECT 1 "
5411 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_type "
5412 "WHERE oid = '%u'::pg_catalog.oid);",
5413 next_possible_free_oid
);
5414 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, upgrade_query
->data
);
5415 is_dup
= (PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0)[0] == 't');
5419 return next_possible_free_oid
;
5423 binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_type_oid(Archive
*fout
,
5424 PQExpBuffer upgrade_buffer
,
5426 bool force_array_type
,
5427 bool include_multirange_type
)
5429 PQExpBuffer upgrade_query
= createPQExpBuffer();
5431 Oid pg_type_array_oid
;
5432 Oid pg_type_multirange_oid
;
5433 Oid pg_type_multirange_array_oid
;
5436 appendPQExpBufferStr(upgrade_buffer
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, must preserve pg_type oid\n");
5437 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
,
5438 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_pg_type_oid('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n\n",
5441 tinfo
= findTypeByOid(pg_type_oid
);
5443 pg_type_array_oid
= tinfo
->typarray
;
5445 pg_type_array_oid
= InvalidOid
;
5447 if (!OidIsValid(pg_type_array_oid
) && force_array_type
)
5448 pg_type_array_oid
= get_next_possible_free_pg_type_oid(fout
, upgrade_query
);
5450 if (OidIsValid(pg_type_array_oid
))
5452 appendPQExpBufferStr(upgrade_buffer
,
5453 "\n-- For binary upgrade, must preserve pg_type array oid\n");
5454 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
,
5455 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_array_pg_type_oid('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n\n",
5460 * Pre-set the multirange type oid and its own array type oid.
5462 if (include_multirange_type
)
5464 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 140000)
5466 printfPQExpBuffer(upgrade_query
,
5467 "SELECT t.oid, t.typarray "
5468 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_type t "
5469 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_range r "
5470 "ON t.oid = r.rngmultitypid "
5471 "WHERE r.rngtypid = '%u'::pg_catalog.oid;",
5474 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, upgrade_query
->data
);
5476 pg_type_multirange_oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "oid")));
5477 pg_type_multirange_array_oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typarray")));
5483 pg_type_multirange_oid
= get_next_possible_free_pg_type_oid(fout
, upgrade_query
);
5484 pg_type_multirange_array_oid
= get_next_possible_free_pg_type_oid(fout
, upgrade_query
);
5487 appendPQExpBufferStr(upgrade_buffer
,
5488 "\n-- For binary upgrade, must preserve multirange pg_type oid\n");
5489 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
,
5490 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_multirange_pg_type_oid('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n\n",
5491 pg_type_multirange_oid
);
5492 appendPQExpBufferStr(upgrade_buffer
,
5493 "\n-- For binary upgrade, must preserve multirange pg_type array oid\n");
5494 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
,
5495 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_multirange_array_pg_type_oid('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n\n",
5496 pg_type_multirange_array_oid
);
5499 destroyPQExpBuffer(upgrade_query
);
5503 binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_rel(Archive
*fout
,
5504 PQExpBuffer upgrade_buffer
,
5505 const TableInfo
*tbinfo
)
5507 Oid pg_type_oid
= tbinfo
->reltype
;
5509 if (OidIsValid(pg_type_oid
))
5510 binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_type_oid(fout
, upgrade_buffer
,
5511 pg_type_oid
, false, false);
5515 * bsearch() comparator for BinaryUpgradeClassOidItem
5518 BinaryUpgradeClassOidItemCmp(const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
5520 BinaryUpgradeClassOidItem v1
= *((const BinaryUpgradeClassOidItem
*) p1
);
5521 BinaryUpgradeClassOidItem v2
= *((const BinaryUpgradeClassOidItem
*) p2
);
5523 return pg_cmp_u32(v1
.oid
, v2
.oid
);
5527 * collectBinaryUpgradeClassOids
5529 * Construct a table of pg_class information required for
5530 * binary_upgrade_set_pg_class_oids(). The table is sorted by OID for speed in
5534 collectBinaryUpgradeClassOids(Archive
*fout
)
5539 query
= "SELECT c.oid, c.relkind, c.relfilenode, c.reltoastrelid, "
5540 "ct.relfilenode, i.indexrelid, cti.relfilenode "
5541 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_class c LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_index i "
5542 "ON (c.reltoastrelid = i.indrelid AND i.indisvalid) "
5543 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_class ct ON (c.reltoastrelid = ct.oid) "
5544 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_class AS cti ON (i.indexrelid = cti.oid) "
5547 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
5549 nbinaryUpgradeClassOids
= PQntuples(res
);
5550 binaryUpgradeClassOids
= (BinaryUpgradeClassOidItem
*)
5551 pg_malloc(nbinaryUpgradeClassOids
* sizeof(BinaryUpgradeClassOidItem
));
5553 for (int i
= 0; i
< nbinaryUpgradeClassOids
; i
++)
5555 binaryUpgradeClassOids
[i
].oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0));
5556 binaryUpgradeClassOids
[i
].relkind
= *PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 1);
5557 binaryUpgradeClassOids
[i
].relfilenumber
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 2));
5558 binaryUpgradeClassOids
[i
].toast_oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 3));
5559 binaryUpgradeClassOids
[i
].toast_relfilenumber
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 4));
5560 binaryUpgradeClassOids
[i
].toast_index_oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 5));
5561 binaryUpgradeClassOids
[i
].toast_index_relfilenumber
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 6));
5568 binary_upgrade_set_pg_class_oids(Archive
*fout
,
5569 PQExpBuffer upgrade_buffer
, Oid pg_class_oid
)
5571 BinaryUpgradeClassOidItem key
= {0};
5572 BinaryUpgradeClassOidItem
*entry
;
5574 Assert(binaryUpgradeClassOids
);
5577 * Preserve the OID and relfilenumber of the table, table's index, table's
5578 * toast table and toast table's index if any.
5580 * One complexity is that the current table definition might not require
5581 * the creation of a TOAST table, but the old database might have a TOAST
5582 * table that was created earlier, before some wide columns were dropped.
5583 * By setting the TOAST oid we force creation of the TOAST heap and index
5584 * by the new backend, so we can copy the files during binary upgrade
5585 * without worrying about this case.
5587 key
.oid
= pg_class_oid
;
5588 entry
= bsearch(&key
, binaryUpgradeClassOids
, nbinaryUpgradeClassOids
,
5589 sizeof(BinaryUpgradeClassOidItem
),
5590 BinaryUpgradeClassOidItemCmp
);
5592 appendPQExpBufferStr(upgrade_buffer
,
5593 "\n-- For binary upgrade, must preserve pg_class oids and relfilenodes\n");
5595 if (entry
->relkind
!= RELKIND_INDEX
&&
5596 entry
->relkind
!= RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX
)
5598 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
,
5599 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_heap_pg_class_oid('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n",
5603 * Not every relation has storage. Also, in a pre-v12 database,
5604 * partitioned tables have a relfilenumber, which should not be
5605 * preserved when upgrading.
5607 if (RelFileNumberIsValid(entry
->relfilenumber
) &&
5608 entry
->relkind
!= RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
)
5609 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
,
5610 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_heap_relfilenode('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n",
5611 entry
->relfilenumber
);
5614 * In a pre-v12 database, partitioned tables might be marked as having
5615 * toast tables, but we should ignore them if so.
5617 if (OidIsValid(entry
->toast_oid
) &&
5618 entry
->relkind
!= RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
)
5620 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
,
5621 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_toast_pg_class_oid('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n",
5623 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
,
5624 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_toast_relfilenode('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n",
5625 entry
->toast_relfilenumber
);
5627 /* every toast table has an index */
5628 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
,
5629 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_index_pg_class_oid('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n",
5630 entry
->toast_index_oid
);
5631 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
,
5632 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_index_relfilenode('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n",
5633 entry
->toast_index_relfilenumber
);
5638 /* Preserve the OID and relfilenumber of the index */
5639 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
,
5640 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_index_pg_class_oid('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n",
5642 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
,
5643 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_index_relfilenode('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n",
5644 entry
->relfilenumber
);
5647 appendPQExpBufferChar(upgrade_buffer
, '\n');
5651 * If the DumpableObject is a member of an extension, add a suitable
5652 * ALTER EXTENSION ADD command to the creation commands in upgrade_buffer.
5654 * For somewhat historical reasons, objname should already be quoted,
5655 * but not objnamespace (if any).
5658 binary_upgrade_extension_member(PQExpBuffer upgrade_buffer
,
5659 const DumpableObject
*dobj
,
5660 const char *objtype
,
5661 const char *objname
,
5662 const char *objnamespace
)
5664 DumpableObject
*extobj
= NULL
;
5667 if (!dobj
->ext_member
)
5671 * Find the parent extension. We could avoid this search if we wanted to
5672 * add a link field to DumpableObject, but the space costs of that would
5673 * be considerable. We assume that member objects could only have a
5674 * direct dependency on their own extension, not any others.
5676 for (i
= 0; i
< dobj
->nDeps
; i
++)
5678 extobj
= findObjectByDumpId(dobj
->dependencies
[i
]);
5679 if (extobj
&& extobj
->objType
== DO_EXTENSION
)
5684 pg_fatal("could not find parent extension for %s %s",
5687 appendPQExpBufferStr(upgrade_buffer
,
5688 "\n-- For binary upgrade, handle extension membership the hard way\n");
5689 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
, "ALTER EXTENSION %s ADD %s ",
5690 fmtId(extobj
->name
),
5692 if (objnamespace
&& *objnamespace
)
5693 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
, "%s.", fmtId(objnamespace
));
5694 appendPQExpBuffer(upgrade_buffer
, "%s;\n", objname
);
5699 * get information about all namespaces in the system catalogs
5702 getNamespaces(Archive
*fout
)
5708 NamespaceInfo
*nsinfo
;
5716 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
5719 * we fetch all namespaces including system ones, so that every object we
5720 * read in can be linked to a containing namespace.
5722 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT n.tableoid, n.oid, n.nspname, "
5725 "acldefault('n', n.nspowner) AS acldefault "
5726 "FROM pg_namespace n");
5728 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
5730 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
5732 nsinfo
= (NamespaceInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(NamespaceInfo
));
5734 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
5735 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
5736 i_nspname
= PQfnumber(res
, "nspname");
5737 i_nspowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "nspowner");
5738 i_nspacl
= PQfnumber(res
, "nspacl");
5739 i_acldefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "acldefault");
5741 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
5743 const char *nspowner
;
5745 nsinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_NAMESPACE
;
5746 nsinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
5747 nsinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
5748 AssignDumpId(&nsinfo
[i
].dobj
);
5749 nsinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_nspname
));
5750 nsinfo
[i
].dacl
.acl
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_nspacl
));
5751 nsinfo
[i
].dacl
.acldefault
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_acldefault
));
5752 nsinfo
[i
].dacl
.privtype
= 0;
5753 nsinfo
[i
].dacl
.initprivs
= NULL
;
5754 nspowner
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_nspowner
);
5755 nsinfo
[i
].nspowner
= atooid(nspowner
);
5756 nsinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(nspowner
);
5758 /* Decide whether to dump this namespace */
5759 selectDumpableNamespace(&nsinfo
[i
], fout
);
5761 /* Mark whether namespace has an ACL */
5762 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_nspacl
))
5763 nsinfo
[i
].dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
5766 * We ignore any pg_init_privs.initprivs entry for the public schema
5767 * and assume a predetermined default, for several reasons. First,
5768 * dropping and recreating the schema removes its pg_init_privs entry,
5769 * but an empty destination database starts with this ACL nonetheless.
5770 * Second, we support dump/reload of public schema ownership changes.
5771 * ALTER SCHEMA OWNER filters nspacl through aclnewowner(), but
5772 * initprivs continues to reflect the initial owner. Hence,
5773 * synthesize the value that nspacl will have after the restore's
5774 * ALTER SCHEMA OWNER. Third, this makes the destination database
5775 * match the source's ACL, even if the latter was an initdb-default
5776 * ACL, which changed in v15. An upgrade pulls in changes to most
5777 * system object ACLs that the DBA had not customized. We've made the
5778 * public schema depart from that, because changing its ACL so easily
5779 * breaks applications.
5781 if (strcmp(nsinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
, "public") == 0)
5783 PQExpBuffer aclarray
= createPQExpBuffer();
5784 PQExpBuffer aclitem
= createPQExpBuffer();
5786 /* Standard ACL as of v15 is {owner=UC/owner,=U/owner} */
5787 appendPQExpBufferChar(aclarray
, '{');
5788 quoteAclUserName(aclitem
, nsinfo
[i
].rolname
);
5789 appendPQExpBufferStr(aclitem
, "=UC/");
5790 quoteAclUserName(aclitem
, nsinfo
[i
].rolname
);
5791 appendPGArray(aclarray
, aclitem
->data
);
5792 resetPQExpBuffer(aclitem
);
5793 appendPQExpBufferStr(aclitem
, "=U/");
5794 quoteAclUserName(aclitem
, nsinfo
[i
].rolname
);
5795 appendPGArray(aclarray
, aclitem
->data
);
5796 appendPQExpBufferChar(aclarray
, '}');
5798 nsinfo
[i
].dacl
.privtype
= 'i';
5799 nsinfo
[i
].dacl
.initprivs
= pstrdup(aclarray
->data
);
5800 nsinfo
[i
].dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
5802 destroyPQExpBuffer(aclarray
);
5803 destroyPQExpBuffer(aclitem
);
5808 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
5813 * given a namespace OID, look up the info read by getNamespaces
5815 static NamespaceInfo
*
5816 findNamespace(Oid nsoid
)
5818 NamespaceInfo
*nsinfo
;
5820 nsinfo
= findNamespaceByOid(nsoid
);
5822 pg_fatal("schema with OID %u does not exist", nsoid
);
5828 * read all extensions in the system catalogs and return them in the
5829 * ExtensionInfo* structure
5831 * numExtensions is set to the number of extensions read in
5834 getExtensions(Archive
*fout
, int *numExtensions
)
5836 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
5841 ExtensionInfo
*extinfo
= NULL
;
5846 int i_extrelocatable
;
5851 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
5853 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT x.tableoid, x.oid, "
5854 "x.extname, n.nspname, x.extrelocatable, x.extversion, x.extconfig, x.extcondition "
5855 "FROM pg_extension x "
5856 "JOIN pg_namespace n ON n.oid = x.extnamespace");
5858 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
5860 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
5864 extinfo
= (ExtensionInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(ExtensionInfo
));
5866 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
5867 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
5868 i_extname
= PQfnumber(res
, "extname");
5869 i_nspname
= PQfnumber(res
, "nspname");
5870 i_extrelocatable
= PQfnumber(res
, "extrelocatable");
5871 i_extversion
= PQfnumber(res
, "extversion");
5872 i_extconfig
= PQfnumber(res
, "extconfig");
5873 i_extcondition
= PQfnumber(res
, "extcondition");
5875 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
5877 extinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_EXTENSION
;
5878 extinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
5879 extinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
5880 AssignDumpId(&extinfo
[i
].dobj
);
5881 extinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_extname
));
5882 extinfo
[i
].namespace = pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_nspname
));
5883 extinfo
[i
].relocatable
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_extrelocatable
)) == 't';
5884 extinfo
[i
].extversion
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_extversion
));
5885 extinfo
[i
].extconfig
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_extconfig
));
5886 extinfo
[i
].extcondition
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_extcondition
));
5888 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
5889 selectDumpableExtension(&(extinfo
[i
]), dopt
);
5894 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
5896 *numExtensions
= ntups
;
5903 * get information about all types in the system catalogs
5905 * NB: this must run after getFuncs() because we assume we can do
5909 getTypes(Archive
*fout
)
5914 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
5916 ShellTypeInfo
*stinfo
;
5933 * we include even the built-in types because those may be used as array
5934 * elements by user-defined types
5936 * we filter out the built-in types when we dump out the types
5938 * same approach for undefined (shell) types and array types
5940 * Note: as of 8.3 we can reliably detect whether a type is an
5941 * auto-generated array type by checking the element type's typarray.
5942 * (Before that the test is capable of generating false positives.) We
5943 * still check for name beginning with '_', though, so as to avoid the
5944 * cost of the subselect probe for all standard types. This would have to
5945 * be revisited if the backend ever allows renaming of array types.
5947 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, typname, "
5948 "typnamespace, typacl, "
5949 "acldefault('T', typowner) AS acldefault, "
5951 "typelem, typrelid, typarray, "
5952 "CASE WHEN typrelid = 0 THEN ' '::\"char\" "
5953 "ELSE (SELECT relkind FROM pg_class WHERE oid = typrelid) END AS typrelkind, "
5954 "typtype, typisdefined, "
5955 "typname[0] = '_' AND typelem != 0 AND "
5956 "(SELECT typarray FROM pg_type te WHERE oid = pg_type.typelem) = oid AS isarray "
5959 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
5961 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
5963 tyinfo
= (TypeInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(TypeInfo
));
5965 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
5966 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
5967 i_typname
= PQfnumber(res
, "typname");
5968 i_typnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "typnamespace");
5969 i_typacl
= PQfnumber(res
, "typacl");
5970 i_acldefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "acldefault");
5971 i_typowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "typowner");
5972 i_typelem
= PQfnumber(res
, "typelem");
5973 i_typrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "typrelid");
5974 i_typrelkind
= PQfnumber(res
, "typrelkind");
5975 i_typtype
= PQfnumber(res
, "typtype");
5976 i_typisdefined
= PQfnumber(res
, "typisdefined");
5977 i_isarray
= PQfnumber(res
, "isarray");
5978 i_typarray
= PQfnumber(res
, "typarray");
5980 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
5982 tyinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_TYPE
;
5983 tyinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
5984 tyinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
5985 AssignDumpId(&tyinfo
[i
].dobj
);
5986 tyinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_typname
));
5987 tyinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
5988 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_typnamespace
)));
5989 tyinfo
[i
].dacl
.acl
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_typacl
));
5990 tyinfo
[i
].dacl
.acldefault
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_acldefault
));
5991 tyinfo
[i
].dacl
.privtype
= 0;
5992 tyinfo
[i
].dacl
.initprivs
= NULL
;
5993 tyinfo
[i
].ftypname
= NULL
; /* may get filled later */
5994 tyinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_typowner
));
5995 tyinfo
[i
].typelem
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_typelem
));
5996 tyinfo
[i
].typrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_typrelid
));
5997 tyinfo
[i
].typrelkind
= *PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_typrelkind
);
5998 tyinfo
[i
].typtype
= *PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_typtype
);
5999 tyinfo
[i
].shellType
= NULL
;
6001 if (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_typisdefined
), "t") == 0)
6002 tyinfo
[i
].isDefined
= true;
6004 tyinfo
[i
].isDefined
= false;
6006 if (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_isarray
), "t") == 0)
6007 tyinfo
[i
].isArray
= true;
6009 tyinfo
[i
].isArray
= false;
6011 tyinfo
[i
].typarray
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_typarray
));
6013 if (tyinfo
[i
].typtype
== TYPTYPE_MULTIRANGE
)
6014 tyinfo
[i
].isMultirange
= true;
6016 tyinfo
[i
].isMultirange
= false;
6018 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
6019 selectDumpableType(&tyinfo
[i
], fout
);
6021 /* Mark whether type has an ACL */
6022 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_typacl
))
6023 tyinfo
[i
].dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
6026 * If it's a domain, fetch info about its constraints, if any
6028 tyinfo
[i
].nDomChecks
= 0;
6029 tyinfo
[i
].domChecks
= NULL
;
6030 if ((tyinfo
[i
].dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
) &&
6031 tyinfo
[i
].typtype
== TYPTYPE_DOMAIN
)
6032 getDomainConstraints(fout
, &(tyinfo
[i
]));
6035 * If it's a base type, make a DumpableObject representing a shell
6036 * definition of the type. We will need to dump that ahead of the I/O
6037 * functions for the type. Similarly, range types need a shell
6038 * definition in case they have a canonicalize function.
6040 * Note: the shell type doesn't have a catId. You might think it
6041 * should copy the base type's catId, but then it might capture the
6042 * pg_depend entries for the type, which we don't want.
6044 if ((tyinfo
[i
].dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
) &&
6045 (tyinfo
[i
].typtype
== TYPTYPE_BASE
||
6046 tyinfo
[i
].typtype
== TYPTYPE_RANGE
))
6048 stinfo
= (ShellTypeInfo
*) pg_malloc(sizeof(ShellTypeInfo
));
6049 stinfo
->dobj
.objType
= DO_SHELL_TYPE
;
6050 stinfo
->dobj
.catId
= nilCatalogId
;
6051 AssignDumpId(&stinfo
->dobj
);
6052 stinfo
->dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(tyinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
);
6053 stinfo
->dobj
.namespace = tyinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace;
6054 stinfo
->baseType
= &(tyinfo
[i
]);
6055 tyinfo
[i
].shellType
= stinfo
;
6058 * Initially mark the shell type as not to be dumped. We'll only
6059 * dump it if the I/O or canonicalize functions need to be dumped;
6060 * this is taken care of while sorting dependencies.
6062 stinfo
->dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
6068 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
6073 * get information about all operators in the system catalogs
6076 getOperators(Archive
*fout
)
6081 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
6092 * find all operators, including builtin operators; we filter out
6093 * system-defined operators at dump-out time.
6096 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, oprname, "
6100 "oprcode::oid AS oprcode "
6101 "FROM pg_operator");
6103 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
6105 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
6107 oprinfo
= (OprInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(OprInfo
));
6109 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
6110 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
6111 i_oprname
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprname");
6112 i_oprnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprnamespace");
6113 i_oprowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprowner");
6114 i_oprkind
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprkind");
6115 i_oprcode
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprcode");
6117 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
6119 oprinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_OPERATOR
;
6120 oprinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
6121 oprinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
6122 AssignDumpId(&oprinfo
[i
].dobj
);
6123 oprinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oprname
));
6124 oprinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
6125 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oprnamespace
)));
6126 oprinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oprowner
));
6127 oprinfo
[i
].oprkind
= (PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oprkind
))[0];
6128 oprinfo
[i
].oprcode
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oprcode
));
6130 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
6131 selectDumpableObject(&(oprinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
6136 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
6141 * get information about all collations in the system catalogs
6144 getCollations(Archive
*fout
)
6154 int i_collnamespace
;
6157 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
6160 * find all collations, including builtin collations; we filter out
6161 * system-defined collations at dump-out time.
6164 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, collname, "
6167 "FROM pg_collation");
6169 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
6171 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
6173 collinfo
= (CollInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(CollInfo
));
6175 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
6176 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
6177 i_collname
= PQfnumber(res
, "collname");
6178 i_collnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "collnamespace");
6179 i_collowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "collowner");
6181 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
6183 collinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_COLLATION
;
6184 collinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
6185 collinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
6186 AssignDumpId(&collinfo
[i
].dobj
);
6187 collinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_collname
));
6188 collinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
6189 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_collnamespace
)));
6190 collinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_collowner
));
6192 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
6193 selectDumpableObject(&(collinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
6198 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
6203 * get information about all conversions in the system catalogs
6206 getConversions(Archive
*fout
)
6219 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
6222 * find all conversions, including builtin conversions; we filter out
6223 * system-defined conversions at dump-out time.
6226 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, conname, "
6229 "FROM pg_conversion");
6231 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
6233 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
6235 convinfo
= (ConvInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(ConvInfo
));
6237 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
6238 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
6239 i_conname
= PQfnumber(res
, "conname");
6240 i_connamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "connamespace");
6241 i_conowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "conowner");
6243 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
6245 convinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_CONVERSION
;
6246 convinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
6247 convinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
6248 AssignDumpId(&convinfo
[i
].dobj
);
6249 convinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_conname
));
6250 convinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
6251 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_connamespace
)));
6252 convinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_conowner
));
6254 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
6255 selectDumpableObject(&(convinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
6260 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
6265 * get information about all user-defined access methods
6268 getAccessMethods(Archive
*fout
)
6274 AccessMethodInfo
*aminfo
;
6281 /* Before 9.6, there are no user-defined access methods */
6282 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 90600)
6285 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
6287 /* Select all access methods from pg_am table */
6288 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, amname, amtype, "
6289 "amhandler::pg_catalog.regproc AS amhandler "
6292 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
6294 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
6296 aminfo
= (AccessMethodInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(AccessMethodInfo
));
6298 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
6299 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
6300 i_amname
= PQfnumber(res
, "amname");
6301 i_amhandler
= PQfnumber(res
, "amhandler");
6302 i_amtype
= PQfnumber(res
, "amtype");
6304 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
6306 aminfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_ACCESS_METHOD
;
6307 aminfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
6308 aminfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
6309 AssignDumpId(&aminfo
[i
].dobj
);
6310 aminfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_amname
));
6311 aminfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace = NULL
;
6312 aminfo
[i
].amhandler
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_amhandler
));
6313 aminfo
[i
].amtype
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_amtype
));
6315 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
6316 selectDumpableAccessMethod(&(aminfo
[i
]), fout
);
6321 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
6327 * get information about all opclasses in the system catalogs
6330 getOpclasses(Archive
*fout
)
6335 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
6336 OpclassInfo
*opcinfo
;
6344 * find all opclasses, including builtin opclasses; we filter out
6345 * system-defined opclasses at dump-out time.
6348 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, opcname, "
6353 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
6355 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
6357 opcinfo
= (OpclassInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(OpclassInfo
));
6359 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
6360 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
6361 i_opcname
= PQfnumber(res
, "opcname");
6362 i_opcnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "opcnamespace");
6363 i_opcowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "opcowner");
6365 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
6367 opcinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_OPCLASS
;
6368 opcinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
6369 opcinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
6370 AssignDumpId(&opcinfo
[i
].dobj
);
6371 opcinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_opcname
));
6372 opcinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
6373 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_opcnamespace
)));
6374 opcinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_opcowner
));
6376 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
6377 selectDumpableObject(&(opcinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
6382 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
6387 * get information about all opfamilies in the system catalogs
6390 getOpfamilies(Archive
*fout
)
6396 OpfamilyInfo
*opfinfo
;
6403 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
6406 * find all opfamilies, including builtin opfamilies; we filter out
6407 * system-defined opfamilies at dump-out time.
6410 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, opfname, "
6413 "FROM pg_opfamily");
6415 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
6417 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
6419 opfinfo
= (OpfamilyInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(OpfamilyInfo
));
6421 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
6422 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
6423 i_opfname
= PQfnumber(res
, "opfname");
6424 i_opfnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "opfnamespace");
6425 i_opfowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "opfowner");
6427 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
6429 opfinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_OPFAMILY
;
6430 opfinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
6431 opfinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
6432 AssignDumpId(&opfinfo
[i
].dobj
);
6433 opfinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_opfname
));
6434 opfinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
6435 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_opfnamespace
)));
6436 opfinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_opfowner
));
6438 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
6439 selectDumpableObject(&(opfinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
6444 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
6449 * get information about all user-defined aggregates in the system catalogs
6452 getAggregates(Archive
*fout
)
6454 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
6458 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
6471 * Find all interesting aggregates. See comment in getFuncs() for the
6472 * rationale behind the filtering logic.
6474 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90600)
6476 const char *agg_check
;
6478 agg_check
= (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 110000 ? "p.prokind = 'a'"
6481 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT p.tableoid, p.oid, "
6482 "p.proname AS aggname, "
6483 "p.pronamespace AS aggnamespace, "
6484 "p.pronargs, p.proargtypes, "
6486 "p.proacl AS aggacl, "
6487 "acldefault('f', p.proowner) AS acldefault "
6489 "LEFT JOIN pg_init_privs pip ON "
6490 "(p.oid = pip.objoid "
6491 "AND pip.classoid = 'pg_proc'::regclass "
6492 "AND pip.objsubid = 0) "
6494 "p.pronamespace != "
6495 "(SELECT oid FROM pg_namespace "
6496 "WHERE nspname = 'pg_catalog') OR "
6497 "p.proacl IS DISTINCT FROM pip.initprivs",
6499 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
6500 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6501 " OR EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM pg_depend WHERE "
6502 "classid = 'pg_proc'::regclass AND "
6503 "objid = p.oid AND "
6504 "refclassid = 'pg_extension'::regclass AND "
6506 appendPQExpBufferChar(query
, ')');
6510 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, proname AS aggname, "
6511 "pronamespace AS aggnamespace, "
6512 "pronargs, proargtypes, "
6514 "proacl AS aggacl, "
6515 "acldefault('f', proowner) AS acldefault "
6517 "WHERE proisagg AND ("
6519 "(SELECT oid FROM pg_namespace "
6520 "WHERE nspname = 'pg_catalog')");
6521 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
6522 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6523 " OR EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM pg_depend WHERE "
6524 "classid = 'pg_proc'::regclass AND "
6525 "objid = p.oid AND "
6526 "refclassid = 'pg_extension'::regclass AND "
6528 appendPQExpBufferChar(query
, ')');
6531 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
6533 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
6535 agginfo
= (AggInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(AggInfo
));
6537 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
6538 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
6539 i_aggname
= PQfnumber(res
, "aggname");
6540 i_aggnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "aggnamespace");
6541 i_pronargs
= PQfnumber(res
, "pronargs");
6542 i_proargtypes
= PQfnumber(res
, "proargtypes");
6543 i_proowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "proowner");
6544 i_aggacl
= PQfnumber(res
, "aggacl");
6545 i_acldefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "acldefault");
6547 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
6549 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.dobj
.objType
= DO_AGG
;
6550 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
6551 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
6552 AssignDumpId(&agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.dobj
);
6553 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_aggname
));
6554 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.dobj
.namespace =
6555 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_aggnamespace
)));
6556 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.dacl
.acl
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_aggacl
));
6557 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.dacl
.acldefault
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_acldefault
));
6558 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.dacl
.privtype
= 0;
6559 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.dacl
.initprivs
= NULL
;
6560 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_proowner
));
6561 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.lang
= InvalidOid
; /* not currently interesting */
6562 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.prorettype
= InvalidOid
; /* not saved */
6563 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.nargs
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pronargs
));
6564 if (agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.nargs
== 0)
6565 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.argtypes
= NULL
;
6568 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.argtypes
= (Oid
*) pg_malloc(agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.nargs
* sizeof(Oid
));
6569 parseOidArray(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_proargtypes
),
6570 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.argtypes
,
6571 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.nargs
);
6573 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.postponed_def
= false; /* might get set during sort */
6575 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
6576 selectDumpableObject(&(agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.dobj
), fout
);
6578 /* Mark whether aggregate has an ACL */
6579 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_aggacl
))
6580 agginfo
[i
].aggfn
.dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
6585 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
6590 * get information about all user-defined functions in the system catalogs
6593 getFuncs(Archive
*fout
)
6595 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
6599 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
6614 * Find all interesting functions. This is a bit complicated:
6616 * 1. Always exclude aggregates; those are handled elsewhere.
6618 * 2. Always exclude functions that are internally dependent on something
6619 * else, since presumably those will be created as a result of creating
6620 * the something else. This currently acts only to suppress constructor
6621 * functions for range types. Note this is OK only because the
6622 * constructors don't have any dependencies the range type doesn't have;
6623 * otherwise we might not get creation ordering correct.
6625 * 3. Otherwise, we normally exclude functions in pg_catalog. However, if
6626 * they're members of extensions and we are in binary-upgrade mode then
6627 * include them, since we want to dump extension members individually in
6628 * that mode. Also, if they are used by casts or transforms then we need
6629 * to gather the information about them, though they won't be dumped if
6630 * they are built-in. Also, in 9.6 and up, include functions in
6631 * pg_catalog if they have an ACL different from what's shown in
6632 * pg_init_privs (so we have to join to pg_init_privs; annoying).
6634 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90600)
6636 const char *not_agg_check
;
6638 not_agg_check
= (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 110000 ? "p.prokind <> 'a'"
6639 : "NOT p.proisagg");
6641 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
6642 "SELECT p.tableoid, p.oid, p.proname, p.prolang, "
6643 "p.pronargs, p.proargtypes, p.prorettype, "
6645 "acldefault('f', p.proowner) AS acldefault, "
6649 "LEFT JOIN pg_init_privs pip ON "
6650 "(p.oid = pip.objoid "
6651 "AND pip.classoid = 'pg_proc'::regclass "
6652 "AND pip.objsubid = 0) "
6654 "\n AND NOT EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM pg_depend "
6655 "WHERE classid = 'pg_proc'::regclass AND "
6656 "objid = p.oid AND deptype = 'i')"
6658 "\n pronamespace != "
6659 "(SELECT oid FROM pg_namespace "
6660 "WHERE nspname = 'pg_catalog')"
6661 "\n OR EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM pg_cast"
6662 "\n WHERE pg_cast.oid > %u "
6663 "\n AND p.oid = pg_cast.castfunc)"
6664 "\n OR EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM pg_transform"
6665 "\n WHERE pg_transform.oid > %u AND "
6666 "\n (p.oid = pg_transform.trffromsql"
6667 "\n OR p.oid = pg_transform.trftosql))",
6670 g_last_builtin_oid
);
6671 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
6672 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6673 "\n OR EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM pg_depend WHERE "
6674 "classid = 'pg_proc'::regclass AND "
6675 "objid = p.oid AND "
6676 "refclassid = 'pg_extension'::regclass AND "
6678 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6679 "\n OR p.proacl IS DISTINCT FROM pip.initprivs");
6680 appendPQExpBufferChar(query
, ')');
6684 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
6685 "SELECT tableoid, oid, proname, prolang, "
6686 "pronargs, proargtypes, prorettype, proacl, "
6687 "acldefault('f', proowner) AS acldefault, "
6691 "WHERE NOT proisagg"
6692 "\n AND NOT EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM pg_depend "
6693 "WHERE classid = 'pg_proc'::regclass AND "
6694 "objid = p.oid AND deptype = 'i')"
6696 "\n pronamespace != "
6697 "(SELECT oid FROM pg_namespace "
6698 "WHERE nspname = 'pg_catalog')"
6699 "\n OR EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM pg_cast"
6700 "\n WHERE pg_cast.oid > '%u'::oid"
6701 "\n AND p.oid = pg_cast.castfunc)",
6702 g_last_builtin_oid
);
6704 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90500)
6705 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
6706 "\n OR EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM pg_transform"
6707 "\n WHERE pg_transform.oid > '%u'::oid"
6708 "\n AND (p.oid = pg_transform.trffromsql"
6709 "\n OR p.oid = pg_transform.trftosql))",
6710 g_last_builtin_oid
);
6712 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
6713 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6714 "\n OR EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM pg_depend WHERE "
6715 "classid = 'pg_proc'::regclass AND "
6716 "objid = p.oid AND "
6717 "refclassid = 'pg_extension'::regclass AND "
6719 appendPQExpBufferChar(query
, ')');
6722 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
6724 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
6726 finfo
= (FuncInfo
*) pg_malloc0(ntups
* sizeof(FuncInfo
));
6728 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
6729 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
6730 i_proname
= PQfnumber(res
, "proname");
6731 i_pronamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "pronamespace");
6732 i_proowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "proowner");
6733 i_prolang
= PQfnumber(res
, "prolang");
6734 i_pronargs
= PQfnumber(res
, "pronargs");
6735 i_proargtypes
= PQfnumber(res
, "proargtypes");
6736 i_prorettype
= PQfnumber(res
, "prorettype");
6737 i_proacl
= PQfnumber(res
, "proacl");
6738 i_acldefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "acldefault");
6740 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
6742 finfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_FUNC
;
6743 finfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
6744 finfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
6745 AssignDumpId(&finfo
[i
].dobj
);
6746 finfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_proname
));
6747 finfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
6748 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pronamespace
)));
6749 finfo
[i
].dacl
.acl
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_proacl
));
6750 finfo
[i
].dacl
.acldefault
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_acldefault
));
6751 finfo
[i
].dacl
.privtype
= 0;
6752 finfo
[i
].dacl
.initprivs
= NULL
;
6753 finfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_proowner
));
6754 finfo
[i
].lang
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prolang
));
6755 finfo
[i
].prorettype
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prorettype
));
6756 finfo
[i
].nargs
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_pronargs
));
6757 if (finfo
[i
].nargs
== 0)
6758 finfo
[i
].argtypes
= NULL
;
6761 finfo
[i
].argtypes
= (Oid
*) pg_malloc(finfo
[i
].nargs
* sizeof(Oid
));
6762 parseOidArray(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_proargtypes
),
6763 finfo
[i
].argtypes
, finfo
[i
].nargs
);
6765 finfo
[i
].postponed_def
= false; /* might get set during sort */
6767 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
6768 selectDumpableObject(&(finfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
6770 /* Mark whether function has an ACL */
6771 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_proacl
))
6772 finfo
[i
].dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
6777 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
6782 * read all the tables (no indexes) in the system catalogs,
6783 * and return them as an array of TableInfo structures
6785 * *numTables is set to the number of tables read in
6788 getTables(Archive
*fout
, int *numTables
)
6790 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
6794 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
6810 int i_reltablespace
;
6812 int i_relhastriggers
;
6813 int i_relpersistence
;
6814 int i_relispopulated
;
6817 int i_relforcerowsec
;
6819 int i_toastfrozenxid
;
6825 int i_toastreloptions
;
6827 int i_foreignserver
;
6829 int i_is_identity_sequence
;
6835 * Find all the tables and table-like objects.
6837 * We must fetch all tables in this phase because otherwise we cannot
6838 * correctly identify inherited columns, owned sequences, etc.
6840 * We include system catalogs, so that we can work if a user table is
6841 * defined to inherit from a system catalog (pretty weird, but...)
6843 * Note: in this phase we should collect only a minimal amount of
6844 * information about each table, basically just enough to decide if it is
6845 * interesting. In particular, since we do not yet have lock on any user
6846 * table, we MUST NOT invoke any server-side data collection functions
6847 * (for instance, pg_get_partkeydef()). Those are likely to fail or give
6848 * wrong answers if any concurrent DDL is happening.
6851 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6852 "SELECT c.tableoid, c.oid, c.relname, "
6853 "c.relnamespace, c.relkind, c.reltype, "
6856 "c.relhasindex, c.relhasrules, c.relpages, "
6857 "c.relhastriggers, "
6858 "c.relpersistence, "
6861 "acldefault(CASE WHEN c.relkind = " CppAsString2(RELKIND_SEQUENCE
)
6862 " THEN 's'::\"char\" ELSE 'r'::\"char\" END, c.relowner) AS acldefault, "
6863 "CASE WHEN c.relkind = " CppAsString2(RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
) " THEN "
6864 "(SELECT ftserver FROM pg_catalog.pg_foreign_table WHERE ftrelid = c.oid) "
6865 "ELSE 0 END AS foreignserver, "
6866 "c.relfrozenxid, tc.relfrozenxid AS tfrozenxid, "
6868 "tc.relpages AS toastpages, "
6869 "tc.reloptions AS toast_reloptions, "
6870 "d.refobjid AS owning_tab, "
6871 "d.refobjsubid AS owning_col, "
6872 "tsp.spcname AS reltablespace, ");
6874 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 120000)
6875 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6876 "false AS relhasoids, ");
6878 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6881 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90300)
6882 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6883 "c.relispopulated, ");
6885 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6886 "'t' as relispopulated, ");
6888 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90400)
6889 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6890 "c.relreplident, ");
6892 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6893 "'d' AS relreplident, ");
6895 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90500)
6896 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6897 "c.relrowsecurity, c.relforcerowsecurity, ");
6899 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6900 "false AS relrowsecurity, "
6901 "false AS relforcerowsecurity, ");
6903 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90300)
6904 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6905 "c.relminmxid, tc.relminmxid AS tminmxid, ");
6907 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6908 "0 AS relminmxid, 0 AS tminmxid, ");
6910 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90300)
6911 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6912 "array_remove(array_remove(c.reloptions,'check_option=local'),'check_option=cascaded') AS reloptions, "
6913 "CASE WHEN 'check_option=local' = ANY (c.reloptions) THEN 'LOCAL'::text "
6914 "WHEN 'check_option=cascaded' = ANY (c.reloptions) THEN 'CASCADED'::text ELSE NULL END AS checkoption, ");
6916 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6917 "c.reloptions, NULL AS checkoption, ");
6919 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90600)
6920 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6923 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6924 "NULL AS amname, ");
6926 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90600)
6927 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6928 "(d.deptype = 'i') IS TRUE AS is_identity_sequence, ");
6930 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6931 "false AS is_identity_sequence, ");
6933 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 100000)
6934 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6935 "c.relispartition AS ispartition ");
6937 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6938 "false AS ispartition ");
6941 * Left join to pg_depend to pick up dependency info linking sequences to
6942 * their owning column, if any (note this dependency is AUTO except for
6943 * identity sequences, where it's INTERNAL). Also join to pg_tablespace to
6944 * collect the spcname.
6946 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6947 "\nFROM pg_class c\n"
6948 "LEFT JOIN pg_depend d ON "
6949 "(c.relkind = " CppAsString2(RELKIND_SEQUENCE
) " AND "
6950 "d.classid = 'pg_class'::regclass AND d.objid = c.oid AND "
6951 "d.objsubid = 0 AND "
6952 "d.refclassid = 'pg_class'::regclass AND d.deptype IN ('a', 'i'))\n"
6953 "LEFT JOIN pg_tablespace tsp ON (tsp.oid = c.reltablespace)\n");
6956 * In 9.6 and up, left join to pg_am to pick up the amname.
6958 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90600)
6959 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6960 "LEFT JOIN pg_am am ON (c.relam = am.oid)\n");
6963 * We purposefully ignore toast OIDs for partitioned tables; the reason is
6964 * that versions 10 and 11 have them, but later versions do not, so
6965 * emitting them causes the upgrade to fail.
6967 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6968 "LEFT JOIN pg_class tc ON (c.reltoastrelid = tc.oid"
6969 " AND tc.relkind = " CppAsString2(RELKIND_TOASTVALUE
)
6970 " AND c.relkind <> " CppAsString2(RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
) ")\n");
6973 * Restrict to interesting relkinds (in particular, not indexes). Not all
6974 * relkinds are possible in older servers, but it's not worth the trouble
6975 * to emit a version-dependent list.
6977 * Composite-type table entries won't be dumped as such, but we have to
6978 * make a DumpableObject for them so that we can track dependencies of the
6979 * composite type (pg_depend entries for columns of the composite type
6980 * link to the pg_class entry not the pg_type entry).
6982 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
6983 "WHERE c.relkind IN ("
6984 CppAsString2(RELKIND_RELATION
) ", "
6985 CppAsString2(RELKIND_SEQUENCE
) ", "
6986 CppAsString2(RELKIND_VIEW
) ", "
6987 CppAsString2(RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE
) ", "
6988 CppAsString2(RELKIND_MATVIEW
) ", "
6989 CppAsString2(RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
) ", "
6990 CppAsString2(RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
) ")\n"
6993 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
6995 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
7000 * Extract data from result and lock dumpable tables. We do the locking
7001 * before anything else, to minimize the window wherein a table could
7002 * disappear under us.
7004 * Note that we have to save info about all tables here, even when dumping
7005 * only one, because we don't yet know which tables might be inheritance
7006 * ancestors of the target table.
7008 tblinfo
= (TableInfo
*) pg_malloc0(ntups
* sizeof(TableInfo
));
7010 i_reltableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
7011 i_reloid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
7012 i_relname
= PQfnumber(res
, "relname");
7013 i_relnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "relnamespace");
7014 i_relkind
= PQfnumber(res
, "relkind");
7015 i_reltype
= PQfnumber(res
, "reltype");
7016 i_relowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "relowner");
7017 i_relchecks
= PQfnumber(res
, "relchecks");
7018 i_relhasindex
= PQfnumber(res
, "relhasindex");
7019 i_relhasrules
= PQfnumber(res
, "relhasrules");
7020 i_relpages
= PQfnumber(res
, "relpages");
7021 i_toastpages
= PQfnumber(res
, "toastpages");
7022 i_owning_tab
= PQfnumber(res
, "owning_tab");
7023 i_owning_col
= PQfnumber(res
, "owning_col");
7024 i_reltablespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "reltablespace");
7025 i_relhasoids
= PQfnumber(res
, "relhasoids");
7026 i_relhastriggers
= PQfnumber(res
, "relhastriggers");
7027 i_relpersistence
= PQfnumber(res
, "relpersistence");
7028 i_relispopulated
= PQfnumber(res
, "relispopulated");
7029 i_relreplident
= PQfnumber(res
, "relreplident");
7030 i_relrowsec
= PQfnumber(res
, "relrowsecurity");
7031 i_relforcerowsec
= PQfnumber(res
, "relforcerowsecurity");
7032 i_relfrozenxid
= PQfnumber(res
, "relfrozenxid");
7033 i_toastfrozenxid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tfrozenxid");
7034 i_toastoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "toid");
7035 i_relminmxid
= PQfnumber(res
, "relminmxid");
7036 i_toastminmxid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tminmxid");
7037 i_reloptions
= PQfnumber(res
, "reloptions");
7038 i_checkoption
= PQfnumber(res
, "checkoption");
7039 i_toastreloptions
= PQfnumber(res
, "toast_reloptions");
7040 i_reloftype
= PQfnumber(res
, "reloftype");
7041 i_foreignserver
= PQfnumber(res
, "foreignserver");
7042 i_amname
= PQfnumber(res
, "amname");
7043 i_is_identity_sequence
= PQfnumber(res
, "is_identity_sequence");
7044 i_relacl
= PQfnumber(res
, "relacl");
7045 i_acldefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "acldefault");
7046 i_ispartition
= PQfnumber(res
, "ispartition");
7048 if (dopt
->lockWaitTimeout
)
7051 * Arrange to fail instead of waiting forever for a table lock.
7053 * NB: this coding assumes that the only queries issued within the
7054 * following loop are LOCK TABLEs; else the timeout may be undesirably
7055 * applied to other things too.
7057 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
7058 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SET statement_timeout = ");
7059 appendStringLiteralConn(query
, dopt
->lockWaitTimeout
, GetConnection(fout
));
7060 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
7063 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
7065 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
7067 tblinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_TABLE
;
7068 tblinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_reltableoid
));
7069 tblinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_reloid
));
7070 AssignDumpId(&tblinfo
[i
].dobj
);
7071 tblinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relname
));
7072 tblinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
7073 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relnamespace
)));
7074 tblinfo
[i
].dacl
.acl
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relacl
));
7075 tblinfo
[i
].dacl
.acldefault
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_acldefault
));
7076 tblinfo
[i
].dacl
.privtype
= 0;
7077 tblinfo
[i
].dacl
.initprivs
= NULL
;
7078 tblinfo
[i
].relkind
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relkind
));
7079 tblinfo
[i
].reltype
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_reltype
));
7080 tblinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relowner
));
7081 tblinfo
[i
].ncheck
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relchecks
));
7082 tblinfo
[i
].hasindex
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relhasindex
), "t") == 0);
7083 tblinfo
[i
].hasrules
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relhasrules
), "t") == 0);
7084 tblinfo
[i
].relpages
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relpages
));
7085 if (PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_toastpages
))
7086 tblinfo
[i
].toastpages
= 0;
7088 tblinfo
[i
].toastpages
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_toastpages
));
7089 if (PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_owning_tab
))
7091 tblinfo
[i
].owning_tab
= InvalidOid
;
7092 tblinfo
[i
].owning_col
= 0;
7096 tblinfo
[i
].owning_tab
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_owning_tab
));
7097 tblinfo
[i
].owning_col
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_owning_col
));
7099 tblinfo
[i
].reltablespace
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_reltablespace
));
7100 tblinfo
[i
].hasoids
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relhasoids
), "t") == 0);
7101 tblinfo
[i
].hastriggers
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relhastriggers
), "t") == 0);
7102 tblinfo
[i
].relpersistence
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relpersistence
));
7103 tblinfo
[i
].relispopulated
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relispopulated
), "t") == 0);
7104 tblinfo
[i
].relreplident
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relreplident
));
7105 tblinfo
[i
].rowsec
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relrowsec
), "t") == 0);
7106 tblinfo
[i
].forcerowsec
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relforcerowsec
), "t") == 0);
7107 tblinfo
[i
].frozenxid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relfrozenxid
));
7108 tblinfo
[i
].toast_frozenxid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_toastfrozenxid
));
7109 tblinfo
[i
].toast_oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_toastoid
));
7110 tblinfo
[i
].minmxid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_relminmxid
));
7111 tblinfo
[i
].toast_minmxid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_toastminmxid
));
7112 tblinfo
[i
].reloptions
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_reloptions
));
7113 if (PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_checkoption
))
7114 tblinfo
[i
].checkoption
= NULL
;
7116 tblinfo
[i
].checkoption
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_checkoption
));
7117 tblinfo
[i
].toast_reloptions
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_toastreloptions
));
7118 tblinfo
[i
].reloftype
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_reloftype
));
7119 tblinfo
[i
].foreign_server
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_foreignserver
));
7120 if (PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_amname
))
7121 tblinfo
[i
].amname
= NULL
;
7123 tblinfo
[i
].amname
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_amname
));
7124 tblinfo
[i
].is_identity_sequence
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_is_identity_sequence
), "t") == 0);
7125 tblinfo
[i
].ispartition
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_ispartition
), "t") == 0);
7127 /* other fields were zeroed above */
7130 * Decide whether we want to dump this table.
7132 if (tblinfo
[i
].relkind
== RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE
)
7133 tblinfo
[i
].dobj
.dump
= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
;
7135 selectDumpableTable(&tblinfo
[i
], fout
);
7138 * Now, consider the table "interesting" if we need to dump its
7139 * definition or its data. Later on, we'll skip a lot of data
7140 * collection for uninteresting tables.
7142 * Note: the "interesting" flag will also be set by flagInhTables for
7143 * parents of interesting tables, so that we collect necessary
7144 * inheritance info even when the parents are not themselves being
7145 * dumped. This is the main reason why we need an "interesting" flag
7146 * that's separate from the components-to-dump bitmask.
7148 tblinfo
[i
].interesting
= (tblinfo
[i
].dobj
.dump
&
7149 (DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
|
7150 DUMP_COMPONENT_DATA
)) != 0;
7152 tblinfo
[i
].dummy_view
= false; /* might get set during sort */
7153 tblinfo
[i
].postponed_def
= false; /* might get set during sort */
7155 /* Tables have data */
7156 tblinfo
[i
].dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_DATA
;
7158 /* Mark whether table has an ACL */
7159 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_relacl
))
7160 tblinfo
[i
].dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
7161 tblinfo
[i
].hascolumnACLs
= false; /* may get set later */
7164 * Read-lock target tables to make sure they aren't DROPPED or altered
7165 * in schema before we get around to dumping them.
7167 * Note that we don't explicitly lock parents of the target tables; we
7168 * assume our lock on the child is enough to prevent schema
7169 * alterations to parent tables.
7171 * NOTE: it'd be kinda nice to lock other relations too, not only
7172 * plain or partitioned tables, but the backend doesn't presently
7175 * We only need to lock the table for certain components; see
7178 if ((tblinfo
[i
].dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENTS_REQUIRING_LOCK
) &&
7179 (tblinfo
[i
].relkind
== RELKIND_RELATION
||
7180 tblinfo
[i
].relkind
== RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
))
7183 * Tables are locked in batches. When dumping from a remote
7184 * server this can save a significant amount of time by reducing
7185 * the number of round trips.
7187 if (query
->len
== 0)
7188 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "LOCK TABLE %s",
7189 fmtQualifiedDumpable(&tblinfo
[i
]));
7192 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, ", %s",
7193 fmtQualifiedDumpable(&tblinfo
[i
]));
7195 /* Arbitrarily end a batch when query length reaches 100K. */
7196 if (query
->len
>= 100000)
7198 /* Lock another batch of tables. */
7199 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " IN ACCESS SHARE MODE");
7200 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
7201 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
7207 if (query
->len
!= 0)
7209 /* Lock the tables in the last batch. */
7210 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " IN ACCESS SHARE MODE");
7211 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
7214 if (dopt
->lockWaitTimeout
)
7216 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, "SET statement_timeout = 0");
7221 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
7228 * identify owned sequences and mark them as dumpable if owning table is
7230 * We used to do this in getTables(), but it's better to do it after the
7231 * index used by findTableByOid() has been set up.
7234 getOwnedSeqs(Archive
*fout
, TableInfo tblinfo
[], int numTables
)
7239 * Force sequences that are "owned" by table columns to be dumped whenever
7240 * their owning table is being dumped.
7242 for (i
= 0; i
< numTables
; i
++)
7244 TableInfo
*seqinfo
= &tblinfo
[i
];
7245 TableInfo
*owning_tab
;
7247 if (!OidIsValid(seqinfo
->owning_tab
))
7248 continue; /* not an owned sequence */
7250 owning_tab
= findTableByOid(seqinfo
->owning_tab
);
7251 if (owning_tab
== NULL
)
7252 pg_fatal("failed sanity check, parent table with OID %u of sequence with OID %u not found",
7253 seqinfo
->owning_tab
, seqinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
7256 * For an identity sequence, dump exactly the same components for the
7257 * sequence as for the owning table. This is important because we
7258 * treat the identity sequence as an integral part of the table. For
7259 * example, there is not any DDL command that allows creation of such
7260 * a sequence independently of the table.
7262 * For other owned sequences such as serial sequences, we need to dump
7263 * the components that are being dumped for the table and any
7264 * components that the sequence is explicitly marked with.
7266 * We can't simply use the set of components which are being dumped
7267 * for the table as the table might be in an extension (and only the
7268 * non-extension components, eg: ACLs if changed, security labels, and
7269 * policies, are being dumped) while the sequence is not (and
7270 * therefore the definition and other components should also be
7273 * If the sequence is part of the extension then it should be properly
7274 * marked by checkExtensionMembership() and this will be a no-op as
7275 * the table will be equivalently marked.
7277 if (seqinfo
->is_identity_sequence
)
7278 seqinfo
->dobj
.dump
= owning_tab
->dobj
.dump
;
7280 seqinfo
->dobj
.dump
|= owning_tab
->dobj
.dump
;
7282 /* Make sure that necessary data is available if we're dumping it */
7283 if (seqinfo
->dobj
.dump
!= DUMP_COMPONENT_NONE
)
7285 seqinfo
->interesting
= true;
7286 owning_tab
->interesting
= true;
7293 * read all the inheritance information
7294 * from the system catalogs return them in the InhInfo* structure
7296 * numInherits is set to the number of pairs read in
7299 getInherits(Archive
*fout
, int *numInherits
)
7304 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
7310 /* find all the inheritance information */
7311 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT inhrelid, inhparent FROM pg_inherits");
7313 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
7315 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
7317 *numInherits
= ntups
;
7319 inhinfo
= (InhInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(InhInfo
));
7321 i_inhrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "inhrelid");
7322 i_inhparent
= PQfnumber(res
, "inhparent");
7324 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
7326 inhinfo
[i
].inhrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_inhrelid
));
7327 inhinfo
[i
].inhparent
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_inhparent
));
7332 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
7338 * getPartitioningInfo
7339 * get information about partitioning
7341 * For the most part, we only collect partitioning info about tables we
7342 * intend to dump. However, this function has to consider all partitioned
7343 * tables in the database, because we need to know about parents of partitions
7344 * we are going to dump even if the parents themselves won't be dumped.
7346 * Specifically, what we need to know is whether each partitioned table
7347 * has an "unsafe" partitioning scheme that requires us to force
7348 * load-via-partition-root mode for its children. Currently the only case
7349 * for which we force that is hash partitioning on enum columns, since the
7350 * hash codes depend on enum value OIDs which won't be replicated across
7351 * dump-and-reload. There are other cases in which load-via-partition-root
7352 * might be necessary, but we expect users to cope with them.
7355 getPartitioningInfo(Archive
*fout
)
7361 /* hash partitioning didn't exist before v11 */
7362 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 110000)
7364 /* needn't bother if not dumping data */
7365 if (!fout
->dopt
->dumpData
)
7368 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
7371 * Unsafe partitioning schemes are exactly those for which hash enum_ops
7372 * appears among the partition opclasses. We needn't check partstrat.
7374 * Note that this query may well retrieve info about tables we aren't
7375 * going to dump and hence have no lock on. That's okay since we need not
7376 * invoke any unsafe server-side functions.
7378 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7379 "SELECT partrelid FROM pg_partitioned_table WHERE\n"
7380 "(SELECT c.oid FROM pg_opclass c JOIN pg_am a "
7381 "ON c.opcmethod = a.oid\n"
7382 "WHERE opcname = 'enum_ops' "
7383 "AND opcnamespace = 'pg_catalog'::regnamespace "
7384 "AND amname = 'hash') = ANY(partclass)");
7386 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
7388 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
7390 for (int i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
7392 Oid tabrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0));
7395 tbinfo
= findTableByOid(tabrelid
);
7397 pg_fatal("failed sanity check, table OID %u appearing in pg_partitioned_table not found",
7399 tbinfo
->unsafe_partitions
= true;
7404 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
7409 * get information about every index on a dumpable table
7411 * Note: index data is not returned directly to the caller, but it
7412 * does get entered into the DumpableObject tables.
7415 getIndexes(Archive
*fout
, TableInfo tblinfo
[], int numTables
)
7417 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
7418 PQExpBuffer tbloids
= createPQExpBuffer();
7434 i_indnullsnotdistinct
,
7449 * We want to perform just one query against pg_index. However, we
7450 * mustn't try to select every row of the catalog and then sort it out on
7451 * the client side, because some of the server-side functions we need
7452 * would be unsafe to apply to tables we don't have lock on. Hence, we
7453 * build an array of the OIDs of tables we care about (and now have lock
7454 * on!), and use a WHERE clause to constrain which rows are selected.
7456 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, '{');
7457 for (int i
= 0; i
< numTables
; i
++)
7459 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= &tblinfo
[i
];
7461 if (!tbinfo
->hasindex
)
7465 * We can ignore indexes of uninteresting tables.
7467 if (!tbinfo
->interesting
)
7470 /* OK, we need info for this table */
7471 if (tbloids
->len
> 1) /* do we have more than the '{'? */
7472 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, ',');
7473 appendPQExpBuffer(tbloids
, "%u", tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
7475 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, '}');
7477 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7478 "SELECT t.tableoid, t.oid, i.indrelid, "
7479 "t.relname AS indexname, "
7480 "pg_catalog.pg_get_indexdef(i.indexrelid) AS indexdef, "
7481 "i.indkey, i.indisclustered, "
7482 "c.contype, c.conname, "
7483 "c.condeferrable, c.condeferred, "
7484 "c.tableoid AS contableoid, "
7486 "pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(c.oid, false) AS condef, "
7487 "(SELECT spcname FROM pg_catalog.pg_tablespace s WHERE s.oid = t.reltablespace) AS tablespace, "
7488 "t.reloptions AS indreloptions, ");
7491 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90400)
7492 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7493 "i.indisreplident, ");
7495 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7496 "false AS indisreplident, ");
7498 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 110000)
7499 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7500 "inh.inhparent AS parentidx, "
7501 "i.indnkeyatts AS indnkeyatts, "
7502 "i.indnatts AS indnatts, "
7503 "(SELECT pg_catalog.array_agg(attnum ORDER BY attnum) "
7504 " FROM pg_catalog.pg_attribute "
7505 " WHERE attrelid = i.indexrelid AND "
7506 " attstattarget >= 0) AS indstatcols, "
7507 "(SELECT pg_catalog.array_agg(attstattarget ORDER BY attnum) "
7508 " FROM pg_catalog.pg_attribute "
7509 " WHERE attrelid = i.indexrelid AND "
7510 " attstattarget >= 0) AS indstatvals, ");
7512 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7514 "i.indnatts AS indnkeyatts, "
7515 "i.indnatts AS indnatts, "
7516 "'' AS indstatcols, "
7517 "'' AS indstatvals, ");
7519 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 150000)
7520 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7521 "i.indnullsnotdistinct, ");
7523 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7524 "false AS indnullsnotdistinct, ");
7526 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 180000)
7527 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7530 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7531 "NULL AS conperiod ");
7534 * The point of the messy-looking outer join is to find a constraint that
7535 * is related by an internal dependency link to the index. If we find one,
7536 * create a CONSTRAINT entry linked to the INDEX entry. We assume an
7537 * index won't have more than one internal dependency.
7539 * Note: the check on conrelid is redundant, but useful because that
7540 * column is indexed while conindid is not.
7542 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 110000)
7544 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
7545 "FROM unnest('%s'::pg_catalog.oid[]) AS src(tbloid)\n"
7546 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_index i ON (src.tbloid = i.indrelid) "
7547 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_class t ON (t.oid = i.indexrelid) "
7548 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_class t2 ON (t2.oid = i.indrelid) "
7549 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_constraint c "
7550 "ON (i.indrelid = c.conrelid AND "
7551 "i.indexrelid = c.conindid AND "
7552 "c.contype IN ('p','u','x')) "
7553 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_inherits inh "
7554 "ON (inh.inhrelid = indexrelid) "
7555 "WHERE (i.indisvalid OR t2.relkind = 'p') "
7557 "ORDER BY i.indrelid, indexname",
7563 * the test on indisready is necessary in 9.2, and harmless in
7564 * earlier/later versions
7566 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
7567 "FROM unnest('%s'::pg_catalog.oid[]) AS src(tbloid)\n"
7568 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_index i ON (src.tbloid = i.indrelid) "
7569 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_class t ON (t.oid = i.indexrelid) "
7570 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_constraint c "
7571 "ON (i.indrelid = c.conrelid AND "
7572 "i.indexrelid = c.conindid AND "
7573 "c.contype IN ('p','u','x')) "
7574 "WHERE i.indisvalid AND i.indisready "
7575 "ORDER BY i.indrelid, indexname",
7579 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
7581 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
7583 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
7584 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
7585 i_indrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "indrelid");
7586 i_indexname
= PQfnumber(res
, "indexname");
7587 i_parentidx
= PQfnumber(res
, "parentidx");
7588 i_indexdef
= PQfnumber(res
, "indexdef");
7589 i_indnkeyatts
= PQfnumber(res
, "indnkeyatts");
7590 i_indnatts
= PQfnumber(res
, "indnatts");
7591 i_indkey
= PQfnumber(res
, "indkey");
7592 i_indisclustered
= PQfnumber(res
, "indisclustered");
7593 i_indisreplident
= PQfnumber(res
, "indisreplident");
7594 i_indnullsnotdistinct
= PQfnumber(res
, "indnullsnotdistinct");
7595 i_contype
= PQfnumber(res
, "contype");
7596 i_conname
= PQfnumber(res
, "conname");
7597 i_condeferrable
= PQfnumber(res
, "condeferrable");
7598 i_condeferred
= PQfnumber(res
, "condeferred");
7599 i_conperiod
= PQfnumber(res
, "conperiod");
7600 i_contableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "contableoid");
7601 i_conoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "conoid");
7602 i_condef
= PQfnumber(res
, "condef");
7603 i_tablespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "tablespace");
7604 i_indreloptions
= PQfnumber(res
, "indreloptions");
7605 i_indstatcols
= PQfnumber(res
, "indstatcols");
7606 i_indstatvals
= PQfnumber(res
, "indstatvals");
7608 indxinfo
= (IndxInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(IndxInfo
));
7611 * Outer loop iterates once per table, not once per row. Incrementing of
7612 * j is handled by the inner loop.
7615 for (int j
= 0; j
< ntups
;)
7617 Oid indrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_indrelid
));
7618 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= NULL
;
7621 /* Count rows for this table */
7622 for (numinds
= 1; numinds
< ntups
- j
; numinds
++)
7623 if (atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
+ numinds
, i_indrelid
)) != indrelid
)
7627 * Locate the associated TableInfo; we rely on tblinfo[] being in OID
7630 while (++curtblindx
< numTables
)
7632 tbinfo
= &tblinfo
[curtblindx
];
7633 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
== indrelid
)
7636 if (curtblindx
>= numTables
)
7637 pg_fatal("unrecognized table OID %u", indrelid
);
7638 /* cross-check that we only got requested tables */
7639 if (!tbinfo
->hasindex
||
7640 !tbinfo
->interesting
)
7641 pg_fatal("unexpected index data for table \"%s\"",
7644 /* Save data for this table */
7645 tbinfo
->indexes
= indxinfo
+ j
;
7646 tbinfo
->numIndexes
= numinds
;
7648 for (int c
= 0; c
< numinds
; c
++, j
++)
7652 indxinfo
[j
].dobj
.objType
= DO_INDEX
;
7653 indxinfo
[j
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_tableoid
));
7654 indxinfo
[j
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_oid
));
7655 AssignDumpId(&indxinfo
[j
].dobj
);
7656 indxinfo
[j
].dobj
.dump
= tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
;
7657 indxinfo
[j
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_indexname
));
7658 indxinfo
[j
].dobj
.namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace;
7659 indxinfo
[j
].indextable
= tbinfo
;
7660 indxinfo
[j
].indexdef
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_indexdef
));
7661 indxinfo
[j
].indnkeyattrs
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_indnkeyatts
));
7662 indxinfo
[j
].indnattrs
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_indnatts
));
7663 indxinfo
[j
].tablespace
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_tablespace
));
7664 indxinfo
[j
].indreloptions
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_indreloptions
));
7665 indxinfo
[j
].indstatcols
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_indstatcols
));
7666 indxinfo
[j
].indstatvals
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_indstatvals
));
7667 indxinfo
[j
].indkeys
= (Oid
*) pg_malloc(indxinfo
[j
].indnattrs
* sizeof(Oid
));
7668 parseOidArray(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_indkey
),
7669 indxinfo
[j
].indkeys
, indxinfo
[j
].indnattrs
);
7670 indxinfo
[j
].indisclustered
= (PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_indisclustered
)[0] == 't');
7671 indxinfo
[j
].indisreplident
= (PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_indisreplident
)[0] == 't');
7672 indxinfo
[j
].indnullsnotdistinct
= (PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_indnullsnotdistinct
)[0] == 't');
7673 indxinfo
[j
].parentidx
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_parentidx
));
7674 indxinfo
[j
].partattaches
= (SimplePtrList
)
7678 contype
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_contype
));
7680 if (contype
== 'p' || contype
== 'u' || contype
== 'x')
7683 * If we found a constraint matching the index, create an
7686 ConstraintInfo
*constrinfo
;
7688 constrinfo
= (ConstraintInfo
*) pg_malloc(sizeof(ConstraintInfo
));
7689 constrinfo
->dobj
.objType
= DO_CONSTRAINT
;
7690 constrinfo
->dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_contableoid
));
7691 constrinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_conoid
));
7692 AssignDumpId(&constrinfo
->dobj
);
7693 constrinfo
->dobj
.dump
= tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
;
7694 constrinfo
->dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_conname
));
7695 constrinfo
->dobj
.namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace;
7696 constrinfo
->contable
= tbinfo
;
7697 constrinfo
->condomain
= NULL
;
7698 constrinfo
->contype
= contype
;
7700 constrinfo
->condef
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_condef
));
7702 constrinfo
->condef
= NULL
;
7703 constrinfo
->confrelid
= InvalidOid
;
7704 constrinfo
->conindex
= indxinfo
[j
].dobj
.dumpId
;
7705 constrinfo
->condeferrable
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_condeferrable
)) == 't';
7706 constrinfo
->condeferred
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_condeferred
)) == 't';
7707 constrinfo
->conperiod
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_conperiod
)) == 't';
7708 constrinfo
->conislocal
= true;
7709 constrinfo
->separate
= true;
7711 indxinfo
[j
].indexconstraint
= constrinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
;
7715 /* Plain secondary index */
7716 indxinfo
[j
].indexconstraint
= 0;
7723 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
7724 destroyPQExpBuffer(tbloids
);
7728 * getExtendedStatistics
7729 * get information about extended-statistics objects.
7731 * Note: extended statistics data is not returned directly to the caller, but
7732 * it does get entered into the DumpableObject tables.
7735 getExtendedStatistics(Archive
*fout
)
7739 StatsExtInfo
*statsextinfo
;
7750 /* Extended statistics were new in v10 */
7751 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 100000)
7754 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
7756 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 130000)
7757 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, stxname, "
7758 "stxnamespace, stxowner, stxrelid, NULL AS stxstattarget "
7759 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_statistic_ext");
7761 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, stxname, "
7762 "stxnamespace, stxowner, stxrelid, stxstattarget "
7763 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_statistic_ext");
7765 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
7767 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
7769 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
7770 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
7771 i_stxname
= PQfnumber(res
, "stxname");
7772 i_stxnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "stxnamespace");
7773 i_stxowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "stxowner");
7774 i_stxrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "stxrelid");
7775 i_stattarget
= PQfnumber(res
, "stxstattarget");
7777 statsextinfo
= (StatsExtInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(StatsExtInfo
));
7779 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
7781 statsextinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_STATSEXT
;
7782 statsextinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
7783 statsextinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
7784 AssignDumpId(&statsextinfo
[i
].dobj
);
7785 statsextinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_stxname
));
7786 statsextinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
7787 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_stxnamespace
)));
7788 statsextinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_stxowner
));
7789 statsextinfo
[i
].stattable
=
7790 findTableByOid(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_stxrelid
)));
7791 if (PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_stattarget
))
7792 statsextinfo
[i
].stattarget
= -1;
7794 statsextinfo
[i
].stattarget
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_stattarget
));
7796 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
7797 selectDumpableStatisticsObject(&(statsextinfo
[i
]), fout
);
7801 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
7807 * Get info about constraints on dumpable tables.
7809 * Currently handles foreign keys only.
7810 * Unique and primary key constraints are handled with indexes,
7811 * while check constraints are processed in getTableAttrs().
7814 getConstraints(Archive
*fout
, TableInfo tblinfo
[], int numTables
)
7816 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
7817 PQExpBuffer tbloids
= createPQExpBuffer();
7821 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= NULL
;
7822 ConstraintInfo
*constrinfo
;
7832 * We want to perform just one query against pg_constraint. However, we
7833 * mustn't try to select every row of the catalog and then sort it out on
7834 * the client side, because some of the server-side functions we need
7835 * would be unsafe to apply to tables we don't have lock on. Hence, we
7836 * build an array of the OIDs of tables we care about (and now have lock
7837 * on!), and use a WHERE clause to constrain which rows are selected.
7839 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, '{');
7840 for (int i
= 0; i
< numTables
; i
++)
7842 TableInfo
*tinfo
= &tblinfo
[i
];
7845 * For partitioned tables, foreign keys have no triggers so they must
7846 * be included anyway in case some foreign keys are defined.
7848 if ((!tinfo
->hastriggers
&&
7849 tinfo
->relkind
!= RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
) ||
7850 !(tinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
))
7853 /* OK, we need info for this table */
7854 if (tbloids
->len
> 1) /* do we have more than the '{'? */
7855 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, ',');
7856 appendPQExpBuffer(tbloids
, "%u", tinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
7858 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, '}');
7860 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7861 "SELECT c.tableoid, c.oid, "
7862 "conrelid, conname, confrelid, ");
7863 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 110000)
7864 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "conindid, ");
7866 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "0 AS conindid, ");
7867 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
7868 "pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(c.oid) AS condef\n"
7869 "FROM unnest('%s'::pg_catalog.oid[]) AS src(tbloid)\n"
7870 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_constraint c ON (src.tbloid = c.conrelid)\n"
7871 "WHERE contype = 'f' ",
7873 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 110000)
7874 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7875 "AND conparentid = 0 ");
7876 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
7877 "ORDER BY conrelid, conname");
7879 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
7881 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
7883 i_contableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
7884 i_conoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
7885 i_conrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "conrelid");
7886 i_conname
= PQfnumber(res
, "conname");
7887 i_confrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "confrelid");
7888 i_conindid
= PQfnumber(res
, "conindid");
7889 i_condef
= PQfnumber(res
, "condef");
7891 constrinfo
= (ConstraintInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(ConstraintInfo
));
7894 for (int j
= 0; j
< ntups
; j
++)
7896 Oid conrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_conrelid
));
7897 TableInfo
*reftable
;
7900 * Locate the associated TableInfo; we rely on tblinfo[] being in OID
7903 if (tbinfo
== NULL
|| tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
!= conrelid
)
7905 while (++curtblindx
< numTables
)
7907 tbinfo
= &tblinfo
[curtblindx
];
7908 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
== conrelid
)
7911 if (curtblindx
>= numTables
)
7912 pg_fatal("unrecognized table OID %u", conrelid
);
7915 constrinfo
[j
].dobj
.objType
= DO_FK_CONSTRAINT
;
7916 constrinfo
[j
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_contableoid
));
7917 constrinfo
[j
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_conoid
));
7918 AssignDumpId(&constrinfo
[j
].dobj
);
7919 constrinfo
[j
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_conname
));
7920 constrinfo
[j
].dobj
.namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace;
7921 constrinfo
[j
].contable
= tbinfo
;
7922 constrinfo
[j
].condomain
= NULL
;
7923 constrinfo
[j
].contype
= 'f';
7924 constrinfo
[j
].condef
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_condef
));
7925 constrinfo
[j
].confrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_confrelid
));
7926 constrinfo
[j
].conindex
= 0;
7927 constrinfo
[j
].condeferrable
= false;
7928 constrinfo
[j
].condeferred
= false;
7929 constrinfo
[j
].conislocal
= true;
7930 constrinfo
[j
].separate
= true;
7933 * Restoring an FK that points to a partitioned table requires that
7934 * all partition indexes have been attached beforehand. Ensure that
7935 * happens by making the constraint depend on each index partition
7938 reftable
= findTableByOid(constrinfo
[j
].confrelid
);
7939 if (reftable
&& reftable
->relkind
== RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
)
7941 Oid indexOid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_conindid
));
7943 if (indexOid
!= InvalidOid
)
7945 for (int k
= 0; k
< reftable
->numIndexes
; k
++)
7949 /* not our index? */
7950 if (reftable
->indexes
[k
].dobj
.catId
.oid
!= indexOid
)
7953 refidx
= &reftable
->indexes
[k
];
7954 addConstrChildIdxDeps(&constrinfo
[j
].dobj
, refidx
);
7963 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
7964 destroyPQExpBuffer(tbloids
);
7968 * addConstrChildIdxDeps
7970 * Recursive subroutine for getConstraints
7972 * Given an object representing a foreign key constraint and an index on the
7973 * partitioned table it references, mark the constraint object as dependent
7974 * on the DO_INDEX_ATTACH object of each index partition, recursively
7975 * drilling down to their partitions if any. This ensures that the FK is not
7976 * restored until the index is fully marked valid.
7979 addConstrChildIdxDeps(DumpableObject
*dobj
, const IndxInfo
*refidx
)
7981 SimplePtrListCell
*cell
;
7983 Assert(dobj
->objType
== DO_FK_CONSTRAINT
);
7985 for (cell
= refidx
->partattaches
.head
; cell
; cell
= cell
->next
)
7987 IndexAttachInfo
*attach
= (IndexAttachInfo
*) cell
->ptr
;
7989 addObjectDependency(dobj
, attach
->dobj
.dumpId
);
7991 if (attach
->partitionIdx
->partattaches
.head
!= NULL
)
7992 addConstrChildIdxDeps(dobj
, attach
->partitionIdx
);
7997 * getDomainConstraints
7999 * Get info about constraints on a domain.
8002 getDomainConstraints(Archive
*fout
, TypeInfo
*tyinfo
)
8005 ConstraintInfo
*constrinfo
;
8006 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
8014 if (!fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_GETDOMAINCONSTRAINTS
])
8016 /* Set up query for constraint-specific details */
8017 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
8018 "PREPARE getDomainConstraints(pg_catalog.oid) AS\n"
8019 "SELECT tableoid, oid, conname, "
8020 "pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(oid) AS consrc, "
8022 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_constraint "
8023 "WHERE contypid = $1 AND contype = 'c' "
8024 "ORDER BY conname");
8026 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
8028 fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_GETDOMAINCONSTRAINTS
] = true;
8031 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
8032 "EXECUTE getDomainConstraints('%u')",
8033 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
8035 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
8037 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
8039 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
8040 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
8041 i_conname
= PQfnumber(res
, "conname");
8042 i_consrc
= PQfnumber(res
, "consrc");
8044 constrinfo
= (ConstraintInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(ConstraintInfo
));
8046 tyinfo
->nDomChecks
= ntups
;
8047 tyinfo
->domChecks
= constrinfo
;
8049 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
8051 bool validated
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 4)[0] == 't';
8053 constrinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_CONSTRAINT
;
8054 constrinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
8055 constrinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
8056 AssignDumpId(&constrinfo
[i
].dobj
);
8057 constrinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_conname
));
8058 constrinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace = tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace;
8059 constrinfo
[i
].contable
= NULL
;
8060 constrinfo
[i
].condomain
= tyinfo
;
8061 constrinfo
[i
].contype
= 'c';
8062 constrinfo
[i
].condef
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_consrc
));
8063 constrinfo
[i
].confrelid
= InvalidOid
;
8064 constrinfo
[i
].conindex
= 0;
8065 constrinfo
[i
].condeferrable
= false;
8066 constrinfo
[i
].condeferred
= false;
8067 constrinfo
[i
].conislocal
= true;
8069 constrinfo
[i
].separate
= !validated
;
8072 * Make the domain depend on the constraint, ensuring it won't be
8073 * output till any constraint dependencies are OK. If the constraint
8074 * has not been validated, it's going to be dumped after the domain
8075 * anyway, so this doesn't matter.
8078 addObjectDependency(&tyinfo
->dobj
,
8079 constrinfo
[i
].dobj
.dumpId
);
8084 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
8089 * get basic information about every rule in the system
8092 getRules(Archive
*fout
)
8097 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
8107 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT "
8108 "tableoid, oid, rulename, "
8109 "ev_class AS ruletable, ev_type, is_instead, "
8114 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
8116 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
8118 ruleinfo
= (RuleInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(RuleInfo
));
8120 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
8121 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
8122 i_rulename
= PQfnumber(res
, "rulename");
8123 i_ruletable
= PQfnumber(res
, "ruletable");
8124 i_ev_type
= PQfnumber(res
, "ev_type");
8125 i_is_instead
= PQfnumber(res
, "is_instead");
8126 i_ev_enabled
= PQfnumber(res
, "ev_enabled");
8128 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
8132 ruleinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_RULE
;
8133 ruleinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
8134 ruleinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
8135 AssignDumpId(&ruleinfo
[i
].dobj
);
8136 ruleinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_rulename
));
8137 ruletableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_ruletable
));
8138 ruleinfo
[i
].ruletable
= findTableByOid(ruletableoid
);
8139 if (ruleinfo
[i
].ruletable
== NULL
)
8140 pg_fatal("failed sanity check, parent table with OID %u of pg_rewrite entry with OID %u not found",
8141 ruletableoid
, ruleinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
);
8142 ruleinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace = ruleinfo
[i
].ruletable
->dobj
.namespace;
8143 ruleinfo
[i
].dobj
.dump
= ruleinfo
[i
].ruletable
->dobj
.dump
;
8144 ruleinfo
[i
].ev_type
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_ev_type
));
8145 ruleinfo
[i
].is_instead
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_is_instead
)) == 't';
8146 ruleinfo
[i
].ev_enabled
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_ev_enabled
));
8147 if (ruleinfo
[i
].ruletable
)
8150 * If the table is a view or materialized view, force its ON
8151 * SELECT rule to be sorted before the view itself --- this
8152 * ensures that any dependencies for the rule affect the table's
8153 * positioning. Other rules are forced to appear after their
8156 if ((ruleinfo
[i
].ruletable
->relkind
== RELKIND_VIEW
||
8157 ruleinfo
[i
].ruletable
->relkind
== RELKIND_MATVIEW
) &&
8158 ruleinfo
[i
].ev_type
== '1' && ruleinfo
[i
].is_instead
)
8160 addObjectDependency(&ruleinfo
[i
].ruletable
->dobj
,
8161 ruleinfo
[i
].dobj
.dumpId
);
8162 /* We'll merge the rule into CREATE VIEW, if possible */
8163 ruleinfo
[i
].separate
= false;
8167 addObjectDependency(&ruleinfo
[i
].dobj
,
8168 ruleinfo
[i
].ruletable
->dobj
.dumpId
);
8169 ruleinfo
[i
].separate
= true;
8173 ruleinfo
[i
].separate
= true;
8178 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
8183 * get information about every trigger on a dumpable table
8185 * Note: trigger data is not returned directly to the caller, but it
8186 * does get entered into the DumpableObject tables.
8189 getTriggers(Archive
*fout
, TableInfo tblinfo
[], int numTables
)
8191 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
8192 PQExpBuffer tbloids
= createPQExpBuffer();
8196 TriggerInfo
*tginfo
;
8206 * We want to perform just one query against pg_trigger. However, we
8207 * mustn't try to select every row of the catalog and then sort it out on
8208 * the client side, because some of the server-side functions we need
8209 * would be unsafe to apply to tables we don't have lock on. Hence, we
8210 * build an array of the OIDs of tables we care about (and now have lock
8211 * on!), and use a WHERE clause to constrain which rows are selected.
8213 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, '{');
8214 for (int i
= 0; i
< numTables
; i
++)
8216 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= &tblinfo
[i
];
8218 if (!tbinfo
->hastriggers
||
8219 !(tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
))
8222 /* OK, we need info for this table */
8223 if (tbloids
->len
> 1) /* do we have more than the '{'? */
8224 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, ',');
8225 appendPQExpBuffer(tbloids
, "%u", tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
8227 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, '}');
8229 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 150000)
8232 * NB: think not to use pretty=true in pg_get_triggerdef. It could
8233 * result in non-forward-compatible dumps of WHEN clauses due to
8234 * under-parenthesization.
8236 * NB: We need to see partition triggers in case the tgenabled flag
8237 * has been changed from the parent.
8239 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
8240 "SELECT t.tgrelid, t.tgname, "
8241 "pg_catalog.pg_get_triggerdef(t.oid, false) AS tgdef, "
8242 "t.tgenabled, t.tableoid, t.oid, "
8243 "t.tgparentid <> 0 AS tgispartition\n"
8244 "FROM unnest('%s'::pg_catalog.oid[]) AS src(tbloid)\n"
8245 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_trigger t ON (src.tbloid = t.tgrelid) "
8246 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_trigger u ON (u.oid = t.tgparentid) "
8247 "WHERE ((NOT t.tgisinternal AND t.tgparentid = 0) "
8248 "OR t.tgenabled != u.tgenabled) "
8249 "ORDER BY t.tgrelid, t.tgname",
8252 else if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 130000)
8255 * NB: think not to use pretty=true in pg_get_triggerdef. It could
8256 * result in non-forward-compatible dumps of WHEN clauses due to
8257 * under-parenthesization.
8259 * NB: We need to see tgisinternal triggers in partitions, in case the
8260 * tgenabled flag has been changed from the parent.
8262 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
8263 "SELECT t.tgrelid, t.tgname, "
8264 "pg_catalog.pg_get_triggerdef(t.oid, false) AS tgdef, "
8265 "t.tgenabled, t.tableoid, t.oid, t.tgisinternal as tgispartition\n"
8266 "FROM unnest('%s'::pg_catalog.oid[]) AS src(tbloid)\n"
8267 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_trigger t ON (src.tbloid = t.tgrelid) "
8268 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_trigger u ON (u.oid = t.tgparentid) "
8269 "WHERE (NOT t.tgisinternal OR t.tgenabled != u.tgenabled) "
8270 "ORDER BY t.tgrelid, t.tgname",
8273 else if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 110000)
8276 * NB: We need to see tgisinternal triggers in partitions, in case the
8277 * tgenabled flag has been changed from the parent. No tgparentid in
8278 * version 11-12, so we have to match them via pg_depend.
8280 * See above about pretty=true in pg_get_triggerdef.
8282 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
8283 "SELECT t.tgrelid, t.tgname, "
8284 "pg_catalog.pg_get_triggerdef(t.oid, false) AS tgdef, "
8285 "t.tgenabled, t.tableoid, t.oid, t.tgisinternal as tgispartition "
8286 "FROM unnest('%s'::pg_catalog.oid[]) AS src(tbloid)\n"
8287 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_trigger t ON (src.tbloid = t.tgrelid) "
8288 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_depend AS d ON "
8289 " d.classid = 'pg_catalog.pg_trigger'::pg_catalog.regclass AND "
8290 " d.refclassid = 'pg_catalog.pg_trigger'::pg_catalog.regclass AND "
8292 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_trigger AS pt ON pt.oid = refobjid "
8293 "WHERE (NOT t.tgisinternal OR t.tgenabled != pt.tgenabled) "
8294 "ORDER BY t.tgrelid, t.tgname",
8299 /* See above about pretty=true in pg_get_triggerdef */
8300 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
8301 "SELECT t.tgrelid, t.tgname, "
8302 "pg_catalog.pg_get_triggerdef(t.oid, false) AS tgdef, "
8303 "t.tgenabled, false as tgispartition, "
8304 "t.tableoid, t.oid "
8305 "FROM unnest('%s'::pg_catalog.oid[]) AS src(tbloid)\n"
8306 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_trigger t ON (src.tbloid = t.tgrelid) "
8307 "WHERE NOT tgisinternal "
8308 "ORDER BY t.tgrelid, t.tgname",
8312 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
8314 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
8316 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
8317 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
8318 i_tgrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tgrelid");
8319 i_tgname
= PQfnumber(res
, "tgname");
8320 i_tgenabled
= PQfnumber(res
, "tgenabled");
8321 i_tgispartition
= PQfnumber(res
, "tgispartition");
8322 i_tgdef
= PQfnumber(res
, "tgdef");
8324 tginfo
= (TriggerInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(TriggerInfo
));
8327 * Outer loop iterates once per table, not once per row. Incrementing of
8328 * j is handled by the inner loop.
8331 for (int j
= 0; j
< ntups
;)
8333 Oid tgrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_tgrelid
));
8334 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= NULL
;
8337 /* Count rows for this table */
8338 for (numtrigs
= 1; numtrigs
< ntups
- j
; numtrigs
++)
8339 if (atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
+ numtrigs
, i_tgrelid
)) != tgrelid
)
8343 * Locate the associated TableInfo; we rely on tblinfo[] being in OID
8346 while (++curtblindx
< numTables
)
8348 tbinfo
= &tblinfo
[curtblindx
];
8349 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
== tgrelid
)
8352 if (curtblindx
>= numTables
)
8353 pg_fatal("unrecognized table OID %u", tgrelid
);
8355 /* Save data for this table */
8356 tbinfo
->triggers
= tginfo
+ j
;
8357 tbinfo
->numTriggers
= numtrigs
;
8359 for (int c
= 0; c
< numtrigs
; c
++, j
++)
8361 tginfo
[j
].dobj
.objType
= DO_TRIGGER
;
8362 tginfo
[j
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_tableoid
));
8363 tginfo
[j
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_oid
));
8364 AssignDumpId(&tginfo
[j
].dobj
);
8365 tginfo
[j
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_tgname
));
8366 tginfo
[j
].dobj
.namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace;
8367 tginfo
[j
].tgtable
= tbinfo
;
8368 tginfo
[j
].tgenabled
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_tgenabled
));
8369 tginfo
[j
].tgispartition
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_tgispartition
)) == 't';
8370 tginfo
[j
].tgdef
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_tgdef
));
8376 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
8377 destroyPQExpBuffer(tbloids
);
8382 * get information about event triggers
8385 getEventTriggers(Archive
*fout
)
8390 EventTriggerInfo
*evtinfo
;
8401 /* Before 9.3, there are no event triggers */
8402 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 90300)
8405 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
8407 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
8408 "SELECT e.tableoid, e.oid, evtname, evtenabled, "
8409 "evtevent, evtowner, "
8410 "array_to_string(array("
8411 "select quote_literal(x) "
8412 " from unnest(evttags) as t(x)), ', ') as evttags, "
8413 "e.evtfoid::regproc as evtfname "
8414 "FROM pg_event_trigger e "
8417 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
8419 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
8421 evtinfo
= (EventTriggerInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(EventTriggerInfo
));
8423 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
8424 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
8425 i_evtname
= PQfnumber(res
, "evtname");
8426 i_evtevent
= PQfnumber(res
, "evtevent");
8427 i_evtowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "evtowner");
8428 i_evttags
= PQfnumber(res
, "evttags");
8429 i_evtfname
= PQfnumber(res
, "evtfname");
8430 i_evtenabled
= PQfnumber(res
, "evtenabled");
8432 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
8434 evtinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_EVENT_TRIGGER
;
8435 evtinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
8436 evtinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
8437 AssignDumpId(&evtinfo
[i
].dobj
);
8438 evtinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_evtname
));
8439 evtinfo
[i
].evtname
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_evtname
));
8440 evtinfo
[i
].evtevent
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_evtevent
));
8441 evtinfo
[i
].evtowner
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_evtowner
));
8442 evtinfo
[i
].evttags
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_evttags
));
8443 evtinfo
[i
].evtfname
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_evtfname
));
8444 evtinfo
[i
].evtenabled
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_evtenabled
));
8446 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
8447 selectDumpableObject(&(evtinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
8452 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
8457 * get basic information about every procedural language in the system
8459 * NB: this must run after getFuncs() because we assume we can do
8463 getProcLangs(Archive
*fout
)
8468 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
8469 ProcLangInfo
*planginfo
;
8474 int i_lanplcallfoid
;
8481 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, "
8482 "lanname, lanpltrusted, lanplcallfoid, "
8483 "laninline, lanvalidator, "
8485 "acldefault('l', lanowner) AS acldefault, "
8491 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
8493 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
8495 planginfo
= (ProcLangInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(ProcLangInfo
));
8497 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
8498 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
8499 i_lanname
= PQfnumber(res
, "lanname");
8500 i_lanpltrusted
= PQfnumber(res
, "lanpltrusted");
8501 i_lanplcallfoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "lanplcallfoid");
8502 i_laninline
= PQfnumber(res
, "laninline");
8503 i_lanvalidator
= PQfnumber(res
, "lanvalidator");
8504 i_lanacl
= PQfnumber(res
, "lanacl");
8505 i_acldefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "acldefault");
8506 i_lanowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "lanowner");
8508 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
8510 planginfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_PROCLANG
;
8511 planginfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
8512 planginfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
8513 AssignDumpId(&planginfo
[i
].dobj
);
8515 planginfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_lanname
));
8516 planginfo
[i
].dacl
.acl
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_lanacl
));
8517 planginfo
[i
].dacl
.acldefault
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_acldefault
));
8518 planginfo
[i
].dacl
.privtype
= 0;
8519 planginfo
[i
].dacl
.initprivs
= NULL
;
8520 planginfo
[i
].lanpltrusted
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_lanpltrusted
)) == 't';
8521 planginfo
[i
].lanplcallfoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_lanplcallfoid
));
8522 planginfo
[i
].laninline
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_laninline
));
8523 planginfo
[i
].lanvalidator
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_lanvalidator
));
8524 planginfo
[i
].lanowner
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_lanowner
));
8526 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
8527 selectDumpableProcLang(&(planginfo
[i
]), fout
);
8529 /* Mark whether language has an ACL */
8530 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_lanacl
))
8531 planginfo
[i
].dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
8536 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
8541 * get basic information about most casts in the system
8543 * Skip casts from a range to its multirange, since we'll create those
8547 getCasts(Archive
*fout
)
8552 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
8562 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 140000)
8564 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, "
8565 "castsource, casttarget, castfunc, castcontext, "
8568 "WHERE NOT EXISTS ( "
8569 "SELECT 1 FROM pg_range r "
8570 "WHERE c.castsource = r.rngtypid "
8571 "AND c.casttarget = r.rngmultitypid "
8577 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, "
8578 "castsource, casttarget, castfunc, castcontext, "
8580 "FROM pg_cast ORDER BY 3,4");
8583 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
8585 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
8587 castinfo
= (CastInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(CastInfo
));
8589 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
8590 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
8591 i_castsource
= PQfnumber(res
, "castsource");
8592 i_casttarget
= PQfnumber(res
, "casttarget");
8593 i_castfunc
= PQfnumber(res
, "castfunc");
8594 i_castcontext
= PQfnumber(res
, "castcontext");
8595 i_castmethod
= PQfnumber(res
, "castmethod");
8597 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
8599 PQExpBufferData namebuf
;
8600 TypeInfo
*sTypeInfo
;
8601 TypeInfo
*tTypeInfo
;
8603 castinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_CAST
;
8604 castinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
8605 castinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
8606 AssignDumpId(&castinfo
[i
].dobj
);
8607 castinfo
[i
].castsource
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_castsource
));
8608 castinfo
[i
].casttarget
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_casttarget
));
8609 castinfo
[i
].castfunc
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_castfunc
));
8610 castinfo
[i
].castcontext
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_castcontext
));
8611 castinfo
[i
].castmethod
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_castmethod
));
8614 * Try to name cast as concatenation of typnames. This is only used
8615 * for purposes of sorting. If we fail to find either type, the name
8616 * will be an empty string.
8618 initPQExpBuffer(&namebuf
);
8619 sTypeInfo
= findTypeByOid(castinfo
[i
].castsource
);
8620 tTypeInfo
= findTypeByOid(castinfo
[i
].casttarget
);
8621 if (sTypeInfo
&& tTypeInfo
)
8622 appendPQExpBuffer(&namebuf
, "%s %s",
8623 sTypeInfo
->dobj
.name
, tTypeInfo
->dobj
.name
);
8624 castinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= namebuf
.data
;
8626 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
8627 selectDumpableCast(&(castinfo
[i
]), fout
);
8632 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
8636 get_language_name(Archive
*fout
, Oid langid
)
8642 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
8643 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT lanname FROM pg_language WHERE oid = %u", langid
);
8644 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
8645 lanname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0)));
8646 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
8654 * get basic information about every transform in the system
8657 getTransforms(Archive
*fout
)
8663 TransformInfo
*transforminfo
;
8671 /* Transforms didn't exist pre-9.5 */
8672 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 90500)
8675 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
8677 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, "
8678 "trftype, trflang, trffromsql::oid, trftosql::oid "
8679 "FROM pg_transform "
8682 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
8684 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
8686 transforminfo
= (TransformInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(TransformInfo
));
8688 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
8689 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
8690 i_trftype
= PQfnumber(res
, "trftype");
8691 i_trflang
= PQfnumber(res
, "trflang");
8692 i_trffromsql
= PQfnumber(res
, "trffromsql");
8693 i_trftosql
= PQfnumber(res
, "trftosql");
8695 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
8697 PQExpBufferData namebuf
;
8701 transforminfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_TRANSFORM
;
8702 transforminfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
8703 transforminfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
8704 AssignDumpId(&transforminfo
[i
].dobj
);
8705 transforminfo
[i
].trftype
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_trftype
));
8706 transforminfo
[i
].trflang
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_trflang
));
8707 transforminfo
[i
].trffromsql
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_trffromsql
));
8708 transforminfo
[i
].trftosql
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_trftosql
));
8711 * Try to name transform as concatenation of type and language name.
8712 * This is only used for purposes of sorting. If we fail to find
8713 * either, the name will be an empty string.
8715 initPQExpBuffer(&namebuf
);
8716 typeInfo
= findTypeByOid(transforminfo
[i
].trftype
);
8717 lanname
= get_language_name(fout
, transforminfo
[i
].trflang
);
8718 if (typeInfo
&& lanname
)
8719 appendPQExpBuffer(&namebuf
, "%s %s",
8720 typeInfo
->dobj
.name
, lanname
);
8721 transforminfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= namebuf
.data
;
8724 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
8725 selectDumpableObject(&(transforminfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
8730 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
8735 * for each interesting table, read info about its attributes
8736 * (names, types, default values, CHECK constraints, etc)
8741 getTableAttrs(Archive
*fout
, TableInfo
*tblinfo
, int numTables
)
8743 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
8744 PQExpBuffer q
= createPQExpBuffer();
8745 PQExpBuffer tbloids
= createPQExpBuffer();
8746 PQExpBuffer checkoids
= createPQExpBuffer();
8754 int i_attstattarget
;
8764 int i_notnull_noinherit
;
8765 int i_notnull_islocal
;
8768 int i_attcompression
;
8769 int i_attfdwoptions
;
8770 int i_attmissingval
;
8774 * We want to perform just one query against pg_attribute, and then just
8775 * one against pg_attrdef (for DEFAULTs) and two against pg_constraint
8776 * (for CHECK constraints and for NOT NULL constraints). However, we
8777 * mustn't try to select every row of those catalogs and then sort it out
8778 * on the client side, because some of the server-side functions we need
8779 * would be unsafe to apply to tables we don't have lock on. Hence, we
8780 * build an array of the OIDs of tables we care about (and now have lock
8781 * on!), and use a WHERE clause to constrain which rows are selected.
8783 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, '{');
8784 appendPQExpBufferChar(checkoids
, '{');
8785 for (int i
= 0; i
< numTables
; i
++)
8787 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= &tblinfo
[i
];
8789 /* Don't bother to collect info for sequences */
8790 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_SEQUENCE
)
8793 /* Don't bother with uninteresting tables, either */
8794 if (!tbinfo
->interesting
)
8797 /* OK, we need info for this table */
8798 if (tbloids
->len
> 1) /* do we have more than the '{'? */
8799 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, ',');
8800 appendPQExpBuffer(tbloids
, "%u", tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
8802 if (tbinfo
->ncheck
> 0)
8804 /* Also make a list of the ones with check constraints */
8805 if (checkoids
->len
> 1) /* do we have more than the '{'? */
8806 appendPQExpBufferChar(checkoids
, ',');
8807 appendPQExpBuffer(checkoids
, "%u", tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
8810 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, '}');
8811 appendPQExpBufferChar(checkoids
, '}');
8814 * Find all the user attributes and their types.
8816 * Since we only want to dump COLLATE clauses for attributes whose
8817 * collation is different from their type's default, we use a CASE here to
8818 * suppress uninteresting attcollations cheaply.
8820 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8825 "a.attstattarget,\n"
8833 "pg_catalog.format_type(t.oid, a.atttypmod) AS atttypname,\n"
8834 "array_to_string(a.attoptions, ', ') AS attoptions,\n"
8835 "CASE WHEN a.attcollation <> t.typcollation "
8836 "THEN a.attcollation ELSE 0 END AS attcollation,\n"
8837 "pg_catalog.array_to_string(ARRAY("
8838 "SELECT pg_catalog.quote_ident(option_name) || "
8839 "' ' || pg_catalog.quote_literal(option_value) "
8840 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_options_to_table(attfdwoptions) "
8841 "ORDER BY option_name"
8842 "), E',\n ') AS attfdwoptions,\n");
8845 * Find out any NOT NULL markings for each column. In 18 and up we read
8846 * pg_constraint to obtain the constraint name. notnull_noinherit is set
8847 * according to the NO INHERIT property. For versions prior to 18, we
8848 * store an empty string as the name when a constraint is marked as
8849 * attnotnull (this cues dumpTableSchema to print the NOT NULL clause
8850 * without a name); also, such cases are never NO INHERIT.
8852 * We track in notnull_islocal whether the constraint was defined directly
8853 * in this table or via an ancestor, for binary upgrade. flagInhAttrs
8854 * might modify this later for servers older than 18; it's also in charge
8855 * of determining the correct inhcount.
8857 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 180000)
8858 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8859 "co.conname AS notnull_name,\n"
8860 "co.connoinherit AS notnull_noinherit,\n"
8861 "co.conislocal AS notnull_islocal,\n");
8863 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8864 "CASE WHEN a.attnotnull THEN '' ELSE NULL END AS notnull_name,\n"
8865 "false AS notnull_noinherit,\n"
8866 "a.attislocal AS notnull_islocal,\n");
8868 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 140000)
8869 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8870 "a.attcompression AS attcompression,\n");
8872 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8873 "'' AS attcompression,\n");
8875 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 100000)
8876 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8877 "a.attidentity,\n");
8879 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8880 "'' AS attidentity,\n");
8882 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 110000)
8883 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8884 "CASE WHEN a.atthasmissing AND NOT a.attisdropped "
8885 "THEN a.attmissingval ELSE null END AS attmissingval,\n");
8887 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8888 "NULL AS attmissingval,\n");
8890 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 120000)
8891 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8892 "a.attgenerated\n");
8894 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8895 "'' AS attgenerated\n");
8897 /* need left join to pg_type to not fail on dropped columns ... */
8898 appendPQExpBuffer(q
,
8899 "FROM unnest('%s'::pg_catalog.oid[]) AS src(tbloid)\n"
8900 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_attribute a ON (src.tbloid = a.attrelid) "
8901 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_type t "
8902 "ON (a.atttypid = t.oid)\n",
8906 * In versions 18 and up, we need pg_constraint for explicit NOT NULL
8907 * entries. Also, we need to know if the NOT NULL for each column is
8908 * backing a primary key.
8910 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 180000)
8911 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8912 " LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_constraint co ON "
8913 "(a.attrelid = co.conrelid\n"
8914 " AND co.contype = 'n' AND "
8915 "co.conkey = array[a.attnum])\n");
8917 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
8918 "WHERE a.attnum > 0::pg_catalog.int2\n"
8919 "ORDER BY a.attrelid, a.attnum");
8921 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, q
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
8923 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
8925 i_attrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "attrelid");
8926 i_attnum
= PQfnumber(res
, "attnum");
8927 i_attname
= PQfnumber(res
, "attname");
8928 i_atttypname
= PQfnumber(res
, "atttypname");
8929 i_attstattarget
= PQfnumber(res
, "attstattarget");
8930 i_attstorage
= PQfnumber(res
, "attstorage");
8931 i_typstorage
= PQfnumber(res
, "typstorage");
8932 i_attidentity
= PQfnumber(res
, "attidentity");
8933 i_attgenerated
= PQfnumber(res
, "attgenerated");
8934 i_attisdropped
= PQfnumber(res
, "attisdropped");
8935 i_attlen
= PQfnumber(res
, "attlen");
8936 i_attalign
= PQfnumber(res
, "attalign");
8937 i_attislocal
= PQfnumber(res
, "attislocal");
8938 i_notnull_name
= PQfnumber(res
, "notnull_name");
8939 i_notnull_noinherit
= PQfnumber(res
, "notnull_noinherit");
8940 i_notnull_islocal
= PQfnumber(res
, "notnull_islocal");
8941 i_attoptions
= PQfnumber(res
, "attoptions");
8942 i_attcollation
= PQfnumber(res
, "attcollation");
8943 i_attcompression
= PQfnumber(res
, "attcompression");
8944 i_attfdwoptions
= PQfnumber(res
, "attfdwoptions");
8945 i_attmissingval
= PQfnumber(res
, "attmissingval");
8946 i_atthasdef
= PQfnumber(res
, "atthasdef");
8948 /* Within the next loop, we'll accumulate OIDs of tables with defaults */
8949 resetPQExpBuffer(tbloids
);
8950 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, '{');
8953 * Outer loop iterates once per table, not once per row. Incrementing of
8954 * r is handled by the inner loop.
8957 for (int r
= 0; r
< ntups
;)
8959 Oid attrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attrelid
));
8960 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= NULL
;
8964 /* Count rows for this table */
8965 for (numatts
= 1; numatts
< ntups
- r
; numatts
++)
8966 if (atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, r
+ numatts
, i_attrelid
)) != attrelid
)
8970 * Locate the associated TableInfo; we rely on tblinfo[] being in OID
8973 while (++curtblindx
< numTables
)
8975 tbinfo
= &tblinfo
[curtblindx
];
8976 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
== attrelid
)
8979 if (curtblindx
>= numTables
)
8980 pg_fatal("unrecognized table OID %u", attrelid
);
8981 /* cross-check that we only got requested tables */
8982 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_SEQUENCE
||
8983 !tbinfo
->interesting
)
8984 pg_fatal("unexpected column data for table \"%s\"",
8987 /* Save data for this table */
8988 tbinfo
->numatts
= numatts
;
8989 tbinfo
->attnames
= (char **) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(char *));
8990 tbinfo
->atttypnames
= (char **) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(char *));
8991 tbinfo
->attstattarget
= (int *) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(int));
8992 tbinfo
->attstorage
= (char *) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(char));
8993 tbinfo
->typstorage
= (char *) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(char));
8994 tbinfo
->attidentity
= (char *) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(char));
8995 tbinfo
->attgenerated
= (char *) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(char));
8996 tbinfo
->attisdropped
= (bool *) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(bool));
8997 tbinfo
->attlen
= (int *) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(int));
8998 tbinfo
->attalign
= (char *) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(char));
8999 tbinfo
->attislocal
= (bool *) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(bool));
9000 tbinfo
->attoptions
= (char **) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(char *));
9001 tbinfo
->attcollation
= (Oid
*) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(Oid
));
9002 tbinfo
->attcompression
= (char *) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(char));
9003 tbinfo
->attfdwoptions
= (char **) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(char *));
9004 tbinfo
->attmissingval
= (char **) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(char *));
9005 tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
= (char **) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(char *));
9006 tbinfo
->notnull_noinh
= (bool *) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(bool));
9007 tbinfo
->notnull_islocal
= (bool *) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(bool));
9008 tbinfo
->attrdefs
= (AttrDefInfo
**) pg_malloc(numatts
* sizeof(AttrDefInfo
*));
9009 hasdefaults
= false;
9011 for (int j
= 0; j
< numatts
; j
++, r
++)
9013 if (j
+ 1 != atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attnum
)))
9014 pg_fatal("invalid column numbering in table \"%s\"",
9016 tbinfo
->attnames
[j
] = pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attname
));
9017 tbinfo
->atttypnames
[j
] = pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_atttypname
));
9018 if (PQgetisnull(res
, r
, i_attstattarget
))
9019 tbinfo
->attstattarget
[j
] = -1;
9021 tbinfo
->attstattarget
[j
] = atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attstattarget
));
9022 tbinfo
->attstorage
[j
] = *(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attstorage
));
9023 tbinfo
->typstorage
[j
] = *(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_typstorage
));
9024 tbinfo
->attidentity
[j
] = *(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attidentity
));
9025 tbinfo
->attgenerated
[j
] = *(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attgenerated
));
9026 tbinfo
->needs_override
= tbinfo
->needs_override
|| (tbinfo
->attidentity
[j
] == ATTRIBUTE_IDENTITY_ALWAYS
);
9027 tbinfo
->attisdropped
[j
] = (PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attisdropped
)[0] == 't');
9028 tbinfo
->attlen
[j
] = atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attlen
));
9029 tbinfo
->attalign
[j
] = *(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attalign
));
9030 tbinfo
->attislocal
[j
] = (PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attislocal
)[0] == 't');
9032 /* Handle not-null constraint name and flags */
9033 determineNotNullFlags(fout
, res
, r
,
9035 i_notnull_name
, i_notnull_noinherit
,
9038 tbinfo
->attoptions
[j
] = pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attoptions
));
9039 tbinfo
->attcollation
[j
] = atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attcollation
));
9040 tbinfo
->attcompression
[j
] = *(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attcompression
));
9041 tbinfo
->attfdwoptions
[j
] = pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attfdwoptions
));
9042 tbinfo
->attmissingval
[j
] = pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_attmissingval
));
9043 tbinfo
->attrdefs
[j
] = NULL
; /* fix below */
9044 if (PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_atthasdef
)[0] == 't')
9050 /* Collect OIDs of interesting tables that have defaults */
9051 if (tbloids
->len
> 1) /* do we have more than the '{'? */
9052 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, ',');
9053 appendPQExpBuffer(tbloids
, "%u", tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
9060 * Now get info about column defaults. This is skipped for a data-only
9061 * dump, as it is only needed for table schemas.
9063 if (dopt
->dumpSchema
&& tbloids
->len
> 1)
9065 AttrDefInfo
*attrdefs
;
9067 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= NULL
;
9069 pg_log_info("finding table default expressions");
9071 appendPQExpBufferChar(tbloids
, '}');
9073 printfPQExpBuffer(q
, "SELECT a.tableoid, a.oid, adrelid, adnum, "
9074 "pg_catalog.pg_get_expr(adbin, adrelid) AS adsrc\n"
9075 "FROM unnest('%s'::pg_catalog.oid[]) AS src(tbloid)\n"
9076 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_attrdef a ON (src.tbloid = a.adrelid)\n"
9077 "ORDER BY a.adrelid, a.adnum",
9080 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, q
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
9082 numDefaults
= PQntuples(res
);
9083 attrdefs
= (AttrDefInfo
*) pg_malloc(numDefaults
* sizeof(AttrDefInfo
));
9086 for (int j
= 0; j
< numDefaults
; j
++)
9088 Oid adtableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, 0));
9089 Oid adoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, 1));
9090 Oid adrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, 2));
9091 int adnum
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, 3));
9092 char *adsrc
= PQgetvalue(res
, j
, 4);
9095 * Locate the associated TableInfo; we rely on tblinfo[] being in
9098 if (tbinfo
== NULL
|| tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
!= adrelid
)
9100 while (++curtblindx
< numTables
)
9102 tbinfo
= &tblinfo
[curtblindx
];
9103 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
== adrelid
)
9106 if (curtblindx
>= numTables
)
9107 pg_fatal("unrecognized table OID %u", adrelid
);
9110 if (adnum
<= 0 || adnum
> tbinfo
->numatts
)
9111 pg_fatal("invalid adnum value %d for table \"%s\"",
9112 adnum
, tbinfo
->dobj
.name
);
9115 * dropped columns shouldn't have defaults, but just in case,
9118 if (tbinfo
->attisdropped
[adnum
- 1])
9121 attrdefs
[j
].dobj
.objType
= DO_ATTRDEF
;
9122 attrdefs
[j
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= adtableoid
;
9123 attrdefs
[j
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= adoid
;
9124 AssignDumpId(&attrdefs
[j
].dobj
);
9125 attrdefs
[j
].adtable
= tbinfo
;
9126 attrdefs
[j
].adnum
= adnum
;
9127 attrdefs
[j
].adef_expr
= pg_strdup(adsrc
);
9129 attrdefs
[j
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(tbinfo
->dobj
.name
);
9130 attrdefs
[j
].dobj
.namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace;
9132 attrdefs
[j
].dobj
.dump
= tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
;
9135 * Figure out whether the default/generation expression should be
9136 * dumped as part of the main CREATE TABLE (or similar) command or
9137 * as a separate ALTER TABLE (or similar) command. The preference
9138 * is to put it into the CREATE command, but in some cases that's
9141 if (tbinfo
->attgenerated
[adnum
- 1])
9144 * Column generation expressions cannot be dumped separately,
9145 * because there is no syntax for it. By setting separate to
9146 * false here we prevent the "default" from being processed as
9147 * its own dumpable object. Later, flagInhAttrs() will mark
9148 * it as not to be dumped at all, if possible (that is, if it
9149 * can be inherited from a parent).
9151 attrdefs
[j
].separate
= false;
9153 else if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_VIEW
)
9156 * Defaults on a VIEW must always be dumped as separate ALTER
9159 attrdefs
[j
].separate
= true;
9161 else if (!shouldPrintColumn(dopt
, tbinfo
, adnum
- 1))
9163 /* column will be suppressed, print default separately */
9164 attrdefs
[j
].separate
= true;
9168 attrdefs
[j
].separate
= false;
9171 if (!attrdefs
[j
].separate
)
9174 * Mark the default as needing to appear before the table, so
9175 * that any dependencies it has must be emitted before the
9176 * CREATE TABLE. If this is not possible, we'll change to
9177 * "separate" mode while sorting dependencies.
9179 addObjectDependency(&tbinfo
->dobj
,
9180 attrdefs
[j
].dobj
.dumpId
);
9183 tbinfo
->attrdefs
[adnum
- 1] = &attrdefs
[j
];
9190 * Get info about table CHECK constraints. This is skipped for a
9191 * data-only dump, as it is only needed for table schemas.
9193 if (dopt
->dumpSchema
&& checkoids
->len
> 2)
9195 ConstraintInfo
*constrs
;
9205 pg_log_info("finding table check constraints");
9207 resetPQExpBuffer(q
);
9208 appendPQExpBuffer(q
,
9209 "SELECT c.tableoid, c.oid, conrelid, conname, "
9210 "pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(c.oid) AS consrc, "
9211 "conislocal, convalidated "
9212 "FROM unnest('%s'::pg_catalog.oid[]) AS src(tbloid)\n"
9213 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_constraint c ON (src.tbloid = c.conrelid)\n"
9214 "WHERE contype = 'c' "
9215 "ORDER BY c.conrelid, c.conname",
9218 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, q
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
9220 numConstrs
= PQntuples(res
);
9221 constrs
= (ConstraintInfo
*) pg_malloc(numConstrs
* sizeof(ConstraintInfo
));
9223 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
9224 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
9225 i_conrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "conrelid");
9226 i_conname
= PQfnumber(res
, "conname");
9227 i_consrc
= PQfnumber(res
, "consrc");
9228 i_conislocal
= PQfnumber(res
, "conislocal");
9229 i_convalidated
= PQfnumber(res
, "convalidated");
9231 /* As above, this loop iterates once per table, not once per row */
9233 for (int j
= 0; j
< numConstrs
;)
9235 Oid conrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_conrelid
));
9236 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= NULL
;
9239 /* Count rows for this table */
9240 for (numcons
= 1; numcons
< numConstrs
- j
; numcons
++)
9241 if (atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
+ numcons
, i_conrelid
)) != conrelid
)
9245 * Locate the associated TableInfo; we rely on tblinfo[] being in
9248 while (++curtblindx
< numTables
)
9250 tbinfo
= &tblinfo
[curtblindx
];
9251 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
== conrelid
)
9254 if (curtblindx
>= numTables
)
9255 pg_fatal("unrecognized table OID %u", conrelid
);
9257 if (numcons
!= tbinfo
->ncheck
)
9259 pg_log_error(ngettext("expected %d check constraint on table \"%s\" but found %d",
9260 "expected %d check constraints on table \"%s\" but found %d",
9262 tbinfo
->ncheck
, tbinfo
->dobj
.name
, numcons
);
9263 pg_log_error_hint("The system catalogs might be corrupted.");
9267 tbinfo
->checkexprs
= constrs
+ j
;
9269 for (int c
= 0; c
< numcons
; c
++, j
++)
9271 bool validated
= PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_convalidated
)[0] == 't';
9273 constrs
[j
].dobj
.objType
= DO_CONSTRAINT
;
9274 constrs
[j
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_tableoid
));
9275 constrs
[j
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_oid
));
9276 AssignDumpId(&constrs
[j
].dobj
);
9277 constrs
[j
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_conname
));
9278 constrs
[j
].dobj
.namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace;
9279 constrs
[j
].contable
= tbinfo
;
9280 constrs
[j
].condomain
= NULL
;
9281 constrs
[j
].contype
= 'c';
9282 constrs
[j
].condef
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_consrc
));
9283 constrs
[j
].confrelid
= InvalidOid
;
9284 constrs
[j
].conindex
= 0;
9285 constrs
[j
].condeferrable
= false;
9286 constrs
[j
].condeferred
= false;
9287 constrs
[j
].conislocal
= (PQgetvalue(res
, j
, i_conislocal
)[0] == 't');
9290 * An unvalidated constraint needs to be dumped separately, so
9291 * that potentially-violating existing data is loaded before
9294 constrs
[j
].separate
= !validated
;
9296 constrs
[j
].dobj
.dump
= tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
;
9299 * Mark the constraint as needing to appear before the table
9300 * --- this is so that any other dependencies of the
9301 * constraint will be emitted before we try to create the
9302 * table. If the constraint is to be dumped separately, it
9303 * will be dumped after data is loaded anyway, so don't do it.
9304 * (There's an automatic dependency in the opposite direction
9305 * anyway, so don't need to add one manually here.)
9307 if (!constrs
[j
].separate
)
9308 addObjectDependency(&tbinfo
->dobj
,
9309 constrs
[j
].dobj
.dumpId
);
9312 * We will detect later whether the constraint must be split
9313 * out from the table definition.
9321 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
9322 destroyPQExpBuffer(tbloids
);
9323 destroyPQExpBuffer(checkoids
);
9327 * Based on the getTableAttrs query's row corresponding to one column, set
9328 * the name and flags to handle a not-null constraint for that column in
9329 * the tbinfo struct.
9331 * Result row 'r' is for tbinfo's attribute 'j'.
9333 * There are three possibilities:
9334 * 1) the column has no not-null constraints. In that case, ->notnull_constrs
9335 * (the constraint name) remains NULL.
9336 * 2) The column has a constraint with no name (this is the case when
9337 * constraints come from pre-18 servers). In this case, ->notnull_constrs
9338 * is set to the empty string; dumpTableSchema will print just "NOT NULL".
9339 * 3) The column has a constraint with a known name; in that case
9340 * notnull_constrs carries that name and dumpTableSchema will print
9341 * "CONSTRAINT the_name NOT NULL". However, if the name is the default
9342 * (table_column_not_null), there's no need to print that name in the dump,
9343 * so notnull_constrs is set to the empty string and it behaves as the case
9346 * In a child table that inherits from a parent already containing NOT NULL
9347 * constraints and the columns in the child don't have their own NOT NULL
9348 * declarations, we suppress printing constraints in the child: the
9349 * constraints are acquired at the point where the child is attached to the
9350 * parent. This is tracked in ->notnull_islocal (which is set in flagInhAttrs
9351 * for servers pre-18).
9353 * Any of these constraints might have the NO INHERIT bit. If so we set
9354 * ->notnull_noinh and NO INHERIT will be printed by dumpTableSchema.
9356 * In case 3 above, the name comparison is a bit of a hack; it actually fails
9357 * to do the right thing in all but the trivial case. However, the downside
9358 * of getting it wrong is simply that the name is printed rather than
9359 * suppressed, so it's not a big deal.
9362 determineNotNullFlags(Archive
*fout
, PGresult
*res
, int r
,
9363 TableInfo
*tbinfo
, int j
,
9364 int i_notnull_name
, int i_notnull_noinherit
,
9365 int i_notnull_islocal
)
9367 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
9370 * notnull_noinh is straight from the query result. notnull_islocal also,
9371 * though flagInhAttrs may change that one later in versions < 18.
9373 tbinfo
->notnull_noinh
[j
] = PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_notnull_noinherit
)[0] == 't';
9374 tbinfo
->notnull_islocal
[j
] = PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_notnull_islocal
)[0] == 't';
9377 * Determine a constraint name to use. If the column is not marked not-
9378 * null, we set NULL which cues ... to do nothing. An empty string says
9379 * to print an unnamed NOT NULL, and anything else is a constraint name to
9382 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 180000)
9385 * < 18 doesn't have not-null names, so an unnamed constraint is
9388 if (PQgetisnull(res
, r
, i_notnull_name
))
9389 tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
] = NULL
;
9391 tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
] = "";
9395 if (PQgetisnull(res
, r
, i_notnull_name
))
9396 tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
] = NULL
;
9400 * In binary upgrade of inheritance child tables, must have a
9401 * constraint name that we can UPDATE later.
9403 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
&&
9404 !tbinfo
->ispartition
&&
9405 !tbinfo
->notnull_islocal
)
9407 tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
] =
9408 pstrdup(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_notnull_name
));
9414 /* XXX should match ChooseConstraintName better */
9415 default_name
= psprintf("%s_%s_not_null", tbinfo
->dobj
.name
,
9416 tbinfo
->attnames
[j
]);
9417 if (strcmp(default_name
,
9418 PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_notnull_name
)) == 0)
9419 tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
] = "";
9422 tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
] =
9423 pstrdup(PQgetvalue(res
, r
, i_notnull_name
));
9431 * Test whether a column should be printed as part of table's CREATE TABLE.
9432 * Column number is zero-based.
9434 * Normally this is always true, but it's false for dropped columns, as well
9435 * as those that were inherited without any local definition. (If we print
9436 * such a column it will mistakenly get pg_attribute.attislocal set to true.)
9437 * For partitions, it's always true, because we want the partitions to be
9438 * created independently and ATTACH PARTITION used afterwards.
9440 * In binary_upgrade mode, we must print all columns and fix the attislocal/
9441 * attisdropped state later, so as to keep control of the physical column
9444 * This function exists because there are scattered nonobvious places that
9445 * must be kept in sync with this decision.
9448 shouldPrintColumn(const DumpOptions
*dopt
, const TableInfo
*tbinfo
, int colno
)
9450 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
9452 if (tbinfo
->attisdropped
[colno
])
9454 return (tbinfo
->attislocal
[colno
] || tbinfo
->ispartition
);
9460 * get information about all text search parsers in the system catalogs
9463 getTSParsers(Archive
*fout
)
9469 TSParserInfo
*prsinfo
;
9480 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
9483 * find all text search objects, including builtin ones; we filter out
9484 * system-defined objects at dump-out time.
9487 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, prsname, prsnamespace, "
9488 "prsstart::oid, prstoken::oid, "
9489 "prsend::oid, prsheadline::oid, prslextype::oid "
9490 "FROM pg_ts_parser");
9492 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
9494 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
9496 prsinfo
= (TSParserInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(TSParserInfo
));
9498 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
9499 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
9500 i_prsname
= PQfnumber(res
, "prsname");
9501 i_prsnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "prsnamespace");
9502 i_prsstart
= PQfnumber(res
, "prsstart");
9503 i_prstoken
= PQfnumber(res
, "prstoken");
9504 i_prsend
= PQfnumber(res
, "prsend");
9505 i_prsheadline
= PQfnumber(res
, "prsheadline");
9506 i_prslextype
= PQfnumber(res
, "prslextype");
9508 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
9510 prsinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_TSPARSER
;
9511 prsinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
9512 prsinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
9513 AssignDumpId(&prsinfo
[i
].dobj
);
9514 prsinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prsname
));
9515 prsinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
9516 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prsnamespace
)));
9517 prsinfo
[i
].prsstart
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prsstart
));
9518 prsinfo
[i
].prstoken
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prstoken
));
9519 prsinfo
[i
].prsend
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prsend
));
9520 prsinfo
[i
].prsheadline
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prsheadline
));
9521 prsinfo
[i
].prslextype
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_prslextype
));
9523 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
9524 selectDumpableObject(&(prsinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
9529 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
9533 * getTSDictionaries:
9534 * get information about all text search dictionaries in the system catalogs
9537 getTSDictionaries(Archive
*fout
)
9543 TSDictInfo
*dictinfo
;
9547 int i_dictnamespace
;
9550 int i_dictinitoption
;
9552 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
9554 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, dictname, "
9555 "dictnamespace, dictowner, "
9556 "dicttemplate, dictinitoption "
9559 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
9561 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
9563 dictinfo
= (TSDictInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(TSDictInfo
));
9565 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
9566 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
9567 i_dictname
= PQfnumber(res
, "dictname");
9568 i_dictnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "dictnamespace");
9569 i_dictowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "dictowner");
9570 i_dictinitoption
= PQfnumber(res
, "dictinitoption");
9571 i_dicttemplate
= PQfnumber(res
, "dicttemplate");
9573 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
9575 dictinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_TSDICT
;
9576 dictinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
9577 dictinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
9578 AssignDumpId(&dictinfo
[i
].dobj
);
9579 dictinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_dictname
));
9580 dictinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
9581 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_dictnamespace
)));
9582 dictinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_dictowner
));
9583 dictinfo
[i
].dicttemplate
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_dicttemplate
));
9584 if (PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_dictinitoption
))
9585 dictinfo
[i
].dictinitoption
= NULL
;
9587 dictinfo
[i
].dictinitoption
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_dictinitoption
));
9589 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
9590 selectDumpableObject(&(dictinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
9595 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
9600 * get information about all text search templates in the system catalogs
9603 getTSTemplates(Archive
*fout
)
9609 TSTemplateInfo
*tmplinfo
;
9613 int i_tmplnamespace
;
9617 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
9619 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, tmplname, "
9620 "tmplnamespace, tmplinit::oid, tmpllexize::oid "
9621 "FROM pg_ts_template");
9623 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
9625 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
9627 tmplinfo
= (TSTemplateInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(TSTemplateInfo
));
9629 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
9630 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
9631 i_tmplname
= PQfnumber(res
, "tmplname");
9632 i_tmplnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "tmplnamespace");
9633 i_tmplinit
= PQfnumber(res
, "tmplinit");
9634 i_tmpllexize
= PQfnumber(res
, "tmpllexize");
9636 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
9638 tmplinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_TSTEMPLATE
;
9639 tmplinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
9640 tmplinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
9641 AssignDumpId(&tmplinfo
[i
].dobj
);
9642 tmplinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tmplname
));
9643 tmplinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
9644 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tmplnamespace
)));
9645 tmplinfo
[i
].tmplinit
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tmplinit
));
9646 tmplinfo
[i
].tmpllexize
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tmpllexize
));
9648 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
9649 selectDumpableObject(&(tmplinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
9654 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
9658 * getTSConfigurations:
9659 * get information about all text search configurations
9662 getTSConfigurations(Archive
*fout
)
9668 TSConfigInfo
*cfginfo
;
9676 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
9678 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, cfgname, "
9679 "cfgnamespace, cfgowner, cfgparser "
9680 "FROM pg_ts_config");
9682 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
9684 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
9686 cfginfo
= (TSConfigInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(TSConfigInfo
));
9688 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
9689 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
9690 i_cfgname
= PQfnumber(res
, "cfgname");
9691 i_cfgnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "cfgnamespace");
9692 i_cfgowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "cfgowner");
9693 i_cfgparser
= PQfnumber(res
, "cfgparser");
9695 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
9697 cfginfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_TSCONFIG
;
9698 cfginfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
9699 cfginfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
9700 AssignDumpId(&cfginfo
[i
].dobj
);
9701 cfginfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_cfgname
));
9702 cfginfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace =
9703 findNamespace(atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_cfgnamespace
)));
9704 cfginfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_cfgowner
));
9705 cfginfo
[i
].cfgparser
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_cfgparser
));
9707 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
9708 selectDumpableObject(&(cfginfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
9713 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
9717 * getForeignDataWrappers:
9718 * get information about all foreign-data wrappers in the system catalogs
9721 getForeignDataWrappers(Archive
*fout
)
9738 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
9740 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, fdwname, "
9742 "fdwhandler::pg_catalog.regproc, "
9743 "fdwvalidator::pg_catalog.regproc, "
9745 "acldefault('F', fdwowner) AS acldefault, "
9746 "array_to_string(ARRAY("
9747 "SELECT quote_ident(option_name) || ' ' || "
9748 "quote_literal(option_value) "
9749 "FROM pg_options_to_table(fdwoptions) "
9750 "ORDER BY option_name"
9751 "), E',\n ') AS fdwoptions "
9752 "FROM pg_foreign_data_wrapper");
9754 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
9756 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
9758 fdwinfo
= (FdwInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(FdwInfo
));
9760 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
9761 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
9762 i_fdwname
= PQfnumber(res
, "fdwname");
9763 i_fdwowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "fdwowner");
9764 i_fdwhandler
= PQfnumber(res
, "fdwhandler");
9765 i_fdwvalidator
= PQfnumber(res
, "fdwvalidator");
9766 i_fdwacl
= PQfnumber(res
, "fdwacl");
9767 i_acldefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "acldefault");
9768 i_fdwoptions
= PQfnumber(res
, "fdwoptions");
9770 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
9772 fdwinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_FDW
;
9773 fdwinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
9774 fdwinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
9775 AssignDumpId(&fdwinfo
[i
].dobj
);
9776 fdwinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_fdwname
));
9777 fdwinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace = NULL
;
9778 fdwinfo
[i
].dacl
.acl
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_fdwacl
));
9779 fdwinfo
[i
].dacl
.acldefault
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_acldefault
));
9780 fdwinfo
[i
].dacl
.privtype
= 0;
9781 fdwinfo
[i
].dacl
.initprivs
= NULL
;
9782 fdwinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_fdwowner
));
9783 fdwinfo
[i
].fdwhandler
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_fdwhandler
));
9784 fdwinfo
[i
].fdwvalidator
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_fdwvalidator
));
9785 fdwinfo
[i
].fdwoptions
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_fdwoptions
));
9787 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
9788 selectDumpableObject(&(fdwinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
9790 /* Mark whether FDW has an ACL */
9791 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_fdwacl
))
9792 fdwinfo
[i
].dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
9797 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
9801 * getForeignServers:
9802 * get information about all foreign servers in the system catalogs
9805 getForeignServers(Archive
*fout
)
9811 ForeignServerInfo
*srvinfo
;
9823 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
9825 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT tableoid, oid, srvname, "
9827 "srvfdw, srvtype, srvversion, srvacl, "
9828 "acldefault('S', srvowner) AS acldefault, "
9829 "array_to_string(ARRAY("
9830 "SELECT quote_ident(option_name) || ' ' || "
9831 "quote_literal(option_value) "
9832 "FROM pg_options_to_table(srvoptions) "
9833 "ORDER BY option_name"
9834 "), E',\n ') AS srvoptions "
9835 "FROM pg_foreign_server");
9837 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
9839 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
9841 srvinfo
= (ForeignServerInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(ForeignServerInfo
));
9843 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
9844 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
9845 i_srvname
= PQfnumber(res
, "srvname");
9846 i_srvowner
= PQfnumber(res
, "srvowner");
9847 i_srvfdw
= PQfnumber(res
, "srvfdw");
9848 i_srvtype
= PQfnumber(res
, "srvtype");
9849 i_srvversion
= PQfnumber(res
, "srvversion");
9850 i_srvacl
= PQfnumber(res
, "srvacl");
9851 i_acldefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "acldefault");
9852 i_srvoptions
= PQfnumber(res
, "srvoptions");
9854 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
9856 srvinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_FOREIGN_SERVER
;
9857 srvinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
9858 srvinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
9859 AssignDumpId(&srvinfo
[i
].dobj
);
9860 srvinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_srvname
));
9861 srvinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace = NULL
;
9862 srvinfo
[i
].dacl
.acl
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_srvacl
));
9863 srvinfo
[i
].dacl
.acldefault
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_acldefault
));
9864 srvinfo
[i
].dacl
.privtype
= 0;
9865 srvinfo
[i
].dacl
.initprivs
= NULL
;
9866 srvinfo
[i
].rolname
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_srvowner
));
9867 srvinfo
[i
].srvfdw
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_srvfdw
));
9868 srvinfo
[i
].srvtype
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_srvtype
));
9869 srvinfo
[i
].srvversion
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_srvversion
));
9870 srvinfo
[i
].srvoptions
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_srvoptions
));
9872 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
9873 selectDumpableObject(&(srvinfo
[i
].dobj
), fout
);
9875 /* Servers have user mappings */
9876 srvinfo
[i
].dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_USERMAP
;
9878 /* Mark whether server has an ACL */
9879 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, i
, i_srvacl
))
9880 srvinfo
[i
].dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
9885 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
9890 * get information about all default ACL information in the system catalogs
9893 getDefaultACLs(Archive
*fout
)
9895 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
9896 DefaultACLInfo
*daclinfo
;
9902 int i_defaclnamespace
;
9903 int i_defaclobjtype
;
9909 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
9912 * Global entries (with defaclnamespace=0) replace the hard-wired default
9913 * ACL for their object type. We should dump them as deltas from the
9914 * default ACL, since that will be used as a starting point for
9915 * interpreting the ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES commands. On the other hand,
9916 * non-global entries can only add privileges not revoke them. We must
9917 * dump those as-is (i.e., as deltas from an empty ACL).
9919 * We can use defaclobjtype as the object type for acldefault(), except
9920 * for the case of 'S' (DEFACLOBJ_SEQUENCE) which must be converted to
9923 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
9924 "SELECT oid, tableoid, "
9929 "CASE WHEN defaclnamespace = 0 THEN "
9930 "acldefault(CASE WHEN defaclobjtype = 'S' "
9931 "THEN 's'::\"char\" ELSE defaclobjtype END, "
9932 "defaclrole) ELSE '{}' END AS acldefault "
9933 "FROM pg_default_acl");
9935 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
9937 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
9939 daclinfo
= (DefaultACLInfo
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(DefaultACLInfo
));
9941 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
9942 i_tableoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "tableoid");
9943 i_defaclrole
= PQfnumber(res
, "defaclrole");
9944 i_defaclnamespace
= PQfnumber(res
, "defaclnamespace");
9945 i_defaclobjtype
= PQfnumber(res
, "defaclobjtype");
9946 i_defaclacl
= PQfnumber(res
, "defaclacl");
9947 i_acldefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "acldefault");
9949 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
9951 Oid nspid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_defaclnamespace
));
9953 daclinfo
[i
].dobj
.objType
= DO_DEFAULT_ACL
;
9954 daclinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tableoid
));
9955 daclinfo
[i
].dobj
.catId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
9956 AssignDumpId(&daclinfo
[i
].dobj
);
9957 /* cheesy ... is it worth coming up with a better object name? */
9958 daclinfo
[i
].dobj
.name
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_defaclobjtype
));
9960 if (nspid
!= InvalidOid
)
9961 daclinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace = findNamespace(nspid
);
9963 daclinfo
[i
].dobj
.namespace = NULL
;
9965 daclinfo
[i
].dacl
.acl
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_defaclacl
));
9966 daclinfo
[i
].dacl
.acldefault
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_acldefault
));
9967 daclinfo
[i
].dacl
.privtype
= 0;
9968 daclinfo
[i
].dacl
.initprivs
= NULL
;
9969 daclinfo
[i
].defaclrole
= getRoleName(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_defaclrole
));
9970 daclinfo
[i
].defaclobjtype
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_defaclobjtype
));
9972 /* Default ACLs are ACLs, of course */
9973 daclinfo
[i
].dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
9975 /* Decide whether we want to dump it */
9976 selectDumpableDefaultACL(&(daclinfo
[i
]), dopt
);
9981 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
9985 * getRoleName -- look up the name of a role, given its OID
9987 * In current usage, we don't expect failures, so error out for a bad OID.
9990 getRoleName(const char *roleoid_str
)
9992 Oid roleoid
= atooid(roleoid_str
);
9995 * Do binary search to find the appropriate item.
9999 RoleNameItem
*low
= &rolenames
[0];
10000 RoleNameItem
*high
= &rolenames
[nrolenames
- 1];
10002 while (low
<= high
)
10004 RoleNameItem
*middle
= low
+ (high
- low
) / 2;
10006 if (roleoid
< middle
->roleoid
)
10008 else if (roleoid
> middle
->roleoid
)
10011 return middle
->rolename
; /* found a match */
10015 pg_fatal("role with OID %u does not exist", roleoid
);
10016 return NULL
; /* keep compiler quiet */
10020 * collectRoleNames --
10022 * Construct a table of all known roles.
10023 * The table is sorted by OID for speed in lookup.
10026 collectRoleNames(Archive
*fout
)
10032 query
= "SELECT oid, rolname FROM pg_catalog.pg_roles ORDER BY 1";
10034 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
10036 nrolenames
= PQntuples(res
);
10038 rolenames
= (RoleNameItem
*) pg_malloc(nrolenames
* sizeof(RoleNameItem
));
10040 for (i
= 0; i
< nrolenames
; i
++)
10042 rolenames
[i
].roleoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0));
10043 rolenames
[i
].rolename
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 1));
10050 * getAdditionalACLs
10052 * We have now created all the DumpableObjects, and collected the ACL data
10053 * that appears in the directly-associated catalog entries. However, there's
10054 * more ACL-related info to collect. If any of a table's columns have ACLs,
10055 * we must set the TableInfo's DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL components flag, as well as
10056 * its hascolumnACLs flag (we won't store the ACLs themselves here, though).
10057 * Also, in versions having the pg_init_privs catalog, read that and load the
10058 * information into the relevant DumpableObjects.
10061 getAdditionalACLs(Archive
*fout
)
10063 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
10068 /* Check for per-column ACLs */
10069 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
10070 "SELECT DISTINCT attrelid FROM pg_attribute "
10071 "WHERE attacl IS NOT NULL");
10073 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
10075 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
10076 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
10078 Oid relid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0));
10079 TableInfo
*tblinfo
;
10081 tblinfo
= findTableByOid(relid
);
10082 /* OK to ignore tables we haven't got a DumpableObject for */
10085 tblinfo
->dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
10086 tblinfo
->hascolumnACLs
= true;
10091 /* Fetch initial-privileges data */
10092 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90600)
10094 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
10095 "SELECT objoid, classoid, objsubid, privtype, initprivs "
10096 "FROM pg_init_privs");
10098 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
10100 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
10101 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
10103 Oid objoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0));
10104 Oid classoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 1));
10105 int objsubid
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 2));
10106 char privtype
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 3));
10107 char *initprivs
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 4);
10109 DumpableObject
*dobj
;
10111 objId
.tableoid
= classoid
;
10112 objId
.oid
= objoid
;
10113 dobj
= findObjectByCatalogId(objId
);
10114 /* OK to ignore entries we haven't got a DumpableObject for */
10117 /* Cope with sub-object initprivs */
10120 if (dobj
->objType
== DO_TABLE
)
10122 /* For a column initprivs, set the table's ACL flags */
10123 dobj
->components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
;
10124 ((TableInfo
*) dobj
)->hascolumnACLs
= true;
10127 pg_log_warning("unsupported pg_init_privs entry: %u %u %d",
10128 classoid
, objoid
, objsubid
);
10133 * We ignore any pg_init_privs.initprivs entry for the public
10134 * schema, as explained in getNamespaces().
10136 if (dobj
->objType
== DO_NAMESPACE
&&
10137 strcmp(dobj
->name
, "public") == 0)
10140 /* Else it had better be of a type we think has ACLs */
10141 if (dobj
->objType
== DO_NAMESPACE
||
10142 dobj
->objType
== DO_TYPE
||
10143 dobj
->objType
== DO_FUNC
||
10144 dobj
->objType
== DO_AGG
||
10145 dobj
->objType
== DO_TABLE
||
10146 dobj
->objType
== DO_PROCLANG
||
10147 dobj
->objType
== DO_FDW
||
10148 dobj
->objType
== DO_FOREIGN_SERVER
)
10150 DumpableObjectWithAcl
*daobj
= (DumpableObjectWithAcl
*) dobj
;
10152 daobj
->dacl
.privtype
= privtype
;
10153 daobj
->dacl
.initprivs
= pstrdup(initprivs
);
10156 pg_log_warning("unsupported pg_init_privs entry: %u %u %d",
10157 classoid
, objoid
, objsubid
);
10163 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
10167 * dumpCommentExtended --
10169 * This routine is used to dump any comments associated with the
10170 * object handed to this routine. The routine takes the object type
10171 * and object name (ready to print, except for schema decoration), plus
10172 * the namespace and owner of the object (for labeling the ArchiveEntry),
10173 * plus catalog ID and subid which are the lookup key for pg_description,
10174 * plus the dump ID for the object (for setting a dependency).
10175 * If a matching pg_description entry is found, it is dumped.
10177 * Note: in some cases, such as comments for triggers and rules, the "type"
10178 * string really looks like, e.g., "TRIGGER name ON". This is a bit of a hack
10179 * but it doesn't seem worth complicating the API for all callers to make
10182 * Note: although this routine takes a dumpId for dependency purposes,
10183 * that purpose is just to mark the dependency in the emitted dump file
10184 * for possible future use by pg_restore. We do NOT use it for determining
10185 * ordering of the comment in the dump file, because this routine is called
10186 * after dependency sorting occurs. This routine should be called just after
10187 * calling ArchiveEntry() for the specified object.
10190 dumpCommentExtended(Archive
*fout
, const char *type
,
10191 const char *name
, const char *namespace,
10192 const char *owner
, CatalogId catalogId
,
10193 int subid
, DumpId dumpId
,
10194 const char *initdb_comment
)
10196 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
10197 CommentItem
*comments
;
10200 /* do nothing, if --no-comments is supplied */
10201 if (dopt
->no_comments
)
10204 /* Comments are schema not data ... except LO comments are data */
10205 if (strcmp(type
, "LARGE OBJECT") != 0)
10207 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
10212 /* We do dump LO comments in binary-upgrade mode */
10213 if (!dopt
->dumpData
&& !dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
10217 /* Search for comments associated with catalogId, using table */
10218 ncomments
= findComments(catalogId
.tableoid
, catalogId
.oid
,
10221 /* Is there one matching the subid? */
10222 while (ncomments
> 0)
10224 if (comments
->objsubid
== subid
)
10230 if (initdb_comment
!= NULL
)
10232 static CommentItem empty_comment
= {.descr
= ""};
10235 * initdb creates this object with a comment. Skip dumping the
10236 * initdb-provided comment, which would complicate matters for
10237 * non-superuser use of pg_dump. When the DBA has removed initdb's
10238 * comment, replicate that.
10240 if (ncomments
== 0)
10242 comments
= &empty_comment
;
10245 else if (strcmp(comments
->descr
, initdb_comment
) == 0)
10249 /* If a comment exists, build COMMENT ON statement */
10252 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
10253 PQExpBuffer tag
= createPQExpBuffer();
10255 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "COMMENT ON %s ", type
);
10256 if (namespace && *namespace)
10257 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "%s.", fmtId(namespace));
10258 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "%s IS ", name
);
10259 appendStringLiteralAH(query
, comments
->descr
, fout
);
10260 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ";\n");
10262 appendPQExpBuffer(tag
, "%s %s", type
, name
);
10265 * We mark comments as SECTION_NONE because they really belong in the
10266 * same section as their parent, whether that is pre-data or
10269 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
10270 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
->data
,
10271 .namespace = namespace,
10273 .description
= "COMMENT",
10274 .section
= SECTION_NONE
,
10275 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
10279 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
10280 destroyPQExpBuffer(tag
);
10287 * Typical simplification of the above function.
10290 dumpComment(Archive
*fout
, const char *type
,
10291 const char *name
, const char *namespace,
10292 const char *owner
, CatalogId catalogId
,
10293 int subid
, DumpId dumpId
)
10295 dumpCommentExtended(fout
, type
, name
, namespace, owner
,
10296 catalogId
, subid
, dumpId
, NULL
);
10300 * dumpTableComment --
10302 * As above, but dump comments for both the specified table (or view)
10306 dumpTableComment(Archive
*fout
, const TableInfo
*tbinfo
,
10307 const char *reltypename
)
10309 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
10310 CommentItem
*comments
;
10315 /* do nothing, if --no-comments is supplied */
10316 if (dopt
->no_comments
)
10319 /* Comments are SCHEMA not data */
10320 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
10323 /* Search for comments associated with relation, using table */
10324 ncomments
= findComments(tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.tableoid
,
10325 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
,
10328 /* If comments exist, build COMMENT ON statements */
10329 if (ncomments
<= 0)
10332 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
10333 tag
= createPQExpBuffer();
10335 while (ncomments
> 0)
10337 const char *descr
= comments
->descr
;
10338 int objsubid
= comments
->objsubid
;
10342 resetPQExpBuffer(tag
);
10343 appendPQExpBuffer(tag
, "%s %s", reltypename
,
10344 fmtId(tbinfo
->dobj
.name
));
10346 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
10347 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "COMMENT ON %s %s IS ", reltypename
,
10348 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
10349 appendStringLiteralAH(query
, descr
, fout
);
10350 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ";\n");
10352 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
10353 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
->data
,
10354 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
10355 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
10356 .description
= "COMMENT",
10357 .section
= SECTION_NONE
,
10358 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
10359 .deps
= &(tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
),
10362 else if (objsubid
> 0 && objsubid
<= tbinfo
->numatts
)
10364 resetPQExpBuffer(tag
);
10365 appendPQExpBuffer(tag
, "COLUMN %s.",
10366 fmtId(tbinfo
->dobj
.name
));
10367 appendPQExpBufferStr(tag
, fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[objsubid
- 1]));
10369 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
10370 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "COMMENT ON COLUMN %s.",
10371 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
10372 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "%s IS ",
10373 fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[objsubid
- 1]));
10374 appendStringLiteralAH(query
, descr
, fout
);
10375 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ";\n");
10377 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
10378 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
->data
,
10379 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
10380 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
10381 .description
= "COMMENT",
10382 .section
= SECTION_NONE
,
10383 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
10384 .deps
= &(tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
),
10392 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
10393 destroyPQExpBuffer(tag
);
10399 * Find the comment(s), if any, associated with the given object. All the
10400 * objsubid values associated with the given classoid/objoid are found with
10404 findComments(Oid classoid
, Oid objoid
, CommentItem
**items
)
10406 CommentItem
*middle
= NULL
;
10412 * Do binary search to find some item matching the object.
10414 low
= &comments
[0];
10415 high
= &comments
[ncomments
- 1];
10416 while (low
<= high
)
10418 middle
= low
+ (high
- low
) / 2;
10420 if (classoid
< middle
->classoid
)
10422 else if (classoid
> middle
->classoid
)
10424 else if (objoid
< middle
->objoid
)
10426 else if (objoid
> middle
->objoid
)
10429 break; /* found a match */
10432 if (low
> high
) /* no matches */
10439 * Now determine how many items match the object. The search loop
10440 * invariant still holds: only items between low and high inclusive could
10444 while (middle
> low
)
10446 if (classoid
!= middle
[-1].classoid
||
10447 objoid
!= middle
[-1].objoid
)
10456 while (middle
<= high
)
10458 if (classoid
!= middle
->classoid
||
10459 objoid
!= middle
->objoid
)
10469 * collectComments --
10471 * Construct a table of all comments available for database objects;
10472 * also set the has-comment component flag for each relevant object.
10474 * We used to do per-object queries for the comments, but it's much faster
10475 * to pull them all over at once, and on most databases the memory cost
10478 * The table is sorted by classoid/objid/objsubid for speed in lookup.
10481 collectComments(Archive
*fout
)
10491 DumpableObject
*dobj
;
10493 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
10495 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT description, classoid, objoid, objsubid "
10496 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_description "
10497 "ORDER BY classoid, objoid, objsubid");
10499 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
10501 /* Construct lookup table containing OIDs in numeric form */
10503 i_description
= PQfnumber(res
, "description");
10504 i_classoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "classoid");
10505 i_objoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "objoid");
10506 i_objsubid
= PQfnumber(res
, "objsubid");
10508 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
10510 comments
= (CommentItem
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(CommentItem
));
10514 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
10519 objId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_classoid
));
10520 objId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_objoid
));
10521 subid
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_objsubid
));
10523 /* We needn't remember comments that don't match any dumpable object */
10524 if (dobj
== NULL
||
10525 dobj
->catId
.tableoid
!= objId
.tableoid
||
10526 dobj
->catId
.oid
!= objId
.oid
)
10527 dobj
= findObjectByCatalogId(objId
);
10532 * Comments on columns of composite types are linked to the type's
10533 * pg_class entry, but we need to set the DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT flag
10534 * in the type's own DumpableObject.
10536 if (subid
!= 0 && dobj
->objType
== DO_TABLE
&&
10537 ((TableInfo
*) dobj
)->relkind
== RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE
)
10539 TypeInfo
*cTypeInfo
;
10541 cTypeInfo
= findTypeByOid(((TableInfo
*) dobj
)->reltype
);
10543 cTypeInfo
->dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
;
10546 dobj
->components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
;
10548 comments
[ncomments
].descr
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_description
));
10549 comments
[ncomments
].classoid
= objId
.tableoid
;
10550 comments
[ncomments
].objoid
= objId
.oid
;
10551 comments
[ncomments
].objsubid
= subid
;
10556 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
10560 * dumpDumpableObject
10562 * This routine and its subsidiaries are responsible for creating
10563 * ArchiveEntries (TOC objects) for each object to be dumped.
10566 dumpDumpableObject(Archive
*fout
, DumpableObject
*dobj
)
10569 * Clear any dump-request bits for components that don't exist for this
10570 * object. (This makes it safe to initially use DUMP_COMPONENT_ALL as the
10571 * request for every kind of object.)
10573 dobj
->dump
&= dobj
->components
;
10575 /* Now, short-circuit if there's nothing to be done here. */
10576 if (dobj
->dump
== 0)
10579 switch (dobj
->objType
)
10582 dumpNamespace(fout
, (const NamespaceInfo
*) dobj
);
10585 dumpExtension(fout
, (const ExtensionInfo
*) dobj
);
10588 dumpType(fout
, (const TypeInfo
*) dobj
);
10590 case DO_SHELL_TYPE
:
10591 dumpShellType(fout
, (const ShellTypeInfo
*) dobj
);
10594 dumpFunc(fout
, (const FuncInfo
*) dobj
);
10597 dumpAgg(fout
, (const AggInfo
*) dobj
);
10600 dumpOpr(fout
, (const OprInfo
*) dobj
);
10602 case DO_ACCESS_METHOD
:
10603 dumpAccessMethod(fout
, (const AccessMethodInfo
*) dobj
);
10606 dumpOpclass(fout
, (const OpclassInfo
*) dobj
);
10609 dumpOpfamily(fout
, (const OpfamilyInfo
*) dobj
);
10612 dumpCollation(fout
, (const CollInfo
*) dobj
);
10614 case DO_CONVERSION
:
10615 dumpConversion(fout
, (const ConvInfo
*) dobj
);
10618 dumpTable(fout
, (const TableInfo
*) dobj
);
10620 case DO_TABLE_ATTACH
:
10621 dumpTableAttach(fout
, (const TableAttachInfo
*) dobj
);
10624 dumpAttrDef(fout
, (const AttrDefInfo
*) dobj
);
10627 dumpIndex(fout
, (const IndxInfo
*) dobj
);
10629 case DO_INDEX_ATTACH
:
10630 dumpIndexAttach(fout
, (const IndexAttachInfo
*) dobj
);
10633 dumpStatisticsExt(fout
, (const StatsExtInfo
*) dobj
);
10635 case DO_REFRESH_MATVIEW
:
10636 refreshMatViewData(fout
, (const TableDataInfo
*) dobj
);
10639 dumpRule(fout
, (const RuleInfo
*) dobj
);
10642 dumpTrigger(fout
, (const TriggerInfo
*) dobj
);
10644 case DO_EVENT_TRIGGER
:
10645 dumpEventTrigger(fout
, (const EventTriggerInfo
*) dobj
);
10647 case DO_CONSTRAINT
:
10648 dumpConstraint(fout
, (const ConstraintInfo
*) dobj
);
10650 case DO_FK_CONSTRAINT
:
10651 dumpConstraint(fout
, (const ConstraintInfo
*) dobj
);
10654 dumpProcLang(fout
, (const ProcLangInfo
*) dobj
);
10657 dumpCast(fout
, (const CastInfo
*) dobj
);
10660 dumpTransform(fout
, (const TransformInfo
*) dobj
);
10662 case DO_SEQUENCE_SET
:
10663 dumpSequenceData(fout
, (const TableDataInfo
*) dobj
);
10665 case DO_TABLE_DATA
:
10666 dumpTableData(fout
, (const TableDataInfo
*) dobj
);
10668 case DO_DUMMY_TYPE
:
10669 /* table rowtypes and array types are never dumped separately */
10672 dumpTSParser(fout
, (const TSParserInfo
*) dobj
);
10675 dumpTSDictionary(fout
, (const TSDictInfo
*) dobj
);
10677 case DO_TSTEMPLATE
:
10678 dumpTSTemplate(fout
, (const TSTemplateInfo
*) dobj
);
10681 dumpTSConfig(fout
, (const TSConfigInfo
*) dobj
);
10684 dumpForeignDataWrapper(fout
, (const FdwInfo
*) dobj
);
10686 case DO_FOREIGN_SERVER
:
10687 dumpForeignServer(fout
, (const ForeignServerInfo
*) dobj
);
10689 case DO_DEFAULT_ACL
:
10690 dumpDefaultACL(fout
, (const DefaultACLInfo
*) dobj
);
10692 case DO_LARGE_OBJECT
:
10693 dumpLO(fout
, (const LoInfo
*) dobj
);
10695 case DO_LARGE_OBJECT_DATA
:
10696 if (dobj
->dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DATA
)
10701 loinfo
= (LoInfo
*) findObjectByDumpId(dobj
->dependencies
[0]);
10702 if (loinfo
== NULL
)
10703 pg_fatal("missing metadata for large objects \"%s\"",
10706 te
= ArchiveEntry(fout
, dobj
->catId
, dobj
->dumpId
,
10707 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= dobj
->name
,
10708 .owner
= loinfo
->rolname
,
10709 .description
= "BLOBS",
10710 .section
= SECTION_DATA
,
10711 .deps
= dobj
->dependencies
,
10712 .nDeps
= dobj
->nDeps
,
10714 .dumpArg
= loinfo
));
10717 * Set the TocEntry's dataLength in case we are doing a
10718 * parallel dump and want to order dump jobs by table size.
10719 * (We need some size estimate for every TocEntry with a
10720 * DataDumper function.) We don't currently have any cheap
10721 * way to estimate the size of LOs, but fortunately it doesn't
10722 * matter too much as long as we get large batches of LOs
10723 * processed reasonably early. Assume 8K per blob.
10725 te
->dataLength
= loinfo
->numlos
* (pgoff_t
) 8192;
10729 dumpPolicy(fout
, (const PolicyInfo
*) dobj
);
10731 case DO_PUBLICATION
:
10732 dumpPublication(fout
, (const PublicationInfo
*) dobj
);
10734 case DO_PUBLICATION_REL
:
10735 dumpPublicationTable(fout
, (const PublicationRelInfo
*) dobj
);
10737 case DO_PUBLICATION_TABLE_IN_SCHEMA
:
10738 dumpPublicationNamespace(fout
,
10739 (const PublicationSchemaInfo
*) dobj
);
10741 case DO_SUBSCRIPTION
:
10742 dumpSubscription(fout
, (const SubscriptionInfo
*) dobj
);
10744 case DO_SUBSCRIPTION_REL
:
10745 dumpSubscriptionTable(fout
, (const SubRelInfo
*) dobj
);
10747 case DO_PRE_DATA_BOUNDARY
:
10748 case DO_POST_DATA_BOUNDARY
:
10749 /* never dumped, nothing to do */
10756 * writes out to fout the queries to recreate a user-defined namespace
10759 dumpNamespace(Archive
*fout
, const NamespaceInfo
*nspinfo
)
10761 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
10766 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
10767 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
10770 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
10771 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
10773 qnspname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(nspinfo
->dobj
.name
));
10775 if (nspinfo
->create
)
10777 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP SCHEMA %s;\n", qnspname
);
10778 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE SCHEMA %s;\n", qnspname
);
10782 /* see selectDumpableNamespace() */
10783 appendPQExpBufferStr(delq
,
10784 "-- *not* dropping schema, since initdb creates it\n");
10785 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
10786 "-- *not* creating schema, since initdb creates it\n");
10789 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
10790 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &nspinfo
->dobj
,
10791 "SCHEMA", qnspname
, NULL
);
10793 if (nspinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
10794 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nspinfo
->dobj
.catId
, nspinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
10795 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= nspinfo
->dobj
.name
,
10796 .owner
= nspinfo
->rolname
,
10797 .description
= "SCHEMA",
10798 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
10799 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
10800 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
10802 /* Dump Schema Comments and Security Labels */
10803 if (nspinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
10805 const char *initdb_comment
= NULL
;
10807 if (!nspinfo
->create
&& strcmp(qnspname
, "public") == 0)
10808 initdb_comment
= "standard public schema";
10809 dumpCommentExtended(fout
, "SCHEMA", qnspname
,
10810 NULL
, nspinfo
->rolname
,
10811 nspinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, nspinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
10815 if (nspinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
10816 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "SCHEMA", qnspname
,
10817 NULL
, nspinfo
->rolname
,
10818 nspinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, nspinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
10820 if (nspinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
10821 dumpACL(fout
, nspinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
, "SCHEMA",
10822 qnspname
, NULL
, NULL
,
10823 NULL
, nspinfo
->rolname
, &nspinfo
->dacl
);
10827 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
10828 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
10833 * writes out to fout the queries to recreate an extension
10836 dumpExtension(Archive
*fout
, const ExtensionInfo
*extinfo
)
10838 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
10843 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
10844 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
10847 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
10848 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
10850 qextname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(extinfo
->dobj
.name
));
10852 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP EXTENSION %s;\n", qextname
);
10854 if (!dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
10857 * In a regular dump, we simply create the extension, intentionally
10858 * not specifying a version, so that the destination installation's
10859 * default version is used.
10861 * Use of IF NOT EXISTS here is unlike our behavior for other object
10862 * types; but there are various scenarios in which it's convenient to
10863 * manually create the desired extension before restoring, so we
10864 * prefer to allow it to exist already.
10866 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE EXTENSION IF NOT EXISTS %s WITH SCHEMA %s;\n",
10867 qextname
, fmtId(extinfo
->namespace));
10872 * In binary-upgrade mode, it's critical to reproduce the state of the
10873 * database exactly, so our procedure is to create an empty extension,
10874 * restore all the contained objects normally, and add them to the
10875 * extension one by one. This function performs just the first of
10876 * those steps. binary_upgrade_extension_member() takes care of
10877 * adding member objects as they're created.
10882 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "-- For binary upgrade, create an empty extension and insert objects into it\n");
10885 * We unconditionally create the extension, so we must drop it if it
10886 * exists. This could happen if the user deleted 'plpgsql' and then
10887 * readded it, causing its oid to be greater than g_last_builtin_oid.
10889 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "DROP EXTENSION IF EXISTS %s;\n", qextname
);
10891 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
10892 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_create_empty_extension(");
10893 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, extinfo
->dobj
.name
, fout
);
10894 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", ");
10895 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, extinfo
->namespace, fout
);
10896 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", ");
10897 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s, ", extinfo
->relocatable
? "true" : "false");
10898 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, extinfo
->extversion
, fout
);
10899 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", ");
10902 * Note that we're pushing extconfig (an OID array) back into
10903 * pg_extension exactly as-is. This is OK because pg_class OIDs are
10904 * preserved in binary upgrade.
10906 if (strlen(extinfo
->extconfig
) > 2)
10907 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, extinfo
->extconfig
, fout
);
10909 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "NULL");
10910 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", ");
10911 if (strlen(extinfo
->extcondition
) > 2)
10912 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, extinfo
->extcondition
, fout
);
10914 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "NULL");
10915 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", ");
10916 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "ARRAY[");
10918 for (i
= 0; i
< extinfo
->dobj
.nDeps
; i
++)
10920 DumpableObject
*extobj
;
10922 extobj
= findObjectByDumpId(extinfo
->dobj
.dependencies
[i
]);
10923 if (extobj
&& extobj
->objType
== DO_EXTENSION
)
10926 appendPQExpBufferChar(q
, ',');
10927 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, extobj
->name
, fout
);
10930 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "]::pg_catalog.text[]");
10931 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ");\n");
10934 if (extinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
10935 ArchiveEntry(fout
, extinfo
->dobj
.catId
, extinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
10936 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= extinfo
->dobj
.name
,
10937 .description
= "EXTENSION",
10938 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
10939 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
10940 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
10942 /* Dump Extension Comments and Security Labels */
10943 if (extinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
10944 dumpComment(fout
, "EXTENSION", qextname
,
10946 extinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, extinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
10948 if (extinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
10949 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "EXTENSION", qextname
,
10951 extinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, extinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
10955 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
10956 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
10961 * writes out to fout the queries to recreate a user-defined type
10964 dumpType(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
)
10966 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
10968 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
10969 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
10972 /* Dump out in proper style */
10973 if (tyinfo
->typtype
== TYPTYPE_BASE
)
10974 dumpBaseType(fout
, tyinfo
);
10975 else if (tyinfo
->typtype
== TYPTYPE_DOMAIN
)
10976 dumpDomain(fout
, tyinfo
);
10977 else if (tyinfo
->typtype
== TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE
)
10978 dumpCompositeType(fout
, tyinfo
);
10979 else if (tyinfo
->typtype
== TYPTYPE_ENUM
)
10980 dumpEnumType(fout
, tyinfo
);
10981 else if (tyinfo
->typtype
== TYPTYPE_RANGE
)
10982 dumpRangeType(fout
, tyinfo
);
10983 else if (tyinfo
->typtype
== TYPTYPE_PSEUDO
&& !tyinfo
->isDefined
)
10984 dumpUndefinedType(fout
, tyinfo
);
10986 pg_log_warning("typtype of data type \"%s\" appears to be invalid",
10987 tyinfo
->dobj
.name
);
10992 * writes out to fout the queries to recreate a user-defined enum type
10995 dumpEnumType(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
)
10997 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
10998 PQExpBuffer q
= createPQExpBuffer();
10999 PQExpBuffer delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
11000 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
11011 if (!fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPENUMTYPE
])
11013 /* Set up query for enum-specific details */
11014 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
11015 "PREPARE dumpEnumType(pg_catalog.oid) AS\n"
11016 "SELECT oid, enumlabel "
11017 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_enum "
11018 "WHERE enumtypid = $1 "
11019 "ORDER BY enumsortorder");
11021 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
11023 fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPENUMTYPE
] = true;
11026 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
11027 "EXECUTE dumpEnumType('%u')",
11028 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
11030 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
11032 num
= PQntuples(res
);
11034 qtypname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tyinfo
->dobj
.name
));
11035 qualtypname
= pg_strdup(fmtQualifiedDumpable(tyinfo
));
11038 * CASCADE shouldn't be required here as for normal types since the I/O
11039 * functions are generic and do not get dropped.
11041 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP TYPE %s;\n", qualtypname
);
11043 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11044 binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_type_oid(fout
, q
,
11045 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
,
11048 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE TYPE %s AS ENUM (",
11051 if (!dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11053 i_enumlabel
= PQfnumber(res
, "enumlabel");
11055 /* Labels with server-assigned oids */
11056 for (i
= 0; i
< num
; i
++)
11058 label
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_enumlabel
);
11060 appendPQExpBufferChar(q
, ',');
11061 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n ");
11062 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, label
, fout
);
11066 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n);\n");
11068 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11070 i_oid
= PQfnumber(res
, "oid");
11071 i_enumlabel
= PQfnumber(res
, "enumlabel");
11073 /* Labels with dump-assigned (preserved) oids */
11074 for (i
= 0; i
< num
; i
++)
11076 enum_oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_oid
));
11077 label
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_enumlabel
);
11080 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, must preserve pg_enum oids\n");
11081 appendPQExpBuffer(q
,
11082 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_next_pg_enum_oid('%u'::pg_catalog.oid);\n",
11084 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER TYPE %s ADD VALUE ", qualtypname
);
11085 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, label
, fout
);
11086 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ";\n\n");
11090 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11091 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &tyinfo
->dobj
,
11093 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
11095 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
11096 ArchiveEntry(fout
, tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
11097 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tyinfo
->dobj
.name
,
11098 .namespace = tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11099 .owner
= tyinfo
->rolname
,
11100 .description
= "TYPE",
11101 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
11102 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
11103 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
11105 /* Dump Type Comments and Security Labels */
11106 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
11107 dumpComment(fout
, "TYPE", qtypname
,
11108 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tyinfo
->rolname
,
11109 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11111 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
11112 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "TYPE", qtypname
,
11113 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tyinfo
->rolname
,
11114 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11116 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
11117 dumpACL(fout
, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
, "TYPE",
11119 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11120 NULL
, tyinfo
->rolname
, &tyinfo
->dacl
);
11123 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
11124 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
11125 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
11132 * writes out to fout the queries to recreate a user-defined range type
11135 dumpRangeType(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
)
11137 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
11138 PQExpBuffer q
= createPQExpBuffer();
11139 PQExpBuffer delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
11140 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
11147 if (!fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPRANGETYPE
])
11149 /* Set up query for range-specific details */
11150 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
11151 "PREPARE dumpRangeType(pg_catalog.oid) AS\n");
11153 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
11156 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 140000)
11157 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
11158 "pg_catalog.format_type(rngmultitypid, NULL) AS rngmultitype, ");
11160 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
11161 "NULL AS rngmultitype, ");
11163 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
11164 "pg_catalog.format_type(rngsubtype, NULL) AS rngsubtype, "
11165 "opc.opcname AS opcname, "
11166 "(SELECT nspname FROM pg_catalog.pg_namespace nsp "
11167 " WHERE nsp.oid = opc.opcnamespace) AS opcnsp, "
11169 "CASE WHEN rngcollation = st.typcollation THEN 0 "
11170 " ELSE rngcollation END AS collation, "
11171 "rngcanonical, rngsubdiff "
11172 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_range r, pg_catalog.pg_type st, "
11173 " pg_catalog.pg_opclass opc "
11174 "WHERE st.oid = rngsubtype AND opc.oid = rngsubopc AND "
11177 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
11179 fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPRANGETYPE
] = true;
11182 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
11183 "EXECUTE dumpRangeType('%u')",
11184 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
11186 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
11188 qtypname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tyinfo
->dobj
.name
));
11189 qualtypname
= pg_strdup(fmtQualifiedDumpable(tyinfo
));
11192 * CASCADE shouldn't be required here as for normal types since the I/O
11193 * functions are generic and do not get dropped.
11195 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP TYPE %s;\n", qualtypname
);
11197 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11198 binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_type_oid(fout
, q
,
11199 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
,
11202 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE TYPE %s AS RANGE (",
11205 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\n subtype = %s",
11206 PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "rngsubtype")));
11208 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "rngmultitype")))
11209 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n multirange_type_name = %s",
11210 PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "rngmultitype")));
11212 /* print subtype_opclass only if not default for subtype */
11213 if (PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "opcdefault"))[0] != 't')
11215 char *opcname
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "opcname"));
11216 char *nspname
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "opcnsp"));
11218 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n subtype_opclass = %s.",
11220 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, fmtId(opcname
));
11223 collationOid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "collation")));
11224 if (OidIsValid(collationOid
))
11226 CollInfo
*coll
= findCollationByOid(collationOid
);
11229 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n collation = %s",
11230 fmtQualifiedDumpable(coll
));
11233 procname
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "rngcanonical"));
11234 if (strcmp(procname
, "-") != 0)
11235 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n canonical = %s", procname
);
11237 procname
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "rngsubdiff"));
11238 if (strcmp(procname
, "-") != 0)
11239 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n subtype_diff = %s", procname
);
11241 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n);\n");
11243 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11244 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &tyinfo
->dobj
,
11246 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
11248 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
11249 ArchiveEntry(fout
, tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
11250 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tyinfo
->dobj
.name
,
11251 .namespace = tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11252 .owner
= tyinfo
->rolname
,
11253 .description
= "TYPE",
11254 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
11255 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
11256 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
11258 /* Dump Type Comments and Security Labels */
11259 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
11260 dumpComment(fout
, "TYPE", qtypname
,
11261 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tyinfo
->rolname
,
11262 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11264 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
11265 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "TYPE", qtypname
,
11266 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tyinfo
->rolname
,
11267 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11269 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
11270 dumpACL(fout
, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
, "TYPE",
11272 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11273 NULL
, tyinfo
->rolname
, &tyinfo
->dacl
);
11276 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
11277 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
11278 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
11284 * dumpUndefinedType
11285 * writes out to fout the queries to recreate a !typisdefined type
11287 * This is a shell type, but we use different terminology to distinguish
11288 * this case from where we have to emit a shell type definition to break
11289 * circular dependencies. An undefined type shouldn't ever have anything
11293 dumpUndefinedType(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
)
11295 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
11296 PQExpBuffer q
= createPQExpBuffer();
11297 PQExpBuffer delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
11301 qtypname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tyinfo
->dobj
.name
));
11302 qualtypname
= pg_strdup(fmtQualifiedDumpable(tyinfo
));
11304 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP TYPE %s;\n", qualtypname
);
11306 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11307 binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_type_oid(fout
, q
,
11308 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
,
11311 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE TYPE %s;\n",
11314 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11315 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &tyinfo
->dobj
,
11317 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
11319 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
11320 ArchiveEntry(fout
, tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
11321 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tyinfo
->dobj
.name
,
11322 .namespace = tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11323 .owner
= tyinfo
->rolname
,
11324 .description
= "TYPE",
11325 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
11326 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
11327 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
11329 /* Dump Type Comments and Security Labels */
11330 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
11331 dumpComment(fout
, "TYPE", qtypname
,
11332 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tyinfo
->rolname
,
11333 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11335 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
11336 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "TYPE", qtypname
,
11337 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tyinfo
->rolname
,
11338 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11340 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
11341 dumpACL(fout
, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
, "TYPE",
11343 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11344 NULL
, tyinfo
->rolname
, &tyinfo
->dacl
);
11346 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
11347 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
11354 * writes out to fout the queries to recreate a user-defined base type
11357 dumpBaseType(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
)
11359 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
11360 PQExpBuffer q
= createPQExpBuffer();
11361 PQExpBuffer delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
11362 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
11374 char *typsubscript
;
11380 Oid typsubscriptoid
;
11382 char *typispreferred
;
11387 char *typcollatable
;
11389 bool typdefault_is_literal
= false;
11391 if (!fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPBASETYPE
])
11393 /* Set up query for type-specific details */
11394 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
11395 "PREPARE dumpBaseType(pg_catalog.oid) AS\n"
11397 "typinput, typoutput, typreceive, typsend, "
11398 "typreceive::pg_catalog.oid AS typreceiveoid, "
11399 "typsend::pg_catalog.oid AS typsendoid, "
11401 "typanalyze::pg_catalog.oid AS typanalyzeoid, "
11402 "typdelim, typbyval, typalign, typstorage, "
11403 "typmodin, typmodout, "
11404 "typmodin::pg_catalog.oid AS typmodinoid, "
11405 "typmodout::pg_catalog.oid AS typmodoutoid, "
11406 "typcategory, typispreferred, "
11407 "(typcollation <> 0) AS typcollatable, "
11408 "pg_catalog.pg_get_expr(typdefaultbin, 0) AS typdefaultbin, typdefault, ");
11410 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 140000)
11411 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
11413 "typsubscript::pg_catalog.oid AS typsubscriptoid ");
11415 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
11416 "'-' AS typsubscript, 0 AS typsubscriptoid ");
11418 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "FROM pg_catalog.pg_type "
11421 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
11423 fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPBASETYPE
] = true;
11426 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
11427 "EXECUTE dumpBaseType('%u')",
11428 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
11430 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
11432 typlen
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typlen"));
11433 typinput
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typinput"));
11434 typoutput
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typoutput"));
11435 typreceive
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typreceive"));
11436 typsend
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typsend"));
11437 typmodin
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typmodin"));
11438 typmodout
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typmodout"));
11439 typanalyze
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typanalyze"));
11440 typsubscript
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typsubscript"));
11441 typreceiveoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typreceiveoid")));
11442 typsendoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typsendoid")));
11443 typmodinoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typmodinoid")));
11444 typmodoutoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typmodoutoid")));
11445 typanalyzeoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typanalyzeoid")));
11446 typsubscriptoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typsubscriptoid")));
11447 typcategory
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typcategory"));
11448 typispreferred
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typispreferred"));
11449 typdelim
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typdelim"));
11450 typbyval
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typbyval"));
11451 typalign
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typalign"));
11452 typstorage
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typstorage"));
11453 typcollatable
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typcollatable"));
11454 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typdefaultbin")))
11455 typdefault
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typdefaultbin"));
11456 else if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typdefault")))
11458 typdefault
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typdefault"));
11459 typdefault_is_literal
= true; /* it needs quotes */
11464 qtypname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tyinfo
->dobj
.name
));
11465 qualtypname
= pg_strdup(fmtQualifiedDumpable(tyinfo
));
11468 * The reason we include CASCADE is that the circular dependency between
11469 * the type and its I/O functions makes it impossible to drop the type any
11472 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP TYPE %s CASCADE;\n", qualtypname
);
11475 * We might already have a shell type, but setting pg_type_oid is
11476 * harmless, and in any case we'd better set the array type OID.
11478 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11479 binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_type_oid(fout
, q
,
11480 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
,
11483 appendPQExpBuffer(q
,
11484 "CREATE TYPE %s (\n"
11485 " INTERNALLENGTH = %s",
11487 (strcmp(typlen
, "-1") == 0) ? "variable" : typlen
);
11489 /* regproc result is sufficiently quoted already */
11490 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n INPUT = %s", typinput
);
11491 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n OUTPUT = %s", typoutput
);
11492 if (OidIsValid(typreceiveoid
))
11493 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n RECEIVE = %s", typreceive
);
11494 if (OidIsValid(typsendoid
))
11495 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n SEND = %s", typsend
);
11496 if (OidIsValid(typmodinoid
))
11497 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n TYPMOD_IN = %s", typmodin
);
11498 if (OidIsValid(typmodoutoid
))
11499 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n TYPMOD_OUT = %s", typmodout
);
11500 if (OidIsValid(typanalyzeoid
))
11501 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n ANALYZE = %s", typanalyze
);
11503 if (strcmp(typcollatable
, "t") == 0)
11504 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n COLLATABLE = true");
11506 if (typdefault
!= NULL
)
11508 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n DEFAULT = ");
11509 if (typdefault_is_literal
)
11510 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, typdefault
, fout
);
11512 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, typdefault
);
11515 if (OidIsValid(typsubscriptoid
))
11516 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n SUBSCRIPT = %s", typsubscript
);
11518 if (OidIsValid(tyinfo
->typelem
))
11519 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n ELEMENT = %s",
11520 getFormattedTypeName(fout
, tyinfo
->typelem
,
11523 if (strcmp(typcategory
, "U") != 0)
11525 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n CATEGORY = ");
11526 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, typcategory
, fout
);
11529 if (strcmp(typispreferred
, "t") == 0)
11530 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n PREFERRED = true");
11532 if (typdelim
&& strcmp(typdelim
, ",") != 0)
11534 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n DELIMITER = ");
11535 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, typdelim
, fout
);
11538 if (*typalign
== TYPALIGN_CHAR
)
11539 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n ALIGNMENT = char");
11540 else if (*typalign
== TYPALIGN_SHORT
)
11541 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n ALIGNMENT = int2");
11542 else if (*typalign
== TYPALIGN_INT
)
11543 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n ALIGNMENT = int4");
11544 else if (*typalign
== TYPALIGN_DOUBLE
)
11545 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n ALIGNMENT = double");
11547 if (*typstorage
== TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN
)
11548 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n STORAGE = plain");
11549 else if (*typstorage
== TYPSTORAGE_EXTERNAL
)
11550 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n STORAGE = external");
11551 else if (*typstorage
== TYPSTORAGE_EXTENDED
)
11552 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n STORAGE = extended");
11553 else if (*typstorage
== TYPSTORAGE_MAIN
)
11554 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n STORAGE = main");
11556 if (strcmp(typbyval
, "t") == 0)
11557 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n PASSEDBYVALUE");
11559 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n);\n");
11561 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11562 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &tyinfo
->dobj
,
11564 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
11566 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
11567 ArchiveEntry(fout
, tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
11568 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tyinfo
->dobj
.name
,
11569 .namespace = tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11570 .owner
= tyinfo
->rolname
,
11571 .description
= "TYPE",
11572 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
11573 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
11574 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
11576 /* Dump Type Comments and Security Labels */
11577 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
11578 dumpComment(fout
, "TYPE", qtypname
,
11579 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tyinfo
->rolname
,
11580 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11582 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
11583 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "TYPE", qtypname
,
11584 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tyinfo
->rolname
,
11585 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11587 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
11588 dumpACL(fout
, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
, "TYPE",
11590 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11591 NULL
, tyinfo
->rolname
, &tyinfo
->dacl
);
11594 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
11595 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
11596 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
11603 * writes out to fout the queries to recreate a user-defined domain
11606 dumpDomain(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
)
11608 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
11609 PQExpBuffer q
= createPQExpBuffer();
11610 PQExpBuffer delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
11611 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
11620 bool typdefault_is_literal
= false;
11622 if (!fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPDOMAIN
])
11624 /* Set up query for domain-specific details */
11625 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
11626 "PREPARE dumpDomain(pg_catalog.oid) AS\n");
11628 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT t.typnotnull, "
11629 "pg_catalog.format_type(t.typbasetype, t.typtypmod) AS typdefn, "
11630 "pg_catalog.pg_get_expr(t.typdefaultbin, 'pg_catalog.pg_type'::pg_catalog.regclass) AS typdefaultbin, "
11632 "CASE WHEN t.typcollation <> u.typcollation "
11633 "THEN t.typcollation ELSE 0 END AS typcollation "
11634 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_type t "
11635 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_type u ON (t.typbasetype = u.oid) "
11636 "WHERE t.oid = $1");
11638 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
11640 fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPDOMAIN
] = true;
11643 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
11644 "EXECUTE dumpDomain('%u')",
11645 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
11647 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
11649 typnotnull
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typnotnull"));
11650 typdefn
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typdefn"));
11651 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typdefaultbin")))
11652 typdefault
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typdefaultbin"));
11653 else if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typdefault")))
11655 typdefault
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typdefault"));
11656 typdefault_is_literal
= true; /* it needs quotes */
11660 typcollation
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "typcollation")));
11662 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11663 binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_type_oid(fout
, q
,
11664 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
,
11665 true, /* force array type */
11666 false); /* force multirange type */
11668 qtypname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tyinfo
->dobj
.name
));
11669 qualtypname
= pg_strdup(fmtQualifiedDumpable(tyinfo
));
11671 appendPQExpBuffer(q
,
11672 "CREATE DOMAIN %s AS %s",
11676 /* Print collation only if different from base type's collation */
11677 if (OidIsValid(typcollation
))
11681 coll
= findCollationByOid(typcollation
);
11683 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " COLLATE %s", fmtQualifiedDumpable(coll
));
11686 if (typnotnull
[0] == 't')
11687 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " NOT NULL");
11689 if (typdefault
!= NULL
)
11691 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " DEFAULT ");
11692 if (typdefault_is_literal
)
11693 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, typdefault
, fout
);
11695 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, typdefault
);
11701 * Add any CHECK constraints for the domain
11703 for (i
= 0; i
< tyinfo
->nDomChecks
; i
++)
11705 ConstraintInfo
*domcheck
= &(tyinfo
->domChecks
[i
]);
11707 if (!domcheck
->separate
)
11708 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\n\tCONSTRAINT %s %s",
11709 fmtId(domcheck
->dobj
.name
), domcheck
->condef
);
11712 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ";\n");
11714 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP DOMAIN %s;\n", qualtypname
);
11716 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11717 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &tyinfo
->dobj
,
11718 "DOMAIN", qtypname
,
11719 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
11721 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
11722 ArchiveEntry(fout
, tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
11723 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tyinfo
->dobj
.name
,
11724 .namespace = tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11725 .owner
= tyinfo
->rolname
,
11726 .description
= "DOMAIN",
11727 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
11728 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
11729 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
11731 /* Dump Domain Comments and Security Labels */
11732 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
11733 dumpComment(fout
, "DOMAIN", qtypname
,
11734 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tyinfo
->rolname
,
11735 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11737 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
11738 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "DOMAIN", qtypname
,
11739 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tyinfo
->rolname
,
11740 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11742 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
11743 dumpACL(fout
, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
, "TYPE",
11745 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11746 NULL
, tyinfo
->rolname
, &tyinfo
->dacl
);
11748 /* Dump any per-constraint comments */
11749 for (i
= 0; i
< tyinfo
->nDomChecks
; i
++)
11751 ConstraintInfo
*domcheck
= &(tyinfo
->domChecks
[i
]);
11752 PQExpBuffer conprefix
= createPQExpBuffer();
11754 appendPQExpBuffer(conprefix
, "CONSTRAINT %s ON DOMAIN",
11755 fmtId(domcheck
->dobj
.name
));
11757 if (domcheck
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
11758 dumpComment(fout
, conprefix
->data
, qtypname
,
11759 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11761 domcheck
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11763 destroyPQExpBuffer(conprefix
);
11766 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
11767 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
11768 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
11774 * dumpCompositeType
11775 * writes out to fout the queries to recreate a user-defined stand-alone
11779 dumpCompositeType(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
)
11781 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
11782 PQExpBuffer q
= createPQExpBuffer();
11783 PQExpBuffer dropped
= createPQExpBuffer();
11784 PQExpBuffer delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
11785 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
11794 int i_attisdropped
;
11795 int i_attcollation
;
11799 if (!fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPCOMPOSITETYPE
])
11802 * Set up query for type-specific details.
11804 * Since we only want to dump COLLATE clauses for attributes whose
11805 * collation is different from their type's default, we use a CASE
11806 * here to suppress uninteresting attcollations cheaply. atttypid
11807 * will be 0 for dropped columns; collation does not matter for those.
11809 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
11810 "PREPARE dumpCompositeType(pg_catalog.oid) AS\n"
11811 "SELECT a.attname, a.attnum, "
11812 "pg_catalog.format_type(a.atttypid, a.atttypmod) AS atttypdefn, "
11813 "a.attlen, a.attalign, a.attisdropped, "
11814 "CASE WHEN a.attcollation <> at.typcollation "
11815 "THEN a.attcollation ELSE 0 END AS attcollation "
11816 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_type ct "
11817 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_attribute a ON a.attrelid = ct.typrelid "
11818 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_type at ON at.oid = a.atttypid "
11819 "WHERE ct.oid = $1 "
11820 "ORDER BY a.attnum");
11822 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
11824 fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPCOMPOSITETYPE
] = true;
11827 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
11828 "EXECUTE dumpCompositeType('%u')",
11829 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
11831 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
11833 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
11835 i_attname
= PQfnumber(res
, "attname");
11836 i_atttypdefn
= PQfnumber(res
, "atttypdefn");
11837 i_attlen
= PQfnumber(res
, "attlen");
11838 i_attalign
= PQfnumber(res
, "attalign");
11839 i_attisdropped
= PQfnumber(res
, "attisdropped");
11840 i_attcollation
= PQfnumber(res
, "attcollation");
11842 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11844 binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_type_oid(fout
, q
,
11845 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
,
11847 binary_upgrade_set_pg_class_oids(fout
, q
, tyinfo
->typrelid
);
11850 qtypname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tyinfo
->dobj
.name
));
11851 qualtypname
= pg_strdup(fmtQualifiedDumpable(tyinfo
));
11853 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE TYPE %s AS (",
11857 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
11866 attname
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_attname
);
11867 atttypdefn
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_atttypdefn
);
11868 attlen
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_attlen
);
11869 attalign
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_attalign
);
11870 attisdropped
= (PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_attisdropped
)[0] == 't');
11871 attcollation
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_attcollation
));
11873 if (attisdropped
&& !dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11876 /* Format properly if not first attr */
11877 if (actual_atts
++ > 0)
11878 appendPQExpBufferChar(q
, ',');
11879 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n\t");
11883 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s %s", fmtId(attname
), atttypdefn
);
11885 /* Add collation if not default for the column type */
11886 if (OidIsValid(attcollation
))
11890 coll
= findCollationByOid(attcollation
);
11892 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " COLLATE %s",
11893 fmtQualifiedDumpable(coll
));
11899 * This is a dropped attribute and we're in binary_upgrade mode.
11900 * Insert a placeholder for it in the CREATE TYPE command, and set
11901 * length and alignment with direct UPDATE to the catalogs
11902 * afterwards. See similar code in dumpTableSchema().
11904 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s INTEGER /* dummy */", fmtId(attname
));
11906 /* stash separately for insertion after the CREATE TYPE */
11907 appendPQExpBufferStr(dropped
,
11908 "\n-- For binary upgrade, recreate dropped column.\n");
11909 appendPQExpBuffer(dropped
, "UPDATE pg_catalog.pg_attribute\n"
11910 "SET attlen = %s, "
11911 "attalign = '%s', attbyval = false\n"
11912 "WHERE attname = ", attlen
, attalign
);
11913 appendStringLiteralAH(dropped
, attname
, fout
);
11914 appendPQExpBufferStr(dropped
, "\n AND attrelid = ");
11915 appendStringLiteralAH(dropped
, qualtypname
, fout
);
11916 appendPQExpBufferStr(dropped
, "::pg_catalog.regclass;\n");
11918 appendPQExpBuffer(dropped
, "ALTER TYPE %s ",
11920 appendPQExpBuffer(dropped
, "DROP ATTRIBUTE %s;\n",
11924 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n);\n");
11925 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, dropped
->data
);
11927 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP TYPE %s;\n", qualtypname
);
11929 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
11930 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &tyinfo
->dobj
,
11932 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
11934 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
11935 ArchiveEntry(fout
, tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
11936 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tyinfo
->dobj
.name
,
11937 .namespace = tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11938 .owner
= tyinfo
->rolname
,
11939 .description
= "TYPE",
11940 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
11941 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
11942 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
11945 /* Dump Type Comments and Security Labels */
11946 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
11947 dumpComment(fout
, "TYPE", qtypname
,
11948 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tyinfo
->rolname
,
11949 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11951 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
11952 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "TYPE", qtypname
,
11953 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tyinfo
->rolname
,
11954 tyinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
11956 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
11957 dumpACL(fout
, tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
, "TYPE",
11959 tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
11960 NULL
, tyinfo
->rolname
, &tyinfo
->dacl
);
11962 /* Dump any per-column comments */
11963 if (tyinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
11964 dumpCompositeTypeColComments(fout
, tyinfo
, res
);
11967 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
11968 destroyPQExpBuffer(dropped
);
11969 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
11970 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
11976 * dumpCompositeTypeColComments
11977 * writes out to fout the queries to recreate comments on the columns of
11978 * a user-defined stand-alone composite type.
11980 * The caller has already made a query to collect the names and attnums
11981 * of the type's columns, so we just pass that result into here rather
11982 * than reading them again.
11985 dumpCompositeTypeColComments(Archive
*fout
, const TypeInfo
*tyinfo
,
11988 CommentItem
*comments
;
11991 PQExpBuffer target
;
11996 int i_attisdropped
;
11998 /* do nothing, if --no-comments is supplied */
11999 if (fout
->dopt
->no_comments
)
12002 /* Search for comments associated with type's pg_class OID */
12003 ncomments
= findComments(RelationRelationId
, tyinfo
->typrelid
,
12006 /* If no comments exist, we're done */
12007 if (ncomments
<= 0)
12010 /* Build COMMENT ON statements */
12011 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
12012 target
= createPQExpBuffer();
12014 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
12015 i_attnum
= PQfnumber(res
, "attnum");
12016 i_attname
= PQfnumber(res
, "attname");
12017 i_attisdropped
= PQfnumber(res
, "attisdropped");
12018 while (ncomments
> 0)
12020 const char *attname
;
12023 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
12025 if (atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_attnum
)) == comments
->objsubid
&&
12026 PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_attisdropped
)[0] != 't')
12028 attname
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_attname
);
12032 if (attname
) /* just in case we don't find it */
12034 const char *descr
= comments
->descr
;
12036 resetPQExpBuffer(target
);
12037 appendPQExpBuffer(target
, "COLUMN %s.",
12038 fmtId(tyinfo
->dobj
.name
));
12039 appendPQExpBufferStr(target
, fmtId(attname
));
12041 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
12042 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "COMMENT ON COLUMN %s.",
12043 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tyinfo
));
12044 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "%s IS ", fmtId(attname
));
12045 appendStringLiteralAH(query
, descr
, fout
);
12046 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ";\n");
12048 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
12049 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= target
->data
,
12050 .namespace = tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
12051 .owner
= tyinfo
->rolname
,
12052 .description
= "COMMENT",
12053 .section
= SECTION_NONE
,
12054 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
12055 .deps
= &(tyinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
),
12063 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
12064 destroyPQExpBuffer(target
);
12069 * writes out to fout the queries to create a shell type
12071 * We dump a shell definition in advance of the I/O functions for the type.
12074 dumpShellType(Archive
*fout
, const ShellTypeInfo
*stinfo
)
12076 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
12079 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
12080 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
12083 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
12086 * Note the lack of a DROP command for the shell type; any required DROP
12087 * is driven off the base type entry, instead. This interacts with
12088 * _printTocEntry()'s use of the presence of a DROP command to decide
12089 * whether an entry needs an ALTER OWNER command. We don't want to alter
12090 * the shell type's owner immediately on creation; that should happen only
12091 * after it's filled in, otherwise the backend complains.
12094 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
12095 binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_type_oid(fout
, q
,
12096 stinfo
->baseType
->dobj
.catId
.oid
,
12099 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE TYPE %s;\n",
12100 fmtQualifiedDumpable(stinfo
));
12102 if (stinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
12103 ArchiveEntry(fout
, stinfo
->dobj
.catId
, stinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
12104 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= stinfo
->dobj
.name
,
12105 .namespace = stinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
12106 .owner
= stinfo
->baseType
->rolname
,
12107 .description
= "SHELL TYPE",
12108 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
12109 .createStmt
= q
->data
));
12111 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
12116 * writes out to fout the queries to recreate a user-defined
12117 * procedural language
12120 dumpProcLang(Archive
*fout
, const ProcLangInfo
*plang
)
12122 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
12123 PQExpBuffer defqry
;
12124 PQExpBuffer delqry
;
12127 FuncInfo
*funcInfo
;
12128 FuncInfo
*inlineInfo
= NULL
;
12129 FuncInfo
*validatorInfo
= NULL
;
12131 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
12132 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
12136 * Try to find the support function(s). It is not an error if we don't
12137 * find them --- if the functions are in the pg_catalog schema, as is
12138 * standard in 8.1 and up, then we won't have loaded them. (In this case
12139 * we will emit a parameterless CREATE LANGUAGE command, which will
12140 * require PL template knowledge in the backend to reload.)
12143 funcInfo
= findFuncByOid(plang
->lanplcallfoid
);
12144 if (funcInfo
!= NULL
&& !funcInfo
->dobj
.dump
)
12145 funcInfo
= NULL
; /* treat not-dumped same as not-found */
12147 if (OidIsValid(plang
->laninline
))
12149 inlineInfo
= findFuncByOid(plang
->laninline
);
12150 if (inlineInfo
!= NULL
&& !inlineInfo
->dobj
.dump
)
12154 if (OidIsValid(plang
->lanvalidator
))
12156 validatorInfo
= findFuncByOid(plang
->lanvalidator
);
12157 if (validatorInfo
!= NULL
&& !validatorInfo
->dobj
.dump
)
12158 validatorInfo
= NULL
;
12162 * If the functions are dumpable then emit a complete CREATE LANGUAGE with
12163 * parameters. Otherwise, we'll write a parameterless command, which will
12164 * be interpreted as CREATE EXTENSION.
12166 useParams
= (funcInfo
!= NULL
&&
12167 (inlineInfo
!= NULL
|| !OidIsValid(plang
->laninline
)) &&
12168 (validatorInfo
!= NULL
|| !OidIsValid(plang
->lanvalidator
)));
12170 defqry
= createPQExpBuffer();
12171 delqry
= createPQExpBuffer();
12173 qlanname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(plang
->dobj
.name
));
12175 appendPQExpBuffer(delqry
, "DROP PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE %s;\n",
12180 appendPQExpBuffer(defqry
, "CREATE %sPROCEDURAL LANGUAGE %s",
12181 plang
->lanpltrusted
? "TRUSTED " : "",
12183 appendPQExpBuffer(defqry
, " HANDLER %s",
12184 fmtQualifiedDumpable(funcInfo
));
12185 if (OidIsValid(plang
->laninline
))
12186 appendPQExpBuffer(defqry
, " INLINE %s",
12187 fmtQualifiedDumpable(inlineInfo
));
12188 if (OidIsValid(plang
->lanvalidator
))
12189 appendPQExpBuffer(defqry
, " VALIDATOR %s",
12190 fmtQualifiedDumpable(validatorInfo
));
12195 * If not dumping parameters, then use CREATE OR REPLACE so that the
12196 * command will not fail if the language is preinstalled in the target
12199 * Modern servers will interpret this as CREATE EXTENSION IF NOT
12200 * EXISTS; perhaps we should emit that instead? But it might just add
12203 appendPQExpBuffer(defqry
, "CREATE OR REPLACE PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE %s",
12206 appendPQExpBufferStr(defqry
, ";\n");
12208 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
12209 binary_upgrade_extension_member(defqry
, &plang
->dobj
,
12210 "LANGUAGE", qlanname
, NULL
);
12212 if (plang
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
12213 ArchiveEntry(fout
, plang
->dobj
.catId
, plang
->dobj
.dumpId
,
12214 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= plang
->dobj
.name
,
12215 .owner
= plang
->lanowner
,
12216 .description
= "PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE",
12217 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
12218 .createStmt
= defqry
->data
,
12219 .dropStmt
= delqry
->data
,
12222 /* Dump Proc Lang Comments and Security Labels */
12223 if (plang
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
12224 dumpComment(fout
, "LANGUAGE", qlanname
,
12225 NULL
, plang
->lanowner
,
12226 plang
->dobj
.catId
, 0, plang
->dobj
.dumpId
);
12228 if (plang
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
12229 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "LANGUAGE", qlanname
,
12230 NULL
, plang
->lanowner
,
12231 plang
->dobj
.catId
, 0, plang
->dobj
.dumpId
);
12233 if (plang
->lanpltrusted
&& plang
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
12234 dumpACL(fout
, plang
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
, "LANGUAGE",
12235 qlanname
, NULL
, NULL
,
12236 NULL
, plang
->lanowner
, &plang
->dacl
);
12240 destroyPQExpBuffer(defqry
);
12241 destroyPQExpBuffer(delqry
);
12245 * format_function_arguments: generate function name and argument list
12247 * This is used when we can rely on pg_get_function_arguments to format
12248 * the argument list. Note, however, that pg_get_function_arguments
12249 * does not special-case zero-argument aggregates.
12252 format_function_arguments(const FuncInfo
*finfo
, const char *funcargs
, bool is_agg
)
12254 PQExpBufferData fn
;
12256 initPQExpBuffer(&fn
);
12257 appendPQExpBufferStr(&fn
, fmtId(finfo
->dobj
.name
));
12258 if (is_agg
&& finfo
->nargs
== 0)
12259 appendPQExpBufferStr(&fn
, "(*)");
12261 appendPQExpBuffer(&fn
, "(%s)", funcargs
);
12266 * format_function_signature: generate function name and argument list
12268 * Only a minimal list of input argument types is generated; this is
12269 * sufficient to reference the function, but not to define it.
12271 * If honor_quotes is false then the function name is never quoted.
12272 * This is appropriate for use in TOC tags, but not in SQL commands.
12275 format_function_signature(Archive
*fout
, const FuncInfo
*finfo
, bool honor_quotes
)
12277 PQExpBufferData fn
;
12280 initPQExpBuffer(&fn
);
12282 appendPQExpBuffer(&fn
, "%s(", fmtId(finfo
->dobj
.name
));
12284 appendPQExpBuffer(&fn
, "%s(", finfo
->dobj
.name
);
12285 for (j
= 0; j
< finfo
->nargs
; j
++)
12288 appendPQExpBufferStr(&fn
, ", ");
12290 appendPQExpBufferStr(&fn
,
12291 getFormattedTypeName(fout
, finfo
->argtypes
[j
],
12294 appendPQExpBufferChar(&fn
, ')');
12301 * dump out one function
12304 dumpFunc(Archive
*fout
, const FuncInfo
*finfo
)
12306 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
12309 PQExpBuffer delqry
;
12310 PQExpBuffer asPart
;
12312 char *funcsig
; /* identity signature */
12313 char *funcfullsig
= NULL
; /* full signature */
12315 char *qual_funcsig
;
12328 char *proleakproof
;
12335 char **configitems
= NULL
;
12336 int nconfigitems
= 0;
12337 const char *keyword
;
12339 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
12340 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
12343 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
12344 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
12345 delqry
= createPQExpBuffer();
12346 asPart
= createPQExpBuffer();
12348 if (!fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPFUNC
])
12350 /* Set up query for function-specific details */
12351 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12352 "PREPARE dumpFunc(pg_catalog.oid) AS\n");
12354 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12366 "pg_catalog.pg_get_function_arguments(p.oid) AS funcargs,\n"
12367 "pg_catalog.pg_get_function_identity_arguments(p.oid) AS funciargs,\n"
12368 "pg_catalog.pg_get_function_result(p.oid) AS funcresult,\n"
12369 "proleakproof,\n");
12371 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90500)
12372 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12373 "array_to_string(protrftypes, ' ') AS protrftypes,\n");
12375 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12376 "NULL AS protrftypes,\n");
12378 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90600)
12379 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12382 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12383 "'u' AS proparallel,\n");
12385 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 110000)
12386 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12389 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12390 "CASE WHEN proiswindow THEN 'w' ELSE 'f' END AS prokind,\n");
12392 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 120000)
12393 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12396 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12397 "'-' AS prosupport,\n");
12399 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 140000)
12400 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12401 "pg_get_function_sqlbody(p.oid) AS prosqlbody\n");
12403 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12404 "NULL AS prosqlbody\n");
12406 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
12407 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_proc p, pg_catalog.pg_language l\n"
12408 "WHERE p.oid = $1 "
12409 "AND l.oid = p.prolang");
12411 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
12413 fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPFUNC
] = true;
12416 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
12417 "EXECUTE dumpFunc('%u')",
12418 finfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
12420 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
12422 proretset
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "proretset"));
12423 if (PQgetisnull(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "prosqlbody")))
12425 prosrc
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "prosrc"));
12426 probin
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "probin"));
12433 prosqlbody
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "prosqlbody"));
12435 funcargs
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "funcargs"));
12436 funciargs
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "funciargs"));
12437 funcresult
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "funcresult"));
12438 protrftypes
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "protrftypes"));
12439 prokind
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "prokind"));
12440 provolatile
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "provolatile"));
12441 proisstrict
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "proisstrict"));
12442 prosecdef
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "prosecdef"));
12443 proleakproof
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "proleakproof"));
12444 proconfig
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "proconfig"));
12445 procost
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "procost"));
12446 prorows
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "prorows"));
12447 prosupport
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "prosupport"));
12448 proparallel
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "proparallel"));
12449 lanname
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "lanname"));
12452 * See backend/commands/functioncmds.c for details of how the 'AS' clause
12457 appendPQExpBufferStr(asPart
, prosqlbody
);
12459 else if (probin
[0] != '\0')
12461 appendPQExpBufferStr(asPart
, "AS ");
12462 appendStringLiteralAH(asPart
, probin
, fout
);
12463 if (prosrc
[0] != '\0')
12465 appendPQExpBufferStr(asPart
, ", ");
12468 * where we have bin, use dollar quoting if allowed and src
12469 * contains quote or backslash; else use regular quoting.
12471 if (dopt
->disable_dollar_quoting
||
12472 (strchr(prosrc
, '\'') == NULL
&& strchr(prosrc
, '\\') == NULL
))
12473 appendStringLiteralAH(asPart
, prosrc
, fout
);
12475 appendStringLiteralDQ(asPart
, prosrc
, NULL
);
12480 appendPQExpBufferStr(asPart
, "AS ");
12481 /* with no bin, dollar quote src unconditionally if allowed */
12482 if (dopt
->disable_dollar_quoting
)
12483 appendStringLiteralAH(asPart
, prosrc
, fout
);
12485 appendStringLiteralDQ(asPart
, prosrc
, NULL
);
12490 if (!parsePGArray(proconfig
, &configitems
, &nconfigitems
))
12491 pg_fatal("could not parse %s array", "proconfig");
12495 configitems
= NULL
;
12499 funcfullsig
= format_function_arguments(finfo
, funcargs
, false);
12500 funcsig
= format_function_arguments(finfo
, funciargs
, false);
12502 funcsig_tag
= format_function_signature(fout
, finfo
, false);
12504 qual_funcsig
= psprintf("%s.%s",
12505 fmtId(finfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
),
12508 if (prokind
[0] == PROKIND_PROCEDURE
)
12509 keyword
= "PROCEDURE";
12511 keyword
= "FUNCTION"; /* works for window functions too */
12513 appendPQExpBuffer(delqry
, "DROP %s %s;\n",
12514 keyword
, qual_funcsig
);
12516 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE %s %s.%s",
12518 fmtId(finfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
),
12519 funcfullsig
? funcfullsig
:
12522 if (prokind
[0] == PROKIND_PROCEDURE
)
12523 /* no result type to output */ ;
12524 else if (funcresult
)
12525 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " RETURNS %s", funcresult
);
12527 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " RETURNS %s%s",
12528 (proretset
[0] == 't') ? "SETOF " : "",
12529 getFormattedTypeName(fout
, finfo
->prorettype
,
12532 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\n LANGUAGE %s", fmtId(lanname
));
12536 Oid
*typeids
= pg_malloc(FUNC_MAX_ARGS
* sizeof(Oid
));
12539 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " TRANSFORM ");
12540 parseOidArray(protrftypes
, typeids
, FUNC_MAX_ARGS
);
12541 for (i
= 0; typeids
[i
]; i
++)
12544 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", ");
12545 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "FOR TYPE %s",
12546 getFormattedTypeName(fout
, typeids
[i
], zeroAsNone
));
12552 if (prokind
[0] == PROKIND_WINDOW
)
12553 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " WINDOW");
12555 if (provolatile
[0] != PROVOLATILE_VOLATILE
)
12557 if (provolatile
[0] == PROVOLATILE_IMMUTABLE
)
12558 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " IMMUTABLE");
12559 else if (provolatile
[0] == PROVOLATILE_STABLE
)
12560 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " STABLE");
12561 else if (provolatile
[0] != PROVOLATILE_VOLATILE
)
12562 pg_fatal("unrecognized provolatile value for function \"%s\"",
12566 if (proisstrict
[0] == 't')
12567 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " STRICT");
12569 if (prosecdef
[0] == 't')
12570 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " SECURITY DEFINER");
12572 if (proleakproof
[0] == 't')
12573 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " LEAKPROOF");
12576 * COST and ROWS are emitted only if present and not default, so as not to
12577 * break backwards-compatibility of the dump without need. Keep this code
12578 * in sync with the defaults in functioncmds.c.
12580 if (strcmp(procost
, "0") != 0)
12582 if (strcmp(lanname
, "internal") == 0 || strcmp(lanname
, "c") == 0)
12584 /* default cost is 1 */
12585 if (strcmp(procost
, "1") != 0)
12586 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " COST %s", procost
);
12590 /* default cost is 100 */
12591 if (strcmp(procost
, "100") != 0)
12592 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " COST %s", procost
);
12595 if (proretset
[0] == 't' &&
12596 strcmp(prorows
, "0") != 0 && strcmp(prorows
, "1000") != 0)
12597 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " ROWS %s", prorows
);
12599 if (strcmp(prosupport
, "-") != 0)
12601 /* We rely on regprocout to provide quoting and qualification */
12602 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " SUPPORT %s", prosupport
);
12605 if (proparallel
[0] != PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE
)
12607 if (proparallel
[0] == PROPARALLEL_SAFE
)
12608 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " PARALLEL SAFE");
12609 else if (proparallel
[0] == PROPARALLEL_RESTRICTED
)
12610 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " PARALLEL RESTRICTED");
12611 else if (proparallel
[0] != PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE
)
12612 pg_fatal("unrecognized proparallel value for function \"%s\"",
12616 for (int i
= 0; i
< nconfigitems
; i
++)
12618 /* we feel free to scribble on configitems[] here */
12619 char *configitem
= configitems
[i
];
12622 pos
= strchr(configitem
, '=');
12626 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\n SET %s TO ", fmtId(configitem
));
12629 * Variables that are marked GUC_LIST_QUOTE were already fully quoted
12630 * by flatten_set_variable_args() before they were put into the
12631 * proconfig array. However, because the quoting rules used there
12632 * aren't exactly like SQL's, we have to break the list value apart
12633 * and then quote the elements as string literals. (The elements may
12634 * be double-quoted as-is, but we can't just feed them to the SQL
12635 * parser; it would do the wrong thing with elements that are
12636 * zero-length or longer than NAMEDATALEN.)
12638 * Variables that are not so marked should just be emitted as simple
12639 * string literals. If the variable is not known to
12640 * variable_is_guc_list_quote(), we'll do that; this makes it unsafe
12641 * to use GUC_LIST_QUOTE for extension variables.
12643 if (variable_is_guc_list_quote(configitem
))
12648 /* Parse string into list of identifiers */
12649 /* this shouldn't fail really */
12650 if (SplitGUCList(pos
, ',', &namelist
))
12652 for (nameptr
= namelist
; *nameptr
; nameptr
++)
12654 if (nameptr
!= namelist
)
12655 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", ");
12656 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, *nameptr
, fout
);
12662 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, pos
, fout
);
12665 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\n %s;\n", asPart
->data
);
12667 append_depends_on_extension(fout
, q
, &finfo
->dobj
,
12668 "pg_catalog.pg_proc", keyword
,
12671 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
12672 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &finfo
->dobj
,
12674 finfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
12676 if (finfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
12677 ArchiveEntry(fout
, finfo
->dobj
.catId
, finfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
12678 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= funcsig_tag
,
12679 .namespace = finfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
12680 .owner
= finfo
->rolname
,
12681 .description
= keyword
,
12682 .section
= finfo
->postponed_def
?
12683 SECTION_POST_DATA
: SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
12684 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
12685 .dropStmt
= delqry
->data
));
12687 /* Dump Function Comments and Security Labels */
12688 if (finfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
12689 dumpComment(fout
, keyword
, funcsig
,
12690 finfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, finfo
->rolname
,
12691 finfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, finfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
12693 if (finfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
12694 dumpSecLabel(fout
, keyword
, funcsig
,
12695 finfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, finfo
->rolname
,
12696 finfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, finfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
12698 if (finfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
12699 dumpACL(fout
, finfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
, keyword
,
12701 finfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
12702 NULL
, finfo
->rolname
, &finfo
->dacl
);
12706 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
12707 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
12708 destroyPQExpBuffer(delqry
);
12709 destroyPQExpBuffer(asPart
);
12713 free(qual_funcsig
);
12719 * Dump a user-defined cast
12722 dumpCast(Archive
*fout
, const CastInfo
*cast
)
12724 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
12725 PQExpBuffer defqry
;
12726 PQExpBuffer delqry
;
12727 PQExpBuffer labelq
;
12728 PQExpBuffer castargs
;
12729 FuncInfo
*funcInfo
= NULL
;
12730 const char *sourceType
;
12731 const char *targetType
;
12733 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
12734 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
12737 /* Cannot dump if we don't have the cast function's info */
12738 if (OidIsValid(cast
->castfunc
))
12740 funcInfo
= findFuncByOid(cast
->castfunc
);
12741 if (funcInfo
== NULL
)
12742 pg_fatal("could not find function definition for function with OID %u",
12746 defqry
= createPQExpBuffer();
12747 delqry
= createPQExpBuffer();
12748 labelq
= createPQExpBuffer();
12749 castargs
= createPQExpBuffer();
12751 sourceType
= getFormattedTypeName(fout
, cast
->castsource
, zeroAsNone
);
12752 targetType
= getFormattedTypeName(fout
, cast
->casttarget
, zeroAsNone
);
12753 appendPQExpBuffer(delqry
, "DROP CAST (%s AS %s);\n",
12754 sourceType
, targetType
);
12756 appendPQExpBuffer(defqry
, "CREATE CAST (%s AS %s) ",
12757 sourceType
, targetType
);
12759 switch (cast
->castmethod
)
12761 case COERCION_METHOD_BINARY
:
12762 appendPQExpBufferStr(defqry
, "WITHOUT FUNCTION");
12764 case COERCION_METHOD_INOUT
:
12765 appendPQExpBufferStr(defqry
, "WITH INOUT");
12767 case COERCION_METHOD_FUNCTION
:
12770 char *fsig
= format_function_signature(fout
, funcInfo
, true);
12773 * Always qualify the function name (format_function_signature
12774 * won't qualify it).
12776 appendPQExpBuffer(defqry
, "WITH FUNCTION %s.%s",
12777 fmtId(funcInfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
), fsig
);
12781 pg_log_warning("bogus value in pg_cast.castfunc or pg_cast.castmethod field");
12784 pg_log_warning("bogus value in pg_cast.castmethod field");
12787 if (cast
->castcontext
== 'a')
12788 appendPQExpBufferStr(defqry
, " AS ASSIGNMENT");
12789 else if (cast
->castcontext
== 'i')
12790 appendPQExpBufferStr(defqry
, " AS IMPLICIT");
12791 appendPQExpBufferStr(defqry
, ";\n");
12793 appendPQExpBuffer(labelq
, "CAST (%s AS %s)",
12794 sourceType
, targetType
);
12796 appendPQExpBuffer(castargs
, "(%s AS %s)",
12797 sourceType
, targetType
);
12799 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
12800 binary_upgrade_extension_member(defqry
, &cast
->dobj
,
12801 "CAST", castargs
->data
, NULL
);
12803 if (cast
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
12804 ArchiveEntry(fout
, cast
->dobj
.catId
, cast
->dobj
.dumpId
,
12805 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= labelq
->data
,
12806 .description
= "CAST",
12807 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
12808 .createStmt
= defqry
->data
,
12809 .dropStmt
= delqry
->data
));
12811 /* Dump Cast Comments */
12812 if (cast
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
12813 dumpComment(fout
, "CAST", castargs
->data
,
12815 cast
->dobj
.catId
, 0, cast
->dobj
.dumpId
);
12817 destroyPQExpBuffer(defqry
);
12818 destroyPQExpBuffer(delqry
);
12819 destroyPQExpBuffer(labelq
);
12820 destroyPQExpBuffer(castargs
);
12827 dumpTransform(Archive
*fout
, const TransformInfo
*transform
)
12829 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
12830 PQExpBuffer defqry
;
12831 PQExpBuffer delqry
;
12832 PQExpBuffer labelq
;
12833 PQExpBuffer transformargs
;
12834 FuncInfo
*fromsqlFuncInfo
= NULL
;
12835 FuncInfo
*tosqlFuncInfo
= NULL
;
12837 const char *transformType
;
12839 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
12840 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
12843 /* Cannot dump if we don't have the transform functions' info */
12844 if (OidIsValid(transform
->trffromsql
))
12846 fromsqlFuncInfo
= findFuncByOid(transform
->trffromsql
);
12847 if (fromsqlFuncInfo
== NULL
)
12848 pg_fatal("could not find function definition for function with OID %u",
12849 transform
->trffromsql
);
12851 if (OidIsValid(transform
->trftosql
))
12853 tosqlFuncInfo
= findFuncByOid(transform
->trftosql
);
12854 if (tosqlFuncInfo
== NULL
)
12855 pg_fatal("could not find function definition for function with OID %u",
12856 transform
->trftosql
);
12859 defqry
= createPQExpBuffer();
12860 delqry
= createPQExpBuffer();
12861 labelq
= createPQExpBuffer();
12862 transformargs
= createPQExpBuffer();
12864 lanname
= get_language_name(fout
, transform
->trflang
);
12865 transformType
= getFormattedTypeName(fout
, transform
->trftype
, zeroAsNone
);
12867 appendPQExpBuffer(delqry
, "DROP TRANSFORM FOR %s LANGUAGE %s;\n",
12868 transformType
, lanname
);
12870 appendPQExpBuffer(defqry
, "CREATE TRANSFORM FOR %s LANGUAGE %s (",
12871 transformType
, lanname
);
12873 if (!transform
->trffromsql
&& !transform
->trftosql
)
12874 pg_log_warning("bogus transform definition, at least one of trffromsql and trftosql should be nonzero");
12876 if (transform
->trffromsql
)
12878 if (fromsqlFuncInfo
)
12880 char *fsig
= format_function_signature(fout
, fromsqlFuncInfo
, true);
12883 * Always qualify the function name (format_function_signature
12884 * won't qualify it).
12886 appendPQExpBuffer(defqry
, "FROM SQL WITH FUNCTION %s.%s",
12887 fmtId(fromsqlFuncInfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
), fsig
);
12891 pg_log_warning("bogus value in pg_transform.trffromsql field");
12894 if (transform
->trftosql
)
12896 if (transform
->trffromsql
)
12897 appendPQExpBufferStr(defqry
, ", ");
12901 char *fsig
= format_function_signature(fout
, tosqlFuncInfo
, true);
12904 * Always qualify the function name (format_function_signature
12905 * won't qualify it).
12907 appendPQExpBuffer(defqry
, "TO SQL WITH FUNCTION %s.%s",
12908 fmtId(tosqlFuncInfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
), fsig
);
12912 pg_log_warning("bogus value in pg_transform.trftosql field");
12915 appendPQExpBufferStr(defqry
, ");\n");
12917 appendPQExpBuffer(labelq
, "TRANSFORM FOR %s LANGUAGE %s",
12918 transformType
, lanname
);
12920 appendPQExpBuffer(transformargs
, "FOR %s LANGUAGE %s",
12921 transformType
, lanname
);
12923 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
12924 binary_upgrade_extension_member(defqry
, &transform
->dobj
,
12925 "TRANSFORM", transformargs
->data
, NULL
);
12927 if (transform
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
12928 ArchiveEntry(fout
, transform
->dobj
.catId
, transform
->dobj
.dumpId
,
12929 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= labelq
->data
,
12930 .description
= "TRANSFORM",
12931 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
12932 .createStmt
= defqry
->data
,
12933 .dropStmt
= delqry
->data
,
12934 .deps
= transform
->dobj
.dependencies
,
12935 .nDeps
= transform
->dobj
.nDeps
));
12937 /* Dump Transform Comments */
12938 if (transform
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
12939 dumpComment(fout
, "TRANSFORM", transformargs
->data
,
12941 transform
->dobj
.catId
, 0, transform
->dobj
.dumpId
);
12944 destroyPQExpBuffer(defqry
);
12945 destroyPQExpBuffer(delqry
);
12946 destroyPQExpBuffer(labelq
);
12947 destroyPQExpBuffer(transformargs
);
12953 * write out a single operator definition
12956 dumpOpr(Archive
*fout
, const OprInfo
*oprinfo
)
12958 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
12963 PQExpBuffer details
;
12988 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
12989 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
12993 * some operators are invalid because they were the result of user
12994 * defining operators before commutators exist
12996 if (!OidIsValid(oprinfo
->oprcode
))
12999 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
13000 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
13001 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
13002 oprid
= createPQExpBuffer();
13003 details
= createPQExpBuffer();
13005 if (!fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPOPR
])
13007 /* Set up query for operator-specific details */
13008 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
13009 "PREPARE dumpOpr(pg_catalog.oid) AS\n"
13011 "oprcode::pg_catalog.regprocedure, "
13012 "oprleft::pg_catalog.regtype, "
13013 "oprright::pg_catalog.regtype, "
13016 "oprrest::pg_catalog.regprocedure, "
13017 "oprjoin::pg_catalog.regprocedure, "
13018 "oprcanmerge, oprcanhash "
13019 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_operator "
13022 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
13024 fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPOPR
] = true;
13027 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
13028 "EXECUTE dumpOpr('%u')",
13029 oprinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
13031 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
13033 i_oprkind
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprkind");
13034 i_oprcode
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprcode");
13035 i_oprleft
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprleft");
13036 i_oprright
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprright");
13037 i_oprcom
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprcom");
13038 i_oprnegate
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprnegate");
13039 i_oprrest
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprrest");
13040 i_oprjoin
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprjoin");
13041 i_oprcanmerge
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprcanmerge");
13042 i_oprcanhash
= PQfnumber(res
, "oprcanhash");
13044 oprkind
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_oprkind
);
13045 oprcode
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_oprcode
);
13046 oprleft
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_oprleft
);
13047 oprright
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_oprright
);
13048 oprcom
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_oprcom
);
13049 oprnegate
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_oprnegate
);
13050 oprrest
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_oprrest
);
13051 oprjoin
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_oprjoin
);
13052 oprcanmerge
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_oprcanmerge
);
13053 oprcanhash
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_oprcanhash
);
13055 /* In PG14 upwards postfix operator support does not exist anymore. */
13056 if (strcmp(oprkind
, "r") == 0)
13057 pg_log_warning("postfix operators are not supported anymore (operator \"%s\")",
13060 oprregproc
= convertRegProcReference(oprcode
);
13063 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, " FUNCTION = %s", oprregproc
);
13067 appendPQExpBuffer(oprid
, "%s (",
13068 oprinfo
->dobj
.name
);
13071 * right unary means there's a left arg and left unary means there's a
13072 * right arg. (Although the "r" case is dead code for PG14 and later,
13073 * continue to support it in case we're dumping from an old server.)
13075 if (strcmp(oprkind
, "r") == 0 ||
13076 strcmp(oprkind
, "b") == 0)
13078 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n LEFTARG = %s", oprleft
);
13079 appendPQExpBufferStr(oprid
, oprleft
);
13082 appendPQExpBufferStr(oprid
, "NONE");
13084 if (strcmp(oprkind
, "l") == 0 ||
13085 strcmp(oprkind
, "b") == 0)
13087 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n RIGHTARG = %s", oprright
);
13088 appendPQExpBuffer(oprid
, ", %s)", oprright
);
13091 appendPQExpBufferStr(oprid
, ", NONE)");
13093 oprref
= getFormattedOperatorName(oprcom
);
13096 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n COMMUTATOR = %s", oprref
);
13100 oprref
= getFormattedOperatorName(oprnegate
);
13103 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n NEGATOR = %s", oprref
);
13107 if (strcmp(oprcanmerge
, "t") == 0)
13108 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n MERGES");
13110 if (strcmp(oprcanhash
, "t") == 0)
13111 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n HASHES");
13113 oprregproc
= convertRegProcReference(oprrest
);
13116 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n RESTRICT = %s", oprregproc
);
13120 oprregproc
= convertRegProcReference(oprjoin
);
13123 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n JOIN = %s", oprregproc
);
13127 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP OPERATOR %s.%s;\n",
13128 fmtId(oprinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
),
13131 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE OPERATOR %s.%s (\n%s\n);\n",
13132 fmtId(oprinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
),
13133 oprinfo
->dobj
.name
, details
->data
);
13135 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
13136 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &oprinfo
->dobj
,
13137 "OPERATOR", oprid
->data
,
13138 oprinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
13140 if (oprinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
13141 ArchiveEntry(fout
, oprinfo
->dobj
.catId
, oprinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
13142 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= oprinfo
->dobj
.name
,
13143 .namespace = oprinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
13144 .owner
= oprinfo
->rolname
,
13145 .description
= "OPERATOR",
13146 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
13147 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
13148 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
13150 /* Dump Operator Comments */
13151 if (oprinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
13152 dumpComment(fout
, "OPERATOR", oprid
->data
,
13153 oprinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, oprinfo
->rolname
,
13154 oprinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, oprinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
13158 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
13159 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
13160 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
13161 destroyPQExpBuffer(oprid
);
13162 destroyPQExpBuffer(details
);
13166 * Convert a function reference obtained from pg_operator
13168 * Returns allocated string of what to print, or NULL if function references
13169 * is InvalidOid. Returned string is expected to be free'd by the caller.
13171 * The input is a REGPROCEDURE display; we have to strip the argument-types
13175 convertRegProcReference(const char *proc
)
13181 /* In all cases "-" means a null reference */
13182 if (strcmp(proc
, "-") == 0)
13185 name
= pg_strdup(proc
);
13186 /* find non-double-quoted left paren */
13188 for (paren
= name
; *paren
; paren
++)
13190 if (*paren
== '(' && !inquote
)
13196 inquote
= !inquote
;
13202 * getFormattedOperatorName - retrieve the operator name for the
13203 * given operator OID (presented in string form).
13205 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL if the given OID is invalid.
13206 * Caller is responsible for free'ing result string.
13208 * What we produce has the format "OPERATOR(schema.oprname)". This is only
13209 * useful in commands where the operator's argument types can be inferred from
13210 * context. We always schema-qualify the name, though. The predecessor to
13211 * this code tried to skip the schema qualification if possible, but that led
13212 * to wrong results in corner cases, such as if an operator and its negator
13213 * are in different schemas.
13216 getFormattedOperatorName(const char *oproid
)
13220 /* In all cases "0" means a null reference */
13221 if (strcmp(oproid
, "0") == 0)
13224 oprInfo
= findOprByOid(atooid(oproid
));
13225 if (oprInfo
== NULL
)
13227 pg_log_warning("could not find operator with OID %s",
13232 return psprintf("OPERATOR(%s.%s)",
13233 fmtId(oprInfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
),
13234 oprInfo
->dobj
.name
);
13238 * Convert a function OID obtained from pg_ts_parser or pg_ts_template
13240 * It is sufficient to use REGPROC rather than REGPROCEDURE, since the
13241 * argument lists of these functions are predetermined. Note that the
13242 * caller should ensure we are in the proper schema, because the results
13243 * are search path dependent!
13246 convertTSFunction(Archive
*fout
, Oid funcOid
)
13252 snprintf(query
, sizeof(query
),
13253 "SELECT '%u'::pg_catalog.regproc", funcOid
);
13254 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
);
13256 result
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0));
13265 * write out a single access method definition
13268 dumpAccessMethod(Archive
*fout
, const AccessMethodInfo
*aminfo
)
13270 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
13275 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
13276 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
13279 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
13280 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
13282 qamname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(aminfo
->dobj
.name
));
13284 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE ACCESS METHOD %s ", qamname
);
13286 switch (aminfo
->amtype
)
13289 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "TYPE INDEX ");
13292 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "TYPE TABLE ");
13295 pg_log_warning("invalid type \"%c\" of access method \"%s\"",
13296 aminfo
->amtype
, qamname
);
13297 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
13298 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
13303 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "HANDLER %s;\n", aminfo
->amhandler
);
13305 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP ACCESS METHOD %s;\n",
13308 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
13309 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &aminfo
->dobj
,
13310 "ACCESS METHOD", qamname
, NULL
);
13312 if (aminfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
13313 ArchiveEntry(fout
, aminfo
->dobj
.catId
, aminfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
13314 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= aminfo
->dobj
.name
,
13315 .description
= "ACCESS METHOD",
13316 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
13317 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
13318 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
13320 /* Dump Access Method Comments */
13321 if (aminfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
13322 dumpComment(fout
, "ACCESS METHOD", qamname
,
13324 aminfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, aminfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
13326 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
13327 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
13333 * write out a single operator class definition
13336 dumpOpclass(Archive
*fout
, const OpclassInfo
*opcinfo
)
13338 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
13342 PQExpBuffer nameusing
;
13349 int i_opcfamilyname
;
13350 int i_opcfamilynsp
;
13352 int i_amopstrategy
;
13355 int i_sortfamilynsp
;
13358 int i_amproclefttype
;
13359 int i_amprocrighttype
;
13364 char *opcfamilyname
;
13365 char *opcfamilynsp
;
13367 char *amopstrategy
;
13370 char *sortfamilynsp
;
13373 char *amproclefttype
;
13374 char *amprocrighttype
;
13378 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
13379 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
13382 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
13383 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
13384 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
13385 nameusing
= createPQExpBuffer();
13387 /* Get additional fields from the pg_opclass row */
13388 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT opcintype::pg_catalog.regtype, "
13389 "opckeytype::pg_catalog.regtype, "
13390 "opcdefault, opcfamily, "
13391 "opfname AS opcfamilyname, "
13392 "nspname AS opcfamilynsp, "
13393 "(SELECT amname FROM pg_catalog.pg_am WHERE oid = opcmethod) AS amname "
13394 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_opclass c "
13395 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_opfamily f ON f.oid = opcfamily "
13396 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_namespace n ON n.oid = opfnamespace "
13397 "WHERE c.oid = '%u'::pg_catalog.oid",
13398 opcinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
13400 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
13402 i_opcintype
= PQfnumber(res
, "opcintype");
13403 i_opckeytype
= PQfnumber(res
, "opckeytype");
13404 i_opcdefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "opcdefault");
13405 i_opcfamily
= PQfnumber(res
, "opcfamily");
13406 i_opcfamilyname
= PQfnumber(res
, "opcfamilyname");
13407 i_opcfamilynsp
= PQfnumber(res
, "opcfamilynsp");
13408 i_amname
= PQfnumber(res
, "amname");
13410 /* opcintype may still be needed after we PQclear res */
13411 opcintype
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_opcintype
));
13412 opckeytype
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_opckeytype
);
13413 opcdefault
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_opcdefault
);
13414 /* opcfamily will still be needed after we PQclear res */
13415 opcfamily
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_opcfamily
));
13416 opcfamilyname
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_opcfamilyname
);
13417 opcfamilynsp
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_opcfamilynsp
);
13418 /* amname will still be needed after we PQclear res */
13419 amname
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_amname
));
13421 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP OPERATOR CLASS %s",
13422 fmtQualifiedDumpable(opcinfo
));
13423 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, " USING %s;\n",
13426 /* Build the fixed portion of the CREATE command */
13427 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE OPERATOR CLASS %s\n ",
13428 fmtQualifiedDumpable(opcinfo
));
13429 if (strcmp(opcdefault
, "t") == 0)
13430 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "DEFAULT ");
13431 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "FOR TYPE %s USING %s",
13434 if (strlen(opcfamilyname
) > 0)
13436 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " FAMILY ");
13437 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s.", fmtId(opcfamilynsp
));
13438 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, fmtId(opcfamilyname
));
13440 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " AS\n ");
13444 if (strcmp(opckeytype
, "-") != 0)
13446 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "STORAGE %s",
13454 * Now fetch and print the OPERATOR entries (pg_amop rows).
13456 * Print only those opfamily members that are tied to the opclass by
13457 * pg_depend entries.
13459 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
13460 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT amopstrategy, "
13461 "amopopr::pg_catalog.regoperator, "
13462 "opfname AS sortfamily, "
13463 "nspname AS sortfamilynsp "
13464 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_amop ao JOIN pg_catalog.pg_depend ON "
13465 "(classid = 'pg_catalog.pg_amop'::pg_catalog.regclass AND objid = ao.oid) "
13466 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_opfamily f ON f.oid = amopsortfamily "
13467 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_namespace n ON n.oid = opfnamespace "
13468 "WHERE refclassid = 'pg_catalog.pg_opclass'::pg_catalog.regclass "
13469 "AND refobjid = '%u'::pg_catalog.oid "
13470 "AND amopfamily = '%s'::pg_catalog.oid "
13471 "ORDER BY amopstrategy",
13472 opcinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
,
13475 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
13477 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
13479 i_amopstrategy
= PQfnumber(res
, "amopstrategy");
13480 i_amopopr
= PQfnumber(res
, "amopopr");
13481 i_sortfamily
= PQfnumber(res
, "sortfamily");
13482 i_sortfamilynsp
= PQfnumber(res
, "sortfamilynsp");
13484 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
13486 amopstrategy
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_amopstrategy
);
13487 amopopr
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_amopopr
);
13488 sortfamily
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_sortfamily
);
13489 sortfamilynsp
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_sortfamilynsp
);
13492 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " ,\n ");
13494 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "OPERATOR %s %s",
13495 amopstrategy
, amopopr
);
13497 if (strlen(sortfamily
) > 0)
13499 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " FOR ORDER BY ");
13500 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s.", fmtId(sortfamilynsp
));
13501 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, fmtId(sortfamily
));
13510 * Now fetch and print the FUNCTION entries (pg_amproc rows).
13512 * Print only those opfamily members that are tied to the opclass by
13513 * pg_depend entries.
13515 * We print the amproclefttype/amprocrighttype even though in most cases
13516 * the backend could deduce the right values, because of the corner case
13517 * of a btree sort support function for a cross-type comparison.
13519 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
13521 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT amprocnum, "
13522 "amproc::pg_catalog.regprocedure, "
13523 "amproclefttype::pg_catalog.regtype, "
13524 "amprocrighttype::pg_catalog.regtype "
13525 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_amproc ap, pg_catalog.pg_depend "
13526 "WHERE refclassid = 'pg_catalog.pg_opclass'::pg_catalog.regclass "
13527 "AND refobjid = '%u'::pg_catalog.oid "
13528 "AND classid = 'pg_catalog.pg_amproc'::pg_catalog.regclass "
13529 "AND objid = ap.oid "
13530 "ORDER BY amprocnum",
13531 opcinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
13533 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
13535 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
13537 i_amprocnum
= PQfnumber(res
, "amprocnum");
13538 i_amproc
= PQfnumber(res
, "amproc");
13539 i_amproclefttype
= PQfnumber(res
, "amproclefttype");
13540 i_amprocrighttype
= PQfnumber(res
, "amprocrighttype");
13542 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
13544 amprocnum
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_amprocnum
);
13545 amproc
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_amproc
);
13546 amproclefttype
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_amproclefttype
);
13547 amprocrighttype
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_amprocrighttype
);
13550 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " ,\n ");
13552 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "FUNCTION %s", amprocnum
);
13554 if (*amproclefttype
&& *amprocrighttype
)
13555 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " (%s, %s)", amproclefttype
, amprocrighttype
);
13557 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " %s", amproc
);
13565 * If needComma is still false it means we haven't added anything after
13566 * the AS keyword. To avoid printing broken SQL, append a dummy STORAGE
13567 * clause with the same datatype. This isn't sanctioned by the
13568 * documentation, but actually DefineOpClass will treat it as a no-op.
13571 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "STORAGE %s", opcintype
);
13573 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ";\n");
13575 appendPQExpBufferStr(nameusing
, fmtId(opcinfo
->dobj
.name
));
13576 appendPQExpBuffer(nameusing
, " USING %s",
13579 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
13580 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &opcinfo
->dobj
,
13581 "OPERATOR CLASS", nameusing
->data
,
13582 opcinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
13584 if (opcinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
13585 ArchiveEntry(fout
, opcinfo
->dobj
.catId
, opcinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
13586 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= opcinfo
->dobj
.name
,
13587 .namespace = opcinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
13588 .owner
= opcinfo
->rolname
,
13589 .description
= "OPERATOR CLASS",
13590 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
13591 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
13592 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
13594 /* Dump Operator Class Comments */
13595 if (opcinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
13596 dumpComment(fout
, "OPERATOR CLASS", nameusing
->data
,
13597 opcinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, opcinfo
->rolname
,
13598 opcinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, opcinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
13603 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
13604 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
13605 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
13606 destroyPQExpBuffer(nameusing
);
13611 * write out a single operator family definition
13613 * Note: this also dumps any "loose" operator members that aren't bound to a
13614 * specific opclass within the opfamily.
13617 dumpOpfamily(Archive
*fout
, const OpfamilyInfo
*opfinfo
)
13619 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
13623 PQExpBuffer nameusing
;
13626 PGresult
*res_procs
;
13629 int i_amopstrategy
;
13632 int i_sortfamilynsp
;
13635 int i_amproclefttype
;
13636 int i_amprocrighttype
;
13638 char *amopstrategy
;
13641 char *sortfamilynsp
;
13644 char *amproclefttype
;
13645 char *amprocrighttype
;
13649 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
13650 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
13653 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
13654 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
13655 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
13656 nameusing
= createPQExpBuffer();
13659 * Fetch only those opfamily members that are tied directly to the
13660 * opfamily by pg_depend entries.
13662 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT amopstrategy, "
13663 "amopopr::pg_catalog.regoperator, "
13664 "opfname AS sortfamily, "
13665 "nspname AS sortfamilynsp "
13666 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_amop ao JOIN pg_catalog.pg_depend ON "
13667 "(classid = 'pg_catalog.pg_amop'::pg_catalog.regclass AND objid = ao.oid) "
13668 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_opfamily f ON f.oid = amopsortfamily "
13669 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_namespace n ON n.oid = opfnamespace "
13670 "WHERE refclassid = 'pg_catalog.pg_opfamily'::pg_catalog.regclass "
13671 "AND refobjid = '%u'::pg_catalog.oid "
13672 "AND amopfamily = '%u'::pg_catalog.oid "
13673 "ORDER BY amopstrategy",
13674 opfinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
,
13675 opfinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
13677 res_ops
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
13679 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
13681 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT amprocnum, "
13682 "amproc::pg_catalog.regprocedure, "
13683 "amproclefttype::pg_catalog.regtype, "
13684 "amprocrighttype::pg_catalog.regtype "
13685 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_amproc ap, pg_catalog.pg_depend "
13686 "WHERE refclassid = 'pg_catalog.pg_opfamily'::pg_catalog.regclass "
13687 "AND refobjid = '%u'::pg_catalog.oid "
13688 "AND classid = 'pg_catalog.pg_amproc'::pg_catalog.regclass "
13689 "AND objid = ap.oid "
13690 "ORDER BY amprocnum",
13691 opfinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
13693 res_procs
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
13695 /* Get additional fields from the pg_opfamily row */
13696 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
13698 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT "
13699 "(SELECT amname FROM pg_catalog.pg_am WHERE oid = opfmethod) AS amname "
13700 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_opfamily "
13701 "WHERE oid = '%u'::pg_catalog.oid",
13702 opfinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
13704 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
13706 i_amname
= PQfnumber(res
, "amname");
13708 /* amname will still be needed after we PQclear res */
13709 amname
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_amname
));
13711 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP OPERATOR FAMILY %s",
13712 fmtQualifiedDumpable(opfinfo
));
13713 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, " USING %s;\n",
13716 /* Build the fixed portion of the CREATE command */
13717 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY %s",
13718 fmtQualifiedDumpable(opfinfo
));
13719 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " USING %s;\n",
13724 /* Do we need an ALTER to add loose members? */
13725 if (PQntuples(res_ops
) > 0 || PQntuples(res_procs
) > 0)
13727 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY %s",
13728 fmtQualifiedDumpable(opfinfo
));
13729 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " USING %s ADD\n ",
13735 * Now fetch and print the OPERATOR entries (pg_amop rows).
13737 ntups
= PQntuples(res_ops
);
13739 i_amopstrategy
= PQfnumber(res_ops
, "amopstrategy");
13740 i_amopopr
= PQfnumber(res_ops
, "amopopr");
13741 i_sortfamily
= PQfnumber(res_ops
, "sortfamily");
13742 i_sortfamilynsp
= PQfnumber(res_ops
, "sortfamilynsp");
13744 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
13746 amopstrategy
= PQgetvalue(res_ops
, i
, i_amopstrategy
);
13747 amopopr
= PQgetvalue(res_ops
, i
, i_amopopr
);
13748 sortfamily
= PQgetvalue(res_ops
, i
, i_sortfamily
);
13749 sortfamilynsp
= PQgetvalue(res_ops
, i
, i_sortfamilynsp
);
13752 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " ,\n ");
13754 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "OPERATOR %s %s",
13755 amopstrategy
, amopopr
);
13757 if (strlen(sortfamily
) > 0)
13759 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " FOR ORDER BY ");
13760 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s.", fmtId(sortfamilynsp
));
13761 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, fmtId(sortfamily
));
13768 * Now fetch and print the FUNCTION entries (pg_amproc rows).
13770 ntups
= PQntuples(res_procs
);
13772 i_amprocnum
= PQfnumber(res_procs
, "amprocnum");
13773 i_amproc
= PQfnumber(res_procs
, "amproc");
13774 i_amproclefttype
= PQfnumber(res_procs
, "amproclefttype");
13775 i_amprocrighttype
= PQfnumber(res_procs
, "amprocrighttype");
13777 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
13779 amprocnum
= PQgetvalue(res_procs
, i
, i_amprocnum
);
13780 amproc
= PQgetvalue(res_procs
, i
, i_amproc
);
13781 amproclefttype
= PQgetvalue(res_procs
, i
, i_amproclefttype
);
13782 amprocrighttype
= PQgetvalue(res_procs
, i
, i_amprocrighttype
);
13785 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " ,\n ");
13787 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "FUNCTION %s (%s, %s) %s",
13788 amprocnum
, amproclefttype
, amprocrighttype
,
13794 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ";\n");
13797 appendPQExpBufferStr(nameusing
, fmtId(opfinfo
->dobj
.name
));
13798 appendPQExpBuffer(nameusing
, " USING %s",
13801 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
13802 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &opfinfo
->dobj
,
13803 "OPERATOR FAMILY", nameusing
->data
,
13804 opfinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
13806 if (opfinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
13807 ArchiveEntry(fout
, opfinfo
->dobj
.catId
, opfinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
13808 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= opfinfo
->dobj
.name
,
13809 .namespace = opfinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
13810 .owner
= opfinfo
->rolname
,
13811 .description
= "OPERATOR FAMILY",
13812 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
13813 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
13814 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
13816 /* Dump Operator Family Comments */
13817 if (opfinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
13818 dumpComment(fout
, "OPERATOR FAMILY", nameusing
->data
,
13819 opfinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, opfinfo
->rolname
,
13820 opfinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, opfinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
13824 PQclear(res_procs
);
13825 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
13826 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
13827 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
13828 destroyPQExpBuffer(nameusing
);
13833 * write out a single collation definition
13836 dumpCollation(Archive
*fout
, const CollInfo
*collinfo
)
13838 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
13844 int i_collprovider
;
13845 int i_collisdeterministic
;
13849 int i_collicurules
;
13850 const char *collprovider
;
13851 const char *collcollate
;
13852 const char *collctype
;
13853 const char *colllocale
;
13854 const char *collicurules
;
13856 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
13857 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
13860 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
13861 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
13862 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
13864 qcollname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(collinfo
->dobj
.name
));
13866 /* Get collation-specific details */
13867 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT ");
13869 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 100000)
13870 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
13874 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
13875 "'c' AS collprovider, "
13876 "NULL AS collversion, ");
13878 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 120000)
13879 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
13880 "collisdeterministic, ");
13882 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
13883 "true AS collisdeterministic, ");
13885 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 170000)
13886 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
13888 else if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 150000)
13889 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
13890 "colliculocale AS colllocale, ");
13892 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
13893 "NULL AS colllocale, ");
13895 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 160000)
13896 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
13899 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
13900 "NULL AS collicurules, ");
13902 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
13905 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_collation c "
13906 "WHERE c.oid = '%u'::pg_catalog.oid",
13907 collinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
13909 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
13911 i_collprovider
= PQfnumber(res
, "collprovider");
13912 i_collisdeterministic
= PQfnumber(res
, "collisdeterministic");
13913 i_collcollate
= PQfnumber(res
, "collcollate");
13914 i_collctype
= PQfnumber(res
, "collctype");
13915 i_colllocale
= PQfnumber(res
, "colllocale");
13916 i_collicurules
= PQfnumber(res
, "collicurules");
13918 collprovider
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_collprovider
);
13920 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, i_collcollate
))
13921 collcollate
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_collcollate
);
13923 collcollate
= NULL
;
13925 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, i_collctype
))
13926 collctype
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_collctype
);
13931 * Before version 15, collcollate and collctype were of type NAME and
13932 * non-nullable. Treat empty strings as NULL for consistency.
13934 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 150000)
13936 if (collcollate
[0] == '\0')
13937 collcollate
= NULL
;
13938 if (collctype
[0] == '\0')
13942 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, i_colllocale
))
13943 colllocale
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_colllocale
);
13947 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, i_collicurules
))
13948 collicurules
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_collicurules
);
13950 collicurules
= NULL
;
13952 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP COLLATION %s;\n",
13953 fmtQualifiedDumpable(collinfo
));
13955 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE COLLATION %s (",
13956 fmtQualifiedDumpable(collinfo
));
13958 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "provider = ");
13959 if (collprovider
[0] == 'b')
13960 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "builtin");
13961 else if (collprovider
[0] == 'c')
13962 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "libc");
13963 else if (collprovider
[0] == 'i')
13964 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "icu");
13965 else if (collprovider
[0] == 'd')
13966 /* to allow dumping pg_catalog; not accepted on input */
13967 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "default");
13969 pg_fatal("unrecognized collation provider: %s",
13972 if (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_collisdeterministic
), "f") == 0)
13973 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", deterministic = false");
13975 if (collprovider
[0] == 'd')
13977 if (collcollate
|| collctype
|| colllocale
|| collicurules
)
13978 pg_log_warning("invalid collation \"%s\"", qcollname
);
13980 /* no locale -- the default collation cannot be reloaded anyway */
13982 else if (collprovider
[0] == 'b')
13984 if (collcollate
|| collctype
|| !colllocale
|| collicurules
)
13985 pg_log_warning("invalid collation \"%s\"", qcollname
);
13987 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", locale = ");
13988 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, colllocale
? colllocale
: "",
13991 else if (collprovider
[0] == 'i')
13993 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 150000)
13995 if (collcollate
|| collctype
|| !colllocale
)
13996 pg_log_warning("invalid collation \"%s\"", qcollname
);
13998 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", locale = ");
13999 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, colllocale
? colllocale
: "",
14004 if (!collcollate
|| !collctype
|| colllocale
||
14005 strcmp(collcollate
, collctype
) != 0)
14006 pg_log_warning("invalid collation \"%s\"", qcollname
);
14008 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", locale = ");
14009 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, collcollate
? collcollate
: "", fout
);
14014 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", rules = ");
14015 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, collicurules
? collicurules
: "", fout
);
14018 else if (collprovider
[0] == 'c')
14020 if (colllocale
|| collicurules
|| !collcollate
|| !collctype
)
14021 pg_log_warning("invalid collation \"%s\"", qcollname
);
14023 if (collcollate
&& collctype
&& strcmp(collcollate
, collctype
) == 0)
14025 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", locale = ");
14026 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, collcollate
? collcollate
: "", fout
);
14030 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", lc_collate = ");
14031 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, collcollate
? collcollate
: "", fout
);
14032 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", lc_ctype = ");
14033 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, collctype
? collctype
: "", fout
);
14037 pg_fatal("unrecognized collation provider: %s", collprovider
);
14040 * For binary upgrade, carry over the collation version. For normal
14041 * dump/restore, omit the version, so that it is computed upon restore.
14043 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
14047 i_collversion
= PQfnumber(res
, "collversion");
14048 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, i_collversion
))
14050 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", version = ");
14051 appendStringLiteralAH(q
,
14052 PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_collversion
),
14057 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ");\n");
14059 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
14060 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &collinfo
->dobj
,
14061 "COLLATION", qcollname
,
14062 collinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
14064 if (collinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
14065 ArchiveEntry(fout
, collinfo
->dobj
.catId
, collinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
14066 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= collinfo
->dobj
.name
,
14067 .namespace = collinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
14068 .owner
= collinfo
->rolname
,
14069 .description
= "COLLATION",
14070 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
14071 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
14072 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
14074 /* Dump Collation Comments */
14075 if (collinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
14076 dumpComment(fout
, "COLLATION", qcollname
,
14077 collinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, collinfo
->rolname
,
14078 collinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, collinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
14082 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
14083 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
14084 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
14090 * write out a single conversion definition
14093 dumpConversion(Archive
*fout
, const ConvInfo
*convinfo
)
14095 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
14101 int i_conforencoding
;
14102 int i_contoencoding
;
14105 const char *conforencoding
;
14106 const char *contoencoding
;
14107 const char *conproc
;
14110 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
14111 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
14114 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
14115 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
14116 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
14118 qconvname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(convinfo
->dobj
.name
));
14120 /* Get conversion-specific details */
14121 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT "
14122 "pg_catalog.pg_encoding_to_char(conforencoding) AS conforencoding, "
14123 "pg_catalog.pg_encoding_to_char(contoencoding) AS contoencoding, "
14124 "conproc, condefault "
14125 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_conversion c "
14126 "WHERE c.oid = '%u'::pg_catalog.oid",
14127 convinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
14129 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
14131 i_conforencoding
= PQfnumber(res
, "conforencoding");
14132 i_contoencoding
= PQfnumber(res
, "contoencoding");
14133 i_conproc
= PQfnumber(res
, "conproc");
14134 i_condefault
= PQfnumber(res
, "condefault");
14136 conforencoding
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_conforencoding
);
14137 contoencoding
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_contoencoding
);
14138 conproc
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_conproc
);
14139 condefault
= (PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_condefault
)[0] == 't');
14141 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP CONVERSION %s;\n",
14142 fmtQualifiedDumpable(convinfo
));
14144 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE %sCONVERSION %s FOR ",
14145 (condefault
) ? "DEFAULT " : "",
14146 fmtQualifiedDumpable(convinfo
));
14147 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, conforencoding
, fout
);
14148 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " TO ");
14149 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, contoencoding
, fout
);
14150 /* regproc output is already sufficiently quoted */
14151 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " FROM %s;\n", conproc
);
14153 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
14154 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &convinfo
->dobj
,
14155 "CONVERSION", qconvname
,
14156 convinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
14158 if (convinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
14159 ArchiveEntry(fout
, convinfo
->dobj
.catId
, convinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
14160 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= convinfo
->dobj
.name
,
14161 .namespace = convinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
14162 .owner
= convinfo
->rolname
,
14163 .description
= "CONVERSION",
14164 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
14165 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
14166 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
14168 /* Dump Conversion Comments */
14169 if (convinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
14170 dumpComment(fout
, "CONVERSION", qconvname
,
14171 convinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, convinfo
->rolname
,
14172 convinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, convinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
14176 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
14177 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
14178 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
14183 * format_aggregate_signature: generate aggregate name and argument list
14185 * The argument type names are qualified if needed. The aggregate name
14186 * is never qualified.
14189 format_aggregate_signature(const AggInfo
*agginfo
, Archive
*fout
, bool honor_quotes
)
14191 PQExpBufferData buf
;
14194 initPQExpBuffer(&buf
);
14196 appendPQExpBufferStr(&buf
, fmtId(agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.name
));
14198 appendPQExpBufferStr(&buf
, agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.name
);
14200 if (agginfo
->aggfn
.nargs
== 0)
14201 appendPQExpBufferStr(&buf
, "(*)");
14204 appendPQExpBufferChar(&buf
, '(');
14205 for (j
= 0; j
< agginfo
->aggfn
.nargs
; j
++)
14206 appendPQExpBuffer(&buf
, "%s%s",
14207 (j
> 0) ? ", " : "",
14208 getFormattedTypeName(fout
,
14209 agginfo
->aggfn
.argtypes
[j
],
14211 appendPQExpBufferChar(&buf
, ')');
14218 * write out a single aggregate definition
14221 dumpAgg(Archive
*fout
, const AggInfo
*agginfo
)
14223 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
14227 PQExpBuffer details
;
14228 char *aggsig
; /* identity signature */
14229 char *aggfullsig
= NULL
; /* full signature */
14234 const char *aggtransfn
;
14235 const char *aggfinalfn
;
14236 const char *aggcombinefn
;
14237 const char *aggserialfn
;
14238 const char *aggdeserialfn
;
14239 const char *aggmtransfn
;
14240 const char *aggminvtransfn
;
14241 const char *aggmfinalfn
;
14242 bool aggfinalextra
;
14243 bool aggmfinalextra
;
14244 char aggfinalmodify
;
14245 char aggmfinalmodify
;
14246 const char *aggsortop
;
14247 char *aggsortconvop
;
14249 const char *aggtranstype
;
14250 const char *aggtransspace
;
14251 const char *aggmtranstype
;
14252 const char *aggmtransspace
;
14253 const char *agginitval
;
14254 const char *aggminitval
;
14255 const char *proparallel
;
14256 char defaultfinalmodify
;
14258 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
14259 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
14262 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
14263 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
14264 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
14265 details
= createPQExpBuffer();
14267 if (!fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPAGG
])
14269 /* Set up query for aggregate-specific details */
14270 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
14271 "PREPARE dumpAgg(pg_catalog.oid) AS\n");
14273 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
14277 "aggtranstype::pg_catalog.regtype,\n"
14280 "pg_catalog.pg_get_function_arguments(p.oid) AS funcargs,\n"
14281 "pg_catalog.pg_get_function_identity_arguments(p.oid) AS funciargs,\n");
14283 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90400)
14284 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
14287 "aggminvtransfn,\n"
14289 "aggmtranstype::pg_catalog.regtype,\n"
14291 "aggmfinalextra,\n"
14293 "aggmtransspace,\n"
14296 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
14297 "'n' AS aggkind,\n"
14298 "'-' AS aggmtransfn,\n"
14299 "'-' AS aggminvtransfn,\n"
14300 "'-' AS aggmfinalfn,\n"
14301 "0 AS aggmtranstype,\n"
14302 "false AS aggfinalextra,\n"
14303 "false AS aggmfinalextra,\n"
14304 "0 AS aggtransspace,\n"
14305 "0 AS aggmtransspace,\n"
14306 "NULL AS aggminitval,\n");
14308 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90600)
14309 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
14315 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
14316 "'-' AS aggcombinefn,\n"
14317 "'-' AS aggserialfn,\n"
14318 "'-' AS aggdeserialfn,\n"
14319 "'u' AS proparallel,\n");
14321 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 110000)
14322 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
14323 "aggfinalmodify,\n"
14324 "aggmfinalmodify\n");
14326 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
14327 "'0' AS aggfinalmodify,\n"
14328 "'0' AS aggmfinalmodify\n");
14330 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
14331 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_aggregate a, pg_catalog.pg_proc p "
14332 "WHERE a.aggfnoid = p.oid "
14335 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
14337 fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPAGG
] = true;
14340 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
14341 "EXECUTE dumpAgg('%u')",
14342 agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.catId
.oid
);
14344 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
14346 i_agginitval
= PQfnumber(res
, "agginitval");
14347 i_aggminitval
= PQfnumber(res
, "aggminitval");
14349 aggtransfn
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggtransfn"));
14350 aggfinalfn
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggfinalfn"));
14351 aggcombinefn
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggcombinefn"));
14352 aggserialfn
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggserialfn"));
14353 aggdeserialfn
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggdeserialfn"));
14354 aggmtransfn
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggmtransfn"));
14355 aggminvtransfn
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggminvtransfn"));
14356 aggmfinalfn
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggmfinalfn"));
14357 aggfinalextra
= (PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggfinalextra"))[0] == 't');
14358 aggmfinalextra
= (PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggmfinalextra"))[0] == 't');
14359 aggfinalmodify
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggfinalmodify"))[0];
14360 aggmfinalmodify
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggmfinalmodify"))[0];
14361 aggsortop
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggsortop"));
14362 aggkind
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggkind"))[0];
14363 aggtranstype
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggtranstype"));
14364 aggtransspace
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggtransspace"));
14365 aggmtranstype
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggmtranstype"));
14366 aggmtransspace
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "aggmtransspace"));
14367 agginitval
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_agginitval
);
14368 aggminitval
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_aggminitval
);
14369 proparallel
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "proparallel"));
14375 funcargs
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "funcargs"));
14376 funciargs
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, PQfnumber(res
, "funciargs"));
14377 aggfullsig
= format_function_arguments(&agginfo
->aggfn
, funcargs
, true);
14378 aggsig
= format_function_arguments(&agginfo
->aggfn
, funciargs
, true);
14381 aggsig_tag
= format_aggregate_signature(agginfo
, fout
, false);
14383 /* identify default modify flag for aggkind (must match DefineAggregate) */
14384 defaultfinalmodify
= (aggkind
== AGGKIND_NORMAL
) ? AGGMODIFY_READ_ONLY
: AGGMODIFY_READ_WRITE
;
14385 /* replace omitted flags for old versions */
14386 if (aggfinalmodify
== '0')
14387 aggfinalmodify
= defaultfinalmodify
;
14388 if (aggmfinalmodify
== '0')
14389 aggmfinalmodify
= defaultfinalmodify
;
14391 /* regproc and regtype output is already sufficiently quoted */
14392 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, " SFUNC = %s,\n STYPE = %s",
14393 aggtransfn
, aggtranstype
);
14395 if (strcmp(aggtransspace
, "0") != 0)
14397 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n SSPACE = %s",
14401 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, i_agginitval
))
14403 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n INITCOND = ");
14404 appendStringLiteralAH(details
, agginitval
, fout
);
14407 if (strcmp(aggfinalfn
, "-") != 0)
14409 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n FINALFUNC = %s",
14412 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n FINALFUNC_EXTRA");
14413 if (aggfinalmodify
!= defaultfinalmodify
)
14415 switch (aggfinalmodify
)
14417 case AGGMODIFY_READ_ONLY
:
14418 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n FINALFUNC_MODIFY = READ_ONLY");
14420 case AGGMODIFY_SHAREABLE
:
14421 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n FINALFUNC_MODIFY = SHAREABLE");
14423 case AGGMODIFY_READ_WRITE
:
14424 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n FINALFUNC_MODIFY = READ_WRITE");
14427 pg_fatal("unrecognized aggfinalmodify value for aggregate \"%s\"",
14428 agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.name
);
14434 if (strcmp(aggcombinefn
, "-") != 0)
14435 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n COMBINEFUNC = %s", aggcombinefn
);
14437 if (strcmp(aggserialfn
, "-") != 0)
14438 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n SERIALFUNC = %s", aggserialfn
);
14440 if (strcmp(aggdeserialfn
, "-") != 0)
14441 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n DESERIALFUNC = %s", aggdeserialfn
);
14443 if (strcmp(aggmtransfn
, "-") != 0)
14445 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n MSFUNC = %s,\n MINVFUNC = %s,\n MSTYPE = %s",
14451 if (strcmp(aggmtransspace
, "0") != 0)
14453 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n MSSPACE = %s",
14457 if (!PQgetisnull(res
, 0, i_aggminitval
))
14459 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n MINITCOND = ");
14460 appendStringLiteralAH(details
, aggminitval
, fout
);
14463 if (strcmp(aggmfinalfn
, "-") != 0)
14465 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n MFINALFUNC = %s",
14467 if (aggmfinalextra
)
14468 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n MFINALFUNC_EXTRA");
14469 if (aggmfinalmodify
!= defaultfinalmodify
)
14471 switch (aggmfinalmodify
)
14473 case AGGMODIFY_READ_ONLY
:
14474 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n MFINALFUNC_MODIFY = READ_ONLY");
14476 case AGGMODIFY_SHAREABLE
:
14477 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n MFINALFUNC_MODIFY = SHAREABLE");
14479 case AGGMODIFY_READ_WRITE
:
14480 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n MFINALFUNC_MODIFY = READ_WRITE");
14483 pg_fatal("unrecognized aggmfinalmodify value for aggregate \"%s\"",
14484 agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.name
);
14490 aggsortconvop
= getFormattedOperatorName(aggsortop
);
14493 appendPQExpBuffer(details
, ",\n SORTOP = %s",
14495 free(aggsortconvop
);
14498 if (aggkind
== AGGKIND_HYPOTHETICAL
)
14499 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n HYPOTHETICAL");
14501 if (proparallel
[0] != PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE
)
14503 if (proparallel
[0] == PROPARALLEL_SAFE
)
14504 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n PARALLEL = safe");
14505 else if (proparallel
[0] == PROPARALLEL_RESTRICTED
)
14506 appendPQExpBufferStr(details
, ",\n PARALLEL = restricted");
14507 else if (proparallel
[0] != PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE
)
14508 pg_fatal("unrecognized proparallel value for function \"%s\"",
14509 agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.name
);
14512 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP AGGREGATE %s.%s;\n",
14513 fmtId(agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
),
14516 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE AGGREGATE %s.%s (\n%s\n);\n",
14517 fmtId(agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
),
14518 aggfullsig
? aggfullsig
: aggsig
, details
->data
);
14520 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
14521 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
,
14522 "AGGREGATE", aggsig
,
14523 agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
14525 if (agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
14526 ArchiveEntry(fout
, agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.catId
,
14527 agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.dumpId
,
14528 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= aggsig_tag
,
14529 .namespace = agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
14530 .owner
= agginfo
->aggfn
.rolname
,
14531 .description
= "AGGREGATE",
14532 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
14533 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
14534 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
14536 /* Dump Aggregate Comments */
14537 if (agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
14538 dumpComment(fout
, "AGGREGATE", aggsig
,
14539 agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
14540 agginfo
->aggfn
.rolname
,
14541 agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.catId
, 0, agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.dumpId
);
14543 if (agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
14544 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "AGGREGATE", aggsig
,
14545 agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
14546 agginfo
->aggfn
.rolname
,
14547 agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.catId
, 0, agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.dumpId
);
14550 * Since there is no GRANT ON AGGREGATE syntax, we have to make the ACL
14551 * command look like a function's GRANT; in particular this affects the
14552 * syntax for zero-argument aggregates and ordered-set aggregates.
14556 aggsig
= format_function_signature(fout
, &agginfo
->aggfn
, true);
14558 if (agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
14559 dumpACL(fout
, agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
,
14560 "FUNCTION", aggsig
, NULL
,
14561 agginfo
->aggfn
.dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
14562 NULL
, agginfo
->aggfn
.rolname
, &agginfo
->aggfn
.dacl
);
14570 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
14571 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
14572 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
14573 destroyPQExpBuffer(details
);
14578 * write out a single text search parser
14581 dumpTSParser(Archive
*fout
, const TSParserInfo
*prsinfo
)
14583 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
14588 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
14589 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
14592 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
14593 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
14595 qprsname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(prsinfo
->dobj
.name
));
14597 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER %s (\n",
14598 fmtQualifiedDumpable(prsinfo
));
14600 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " START = %s,\n",
14601 convertTSFunction(fout
, prsinfo
->prsstart
));
14602 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " GETTOKEN = %s,\n",
14603 convertTSFunction(fout
, prsinfo
->prstoken
));
14604 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " END = %s,\n",
14605 convertTSFunction(fout
, prsinfo
->prsend
));
14606 if (prsinfo
->prsheadline
!= InvalidOid
)
14607 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " HEADLINE = %s,\n",
14608 convertTSFunction(fout
, prsinfo
->prsheadline
));
14609 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " LEXTYPES = %s );\n",
14610 convertTSFunction(fout
, prsinfo
->prslextype
));
14612 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER %s;\n",
14613 fmtQualifiedDumpable(prsinfo
));
14615 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
14616 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &prsinfo
->dobj
,
14617 "TEXT SEARCH PARSER", qprsname
,
14618 prsinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
14620 if (prsinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
14621 ArchiveEntry(fout
, prsinfo
->dobj
.catId
, prsinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
14622 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= prsinfo
->dobj
.name
,
14623 .namespace = prsinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
14624 .description
= "TEXT SEARCH PARSER",
14625 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
14626 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
14627 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
14629 /* Dump Parser Comments */
14630 if (prsinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
14631 dumpComment(fout
, "TEXT SEARCH PARSER", qprsname
,
14632 prsinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, "",
14633 prsinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, prsinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
14635 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
14636 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
14642 * write out a single text search dictionary
14645 dumpTSDictionary(Archive
*fout
, const TSDictInfo
*dictinfo
)
14647 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
14656 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
14657 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
14660 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
14661 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
14662 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
14664 qdictname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(dictinfo
->dobj
.name
));
14666 /* Fetch name and namespace of the dictionary's template */
14667 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT nspname, tmplname "
14668 "FROM pg_ts_template p, pg_namespace n "
14669 "WHERE p.oid = '%u' AND n.oid = tmplnamespace",
14670 dictinfo
->dicttemplate
);
14671 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
14672 nspname
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0);
14673 tmplname
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 1);
14675 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY %s (\n",
14676 fmtQualifiedDumpable(dictinfo
));
14678 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " TEMPLATE = ");
14679 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s.", fmtId(nspname
));
14680 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, fmtId(tmplname
));
14684 /* the dictinitoption can be dumped straight into the command */
14685 if (dictinfo
->dictinitoption
)
14686 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ",\n %s", dictinfo
->dictinitoption
);
14688 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " );\n");
14690 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY %s;\n",
14691 fmtQualifiedDumpable(dictinfo
));
14693 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
14694 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &dictinfo
->dobj
,
14695 "TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY", qdictname
,
14696 dictinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
14698 if (dictinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
14699 ArchiveEntry(fout
, dictinfo
->dobj
.catId
, dictinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
14700 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= dictinfo
->dobj
.name
,
14701 .namespace = dictinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
14702 .owner
= dictinfo
->rolname
,
14703 .description
= "TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY",
14704 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
14705 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
14706 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
14708 /* Dump Dictionary Comments */
14709 if (dictinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
14710 dumpComment(fout
, "TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY", qdictname
,
14711 dictinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, dictinfo
->rolname
,
14712 dictinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, dictinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
14714 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
14715 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
14716 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
14722 * write out a single text search template
14725 dumpTSTemplate(Archive
*fout
, const TSTemplateInfo
*tmplinfo
)
14727 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
14732 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
14733 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
14736 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
14737 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
14739 qtmplname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tmplinfo
->dobj
.name
));
14741 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE %s (\n",
14742 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tmplinfo
));
14744 if (tmplinfo
->tmplinit
!= InvalidOid
)
14745 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " INIT = %s,\n",
14746 convertTSFunction(fout
, tmplinfo
->tmplinit
));
14747 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " LEXIZE = %s );\n",
14748 convertTSFunction(fout
, tmplinfo
->tmpllexize
));
14750 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE %s;\n",
14751 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tmplinfo
));
14753 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
14754 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &tmplinfo
->dobj
,
14755 "TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE", qtmplname
,
14756 tmplinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
14758 if (tmplinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
14759 ArchiveEntry(fout
, tmplinfo
->dobj
.catId
, tmplinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
14760 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tmplinfo
->dobj
.name
,
14761 .namespace = tmplinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
14762 .description
= "TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE",
14763 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
14764 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
14765 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
14767 /* Dump Template Comments */
14768 if (tmplinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
14769 dumpComment(fout
, "TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE", qtmplname
,
14770 tmplinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, "",
14771 tmplinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tmplinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
14773 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
14774 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
14780 * write out a single text search configuration
14783 dumpTSConfig(Archive
*fout
, const TSConfigInfo
*cfginfo
)
14785 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
14798 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
14799 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
14802 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
14803 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
14804 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
14806 qcfgname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(cfginfo
->dobj
.name
));
14808 /* Fetch name and namespace of the config's parser */
14809 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT nspname, prsname "
14810 "FROM pg_ts_parser p, pg_namespace n "
14811 "WHERE p.oid = '%u' AND n.oid = prsnamespace",
14812 cfginfo
->cfgparser
);
14813 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
14814 nspname
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0);
14815 prsname
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 1);
14817 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION %s (\n",
14818 fmtQualifiedDumpable(cfginfo
));
14820 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " PARSER = %s.", fmtId(nspname
));
14821 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s );\n", fmtId(prsname
));
14825 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
14826 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
14828 " ( SELECT alias FROM pg_catalog.ts_token_type('%u'::pg_catalog.oid) AS t\n"
14829 " WHERE t.tokid = m.maptokentype ) AS tokenname,\n"
14830 " m.mapdict::pg_catalog.regdictionary AS dictname\n"
14831 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_ts_config_map AS m\n"
14832 "WHERE m.mapcfg = '%u'\n"
14833 "ORDER BY m.mapcfg, m.maptokentype, m.mapseqno",
14834 cfginfo
->cfgparser
, cfginfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
14836 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
14837 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
14839 i_tokenname
= PQfnumber(res
, "tokenname");
14840 i_dictname
= PQfnumber(res
, "dictname");
14842 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
14844 char *tokenname
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_tokenname
);
14845 char *dictname
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_dictname
);
14848 strcmp(tokenname
, PQgetvalue(res
, i
- 1, i_tokenname
)) != 0)
14850 /* starting a new token type, so start a new command */
14852 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ";\n");
14853 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\nALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION %s\n",
14854 fmtQualifiedDumpable(cfginfo
));
14855 /* tokenname needs quoting, dictname does NOT */
14856 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " ADD MAPPING FOR %s WITH %s",
14857 fmtId(tokenname
), dictname
);
14860 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ", %s", dictname
);
14864 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ";\n");
14868 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION %s;\n",
14869 fmtQualifiedDumpable(cfginfo
));
14871 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
14872 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &cfginfo
->dobj
,
14873 "TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION", qcfgname
,
14874 cfginfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
14876 if (cfginfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
14877 ArchiveEntry(fout
, cfginfo
->dobj
.catId
, cfginfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
14878 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= cfginfo
->dobj
.name
,
14879 .namespace = cfginfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
14880 .owner
= cfginfo
->rolname
,
14881 .description
= "TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION",
14882 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
14883 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
14884 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
14886 /* Dump Configuration Comments */
14887 if (cfginfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
14888 dumpComment(fout
, "TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION", qcfgname
,
14889 cfginfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, cfginfo
->rolname
,
14890 cfginfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, cfginfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
14892 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
14893 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
14894 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
14899 * dumpForeignDataWrapper
14900 * write out a single foreign-data wrapper definition
14903 dumpForeignDataWrapper(Archive
*fout
, const FdwInfo
*fdwinfo
)
14905 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
14910 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
14911 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
14914 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
14915 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
14917 qfdwname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(fdwinfo
->dobj
.name
));
14919 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER %s",
14922 if (strcmp(fdwinfo
->fdwhandler
, "-") != 0)
14923 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " HANDLER %s", fdwinfo
->fdwhandler
);
14925 if (strcmp(fdwinfo
->fdwvalidator
, "-") != 0)
14926 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " VALIDATOR %s", fdwinfo
->fdwvalidator
);
14928 if (strlen(fdwinfo
->fdwoptions
) > 0)
14929 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " OPTIONS (\n %s\n)", fdwinfo
->fdwoptions
);
14931 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ";\n");
14933 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER %s;\n",
14936 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
14937 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &fdwinfo
->dobj
,
14938 "FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER", qfdwname
,
14941 if (fdwinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
14942 ArchiveEntry(fout
, fdwinfo
->dobj
.catId
, fdwinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
14943 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= fdwinfo
->dobj
.name
,
14944 .owner
= fdwinfo
->rolname
,
14945 .description
= "FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER",
14946 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
14947 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
14948 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
14950 /* Dump Foreign Data Wrapper Comments */
14951 if (fdwinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
14952 dumpComment(fout
, "FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER", qfdwname
,
14953 NULL
, fdwinfo
->rolname
,
14954 fdwinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, fdwinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
14956 /* Handle the ACL */
14957 if (fdwinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
14958 dumpACL(fout
, fdwinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
,
14959 "FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER", qfdwname
, NULL
, NULL
,
14960 NULL
, fdwinfo
->rolname
, &fdwinfo
->dacl
);
14964 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
14965 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
14969 * dumpForeignServer
14970 * write out a foreign server definition
14973 dumpForeignServer(Archive
*fout
, const ForeignServerInfo
*srvinfo
)
14975 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
14983 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
14984 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
14987 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
14988 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
14989 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
14991 qsrvname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(srvinfo
->dobj
.name
));
14993 /* look up the foreign-data wrapper */
14994 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT fdwname "
14995 "FROM pg_foreign_data_wrapper w "
14996 "WHERE w.oid = '%u'",
14998 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
14999 fdwname
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0);
15001 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE SERVER %s", qsrvname
);
15002 if (srvinfo
->srvtype
&& strlen(srvinfo
->srvtype
) > 0)
15004 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " TYPE ");
15005 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, srvinfo
->srvtype
, fout
);
15007 if (srvinfo
->srvversion
&& strlen(srvinfo
->srvversion
) > 0)
15009 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " VERSION ");
15010 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, srvinfo
->srvversion
, fout
);
15013 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER ");
15014 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, fmtId(fdwname
));
15016 if (srvinfo
->srvoptions
&& strlen(srvinfo
->srvoptions
) > 0)
15017 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " OPTIONS (\n %s\n)", srvinfo
->srvoptions
);
15019 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ";\n");
15021 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP SERVER %s;\n",
15024 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
15025 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &srvinfo
->dobj
,
15026 "SERVER", qsrvname
, NULL
);
15028 if (srvinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
15029 ArchiveEntry(fout
, srvinfo
->dobj
.catId
, srvinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
15030 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= srvinfo
->dobj
.name
,
15031 .owner
= srvinfo
->rolname
,
15032 .description
= "SERVER",
15033 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
15034 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
15035 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
15037 /* Dump Foreign Server Comments */
15038 if (srvinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
15039 dumpComment(fout
, "SERVER", qsrvname
,
15040 NULL
, srvinfo
->rolname
,
15041 srvinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, srvinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
15043 /* Handle the ACL */
15044 if (srvinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
15045 dumpACL(fout
, srvinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
,
15046 "FOREIGN SERVER", qsrvname
, NULL
, NULL
,
15047 NULL
, srvinfo
->rolname
, &srvinfo
->dacl
);
15049 /* Dump user mappings */
15050 if (srvinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_USERMAP
)
15051 dumpUserMappings(fout
,
15052 srvinfo
->dobj
.name
, NULL
,
15054 srvinfo
->dobj
.catId
, srvinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
15060 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
15061 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
15062 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
15068 * This routine is used to dump any user mappings associated with the
15069 * server handed to this routine. Should be called after ArchiveEntry()
15073 dumpUserMappings(Archive
*fout
,
15074 const char *servername
, const char *namespace,
15076 CatalogId catalogId
, DumpId dumpId
)
15088 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
15089 tag
= createPQExpBuffer();
15090 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
15091 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
15094 * We read from the publicly accessible view pg_user_mappings, so as not
15095 * to fail if run by a non-superuser. Note that the view will show
15096 * umoptions as null if the user hasn't got privileges for the associated
15097 * server; this means that pg_dump will dump such a mapping, but with no
15098 * OPTIONS clause. A possible alternative is to skip such mappings
15099 * altogether, but it's not clear that that's an improvement.
15101 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
15103 "array_to_string(ARRAY("
15104 "SELECT quote_ident(option_name) || ' ' || "
15105 "quote_literal(option_value) "
15106 "FROM pg_options_to_table(umoptions) "
15107 "ORDER BY option_name"
15108 "), E',\n ') AS umoptions "
15109 "FROM pg_user_mappings "
15110 "WHERE srvid = '%u' "
15111 "ORDER BY usename",
15114 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
15116 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
15117 i_usename
= PQfnumber(res
, "usename");
15118 i_umoptions
= PQfnumber(res
, "umoptions");
15120 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
15125 usename
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_usename
);
15126 umoptions
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_umoptions
);
15128 resetPQExpBuffer(q
);
15129 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE USER MAPPING FOR %s", fmtId(usename
));
15130 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " SERVER %s", fmtId(servername
));
15132 if (umoptions
&& strlen(umoptions
) > 0)
15133 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " OPTIONS (\n %s\n)", umoptions
);
15135 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ";\n");
15137 resetPQExpBuffer(delq
);
15138 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP USER MAPPING FOR %s", fmtId(usename
));
15139 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, " SERVER %s;\n", fmtId(servername
));
15141 resetPQExpBuffer(tag
);
15142 appendPQExpBuffer(tag
, "USER MAPPING %s SERVER %s",
15143 usename
, servername
);
15145 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
15146 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
->data
,
15147 .namespace = namespace,
15149 .description
= "USER MAPPING",
15150 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
15151 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
15152 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
15157 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
15158 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
15159 destroyPQExpBuffer(tag
);
15160 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
15164 * Write out default privileges information
15167 dumpDefaultACL(Archive
*fout
, const DefaultACLInfo
*daclinfo
)
15169 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
15174 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema, or if we're skipping ACLs */
15175 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
|| dopt
->aclsSkip
)
15178 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
15179 tag
= createPQExpBuffer();
15181 switch (daclinfo
->defaclobjtype
)
15183 case DEFACLOBJ_RELATION
:
15186 case DEFACLOBJ_SEQUENCE
:
15187 type
= "SEQUENCES";
15189 case DEFACLOBJ_FUNCTION
:
15190 type
= "FUNCTIONS";
15192 case DEFACLOBJ_TYPE
:
15195 case DEFACLOBJ_NAMESPACE
:
15199 /* shouldn't get here */
15200 pg_fatal("unrecognized object type in default privileges: %d",
15201 (int) daclinfo
->defaclobjtype
);
15202 type
= ""; /* keep compiler quiet */
15205 appendPQExpBuffer(tag
, "DEFAULT PRIVILEGES FOR %s", type
);
15207 /* build the actual command(s) for this tuple */
15208 if (!buildDefaultACLCommands(type
,
15209 daclinfo
->dobj
.namespace != NULL
?
15210 daclinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
: NULL
,
15211 daclinfo
->dacl
.acl
,
15212 daclinfo
->dacl
.acldefault
,
15213 daclinfo
->defaclrole
,
15214 fout
->remoteVersion
,
15216 pg_fatal("could not parse default ACL list (%s)",
15217 daclinfo
->dacl
.acl
);
15219 if (daclinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
15220 ArchiveEntry(fout
, daclinfo
->dobj
.catId
, daclinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
15221 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
->data
,
15222 .namespace = daclinfo
->dobj
.namespace ?
15223 daclinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
: NULL
,
15224 .owner
= daclinfo
->defaclrole
,
15225 .description
= "DEFAULT ACL",
15226 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
15227 .createStmt
= q
->data
));
15229 destroyPQExpBuffer(tag
);
15230 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
15234 * Write out grant/revoke information
15236 * 'objDumpId' is the dump ID of the underlying object.
15237 * 'altDumpId' can be a second dumpId that the ACL entry must also depend on,
15238 * or InvalidDumpId if there is no need for a second dependency.
15239 * 'type' must be one of
15240 * TABLE, SEQUENCE, FUNCTION, LANGUAGE, SCHEMA, DATABASE, TABLESPACE,
15241 * FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, SERVER, or LARGE OBJECT.
15242 * 'name' is the formatted name of the object. Must be quoted etc. already.
15243 * 'subname' is the formatted name of the sub-object, if any. Must be quoted.
15244 * (Currently we assume that subname is only provided for table columns.)
15245 * 'nspname' is the namespace the object is in (NULL if none).
15246 * 'tag' is the tag to use for the ACL TOC entry; typically, this is NULL
15247 * to use the default for the object type.
15248 * 'owner' is the owner, NULL if there is no owner (for languages).
15249 * 'dacl' is the DumpableAcl struct for the object.
15251 * Returns the dump ID assigned to the ACL TocEntry, or InvalidDumpId if
15252 * no ACL entry was created.
15256 dumpACL(Archive
*fout
, DumpId objDumpId
, DumpId altDumpId
,
15257 const char *type
, const char *name
, const char *subname
,
15258 const char *nspname
, const char *tag
, const char *owner
,
15259 const DumpableAcl
*dacl
)
15261 DumpId aclDumpId
= InvalidDumpId
;
15262 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
15263 const char *acls
= dacl
->acl
;
15264 const char *acldefault
= dacl
->acldefault
;
15265 char privtype
= dacl
->privtype
;
15266 const char *initprivs
= dacl
->initprivs
;
15267 const char *baseacls
;
15270 /* Do nothing if ACL dump is not enabled */
15271 if (dopt
->aclsSkip
)
15272 return InvalidDumpId
;
15274 /* --data-only skips ACLs *except* large object ACLs */
15275 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
&& strcmp(type
, "LARGE OBJECT") != 0)
15276 return InvalidDumpId
;
15278 sql
= createPQExpBuffer();
15281 * In binary upgrade mode, we don't run an extension's script but instead
15282 * dump out the objects independently and then recreate them. To preserve
15283 * any initial privileges which were set on extension objects, we need to
15284 * compute the set of GRANT and REVOKE commands necessary to get from the
15285 * default privileges of an object to its initial privileges as recorded
15286 * in pg_init_privs.
15288 * At restore time, we apply these commands after having called
15289 * binary_upgrade_set_record_init_privs(true). That tells the backend to
15290 * copy the results into pg_init_privs. This is how we preserve the
15291 * contents of that catalog across binary upgrades.
15293 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
&& privtype
== 'e' &&
15294 initprivs
&& *initprivs
!= '\0')
15296 appendPQExpBufferStr(sql
, "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_record_init_privs(true);\n");
15297 if (!buildACLCommands(name
, subname
, nspname
, type
,
15298 initprivs
, acldefault
, owner
,
15299 "", fout
->remoteVersion
, sql
))
15300 pg_fatal("could not parse initial ACL list (%s) or default (%s) for object \"%s\" (%s)",
15301 initprivs
, acldefault
, name
, type
);
15302 appendPQExpBufferStr(sql
, "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_record_init_privs(false);\n");
15306 * Now figure the GRANT and REVOKE commands needed to get to the object's
15307 * actual current ACL, starting from the initprivs if given, else from the
15308 * object-type-specific default. Also, while buildACLCommands will assume
15309 * that a NULL/empty acls string means it needn't do anything, what that
15310 * actually represents is the object-type-specific default; so we need to
15311 * substitute the acldefault string to get the right results in that case.
15313 if (initprivs
&& *initprivs
!= '\0')
15315 baseacls
= initprivs
;
15316 if (acls
== NULL
|| *acls
== '\0')
15320 baseacls
= acldefault
;
15322 if (!buildACLCommands(name
, subname
, nspname
, type
,
15323 acls
, baseacls
, owner
,
15324 "", fout
->remoteVersion
, sql
))
15325 pg_fatal("could not parse ACL list (%s) or default (%s) for object \"%s\" (%s)",
15326 acls
, baseacls
, name
, type
);
15330 PQExpBuffer tagbuf
= createPQExpBuffer();
15335 appendPQExpBufferStr(tagbuf
, tag
);
15337 appendPQExpBuffer(tagbuf
, "COLUMN %s.%s", name
, subname
);
15339 appendPQExpBuffer(tagbuf
, "%s %s", type
, name
);
15341 aclDeps
[nDeps
++] = objDumpId
;
15342 if (altDumpId
!= InvalidDumpId
)
15343 aclDeps
[nDeps
++] = altDumpId
;
15345 aclDumpId
= createDumpId();
15347 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, aclDumpId
,
15348 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tagbuf
->data
,
15349 .namespace = nspname
,
15351 .description
= "ACL",
15352 .section
= SECTION_NONE
,
15353 .createStmt
= sql
->data
,
15357 destroyPQExpBuffer(tagbuf
);
15360 destroyPQExpBuffer(sql
);
15368 * This routine is used to dump any security labels associated with the
15369 * object handed to this routine. The routine takes the object type
15370 * and object name (ready to print, except for schema decoration), plus
15371 * the namespace and owner of the object (for labeling the ArchiveEntry),
15372 * plus catalog ID and subid which are the lookup key for pg_seclabel,
15373 * plus the dump ID for the object (for setting a dependency).
15374 * If a matching pg_seclabel entry is found, it is dumped.
15376 * Note: although this routine takes a dumpId for dependency purposes,
15377 * that purpose is just to mark the dependency in the emitted dump file
15378 * for possible future use by pg_restore. We do NOT use it for determining
15379 * ordering of the label in the dump file, because this routine is called
15380 * after dependency sorting occurs. This routine should be called just after
15381 * calling ArchiveEntry() for the specified object.
15384 dumpSecLabel(Archive
*fout
, const char *type
, const char *name
,
15385 const char *namespace, const char *owner
,
15386 CatalogId catalogId
, int subid
, DumpId dumpId
)
15388 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
15389 SecLabelItem
*labels
;
15394 /* do nothing, if --no-security-labels is supplied */
15395 if (dopt
->no_security_labels
)
15399 * Security labels are schema not data ... except large object labels are
15402 if (strcmp(type
, "LARGE OBJECT") != 0)
15404 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
15409 /* We do dump large object security labels in binary-upgrade mode */
15410 if (!dopt
->dumpData
&& !dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
15414 /* Search for security labels associated with catalogId, using table */
15415 nlabels
= findSecLabels(catalogId
.tableoid
, catalogId
.oid
, &labels
);
15417 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
15419 for (i
= 0; i
< nlabels
; i
++)
15422 * Ignore label entries for which the subid doesn't match.
15424 if (labels
[i
].objsubid
!= subid
)
15427 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
15428 "SECURITY LABEL FOR %s ON %s ",
15429 fmtId(labels
[i
].provider
), type
);
15430 if (namespace && *namespace)
15431 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "%s.", fmtId(namespace));
15432 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "%s IS ", name
);
15433 appendStringLiteralAH(query
, labels
[i
].label
, fout
);
15434 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ";\n");
15437 if (query
->len
> 0)
15439 PQExpBuffer tag
= createPQExpBuffer();
15441 appendPQExpBuffer(tag
, "%s %s", type
, name
);
15442 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
15443 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
->data
,
15444 .namespace = namespace,
15446 .description
= "SECURITY LABEL",
15447 .section
= SECTION_NONE
,
15448 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
15451 destroyPQExpBuffer(tag
);
15454 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
15458 * dumpTableSecLabel
15460 * As above, but dump security label for both the specified table (or view)
15464 dumpTableSecLabel(Archive
*fout
, const TableInfo
*tbinfo
, const char *reltypename
)
15466 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
15467 SecLabelItem
*labels
;
15471 PQExpBuffer target
;
15473 /* do nothing, if --no-security-labels is supplied */
15474 if (dopt
->no_security_labels
)
15477 /* SecLabel are SCHEMA not data */
15478 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
15481 /* Search for comments associated with relation, using table */
15482 nlabels
= findSecLabels(tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.tableoid
,
15483 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
,
15486 /* If security labels exist, build SECURITY LABEL statements */
15490 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
15491 target
= createPQExpBuffer();
15493 for (i
= 0; i
< nlabels
; i
++)
15495 const char *colname
;
15496 const char *provider
= labels
[i
].provider
;
15497 const char *label
= labels
[i
].label
;
15498 int objsubid
= labels
[i
].objsubid
;
15500 resetPQExpBuffer(target
);
15503 appendPQExpBuffer(target
, "%s %s", reltypename
,
15504 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
15508 colname
= getAttrName(objsubid
, tbinfo
);
15509 /* first fmtXXX result must be consumed before calling again */
15510 appendPQExpBuffer(target
, "COLUMN %s",
15511 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
15512 appendPQExpBuffer(target
, ".%s", fmtId(colname
));
15514 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SECURITY LABEL FOR %s ON %s IS ",
15515 fmtId(provider
), target
->data
);
15516 appendStringLiteralAH(query
, label
, fout
);
15517 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ";\n");
15519 if (query
->len
> 0)
15521 resetPQExpBuffer(target
);
15522 appendPQExpBuffer(target
, "%s %s", reltypename
,
15523 fmtId(tbinfo
->dobj
.name
));
15524 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
15525 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= target
->data
,
15526 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
15527 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
15528 .description
= "SECURITY LABEL",
15529 .section
= SECTION_NONE
,
15530 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
15531 .deps
= &(tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
),
15534 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
15535 destroyPQExpBuffer(target
);
15541 * Find the security label(s), if any, associated with the given object.
15542 * All the objsubid values associated with the given classoid/objoid are
15543 * found with one search.
15546 findSecLabels(Oid classoid
, Oid objoid
, SecLabelItem
**items
)
15548 SecLabelItem
*middle
= NULL
;
15550 SecLabelItem
*high
;
15553 if (nseclabels
<= 0) /* no labels, so no match is possible */
15560 * Do binary search to find some item matching the object.
15562 low
= &seclabels
[0];
15563 high
= &seclabels
[nseclabels
- 1];
15564 while (low
<= high
)
15566 middle
= low
+ (high
- low
) / 2;
15568 if (classoid
< middle
->classoid
)
15570 else if (classoid
> middle
->classoid
)
15572 else if (objoid
< middle
->objoid
)
15574 else if (objoid
> middle
->objoid
)
15577 break; /* found a match */
15580 if (low
> high
) /* no matches */
15587 * Now determine how many items match the object. The search loop
15588 * invariant still holds: only items between low and high inclusive could
15592 while (middle
> low
)
15594 if (classoid
!= middle
[-1].classoid
||
15595 objoid
!= middle
[-1].objoid
)
15604 while (middle
<= high
)
15606 if (classoid
!= middle
->classoid
||
15607 objoid
!= middle
->objoid
)
15619 * Construct a table of all security labels available for database objects;
15620 * also set the has-seclabel component flag for each relevant object.
15622 * The table is sorted by classoid/objid/objsubid for speed in lookup.
15625 collectSecLabels(Archive
*fout
)
15636 DumpableObject
*dobj
;
15638 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
15640 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
15641 "SELECT label, provider, classoid, objoid, objsubid "
15642 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_seclabel "
15643 "ORDER BY classoid, objoid, objsubid");
15645 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
15647 /* Construct lookup table containing OIDs in numeric form */
15648 i_label
= PQfnumber(res
, "label");
15649 i_provider
= PQfnumber(res
, "provider");
15650 i_classoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "classoid");
15651 i_objoid
= PQfnumber(res
, "objoid");
15652 i_objsubid
= PQfnumber(res
, "objsubid");
15654 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
15656 seclabels
= (SecLabelItem
*) pg_malloc(ntups
* sizeof(SecLabelItem
));
15660 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
15665 objId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_classoid
));
15666 objId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_objoid
));
15667 subid
= atoi(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_objsubid
));
15669 /* We needn't remember labels that don't match any dumpable object */
15670 if (dobj
== NULL
||
15671 dobj
->catId
.tableoid
!= objId
.tableoid
||
15672 dobj
->catId
.oid
!= objId
.oid
)
15673 dobj
= findObjectByCatalogId(objId
);
15678 * Labels on columns of composite types are linked to the type's
15679 * pg_class entry, but we need to set the DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL flag
15680 * in the type's own DumpableObject.
15682 if (subid
!= 0 && dobj
->objType
== DO_TABLE
&&
15683 ((TableInfo
*) dobj
)->relkind
== RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE
)
15685 TypeInfo
*cTypeInfo
;
15687 cTypeInfo
= findTypeByOid(((TableInfo
*) dobj
)->reltype
);
15689 cTypeInfo
->dobj
.components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
;
15692 dobj
->components
|= DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
;
15694 seclabels
[nseclabels
].label
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_label
));
15695 seclabels
[nseclabels
].provider
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_provider
));
15696 seclabels
[nseclabels
].classoid
= objId
.tableoid
;
15697 seclabels
[nseclabels
].objoid
= objId
.oid
;
15698 seclabels
[nseclabels
].objsubid
= subid
;
15703 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
15708 * write out to fout the declarations (not data) of a user-defined table
15711 dumpTable(Archive
*fout
, const TableInfo
*tbinfo
)
15713 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
15714 DumpId tableAclDumpId
= InvalidDumpId
;
15717 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
15718 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
15721 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
15723 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_SEQUENCE
)
15724 dumpSequence(fout
, tbinfo
);
15726 dumpTableSchema(fout
, tbinfo
);
15729 /* Handle the ACL here */
15730 namecopy
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tbinfo
->dobj
.name
));
15731 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
)
15733 const char *objtype
=
15734 (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_SEQUENCE
) ? "SEQUENCE" : "TABLE";
15737 dumpACL(fout
, tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, InvalidDumpId
,
15738 objtype
, namecopy
, NULL
,
15739 tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
15740 NULL
, tbinfo
->rolname
, &tbinfo
->dacl
);
15744 * Handle column ACLs, if any. Note: we pull these with a separate query
15745 * rather than trying to fetch them during getTableAttrs, so that we won't
15746 * miss ACLs on system columns. Doing it this way also allows us to dump
15747 * ACLs for catalogs that we didn't mark "interesting" back in getTables.
15749 if ((tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_ACL
) && tbinfo
->hascolumnACLs
)
15751 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
15755 if (!fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_GETCOLUMNACLS
])
15757 /* Set up query for column ACLs */
15758 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
15759 "PREPARE getColumnACLs(pg_catalog.oid) AS\n");
15761 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 90600)
15764 * In principle we should call acldefault('c', relowner) to
15765 * get the default ACL for a column. However, we don't
15766 * currently store the numeric OID of the relowner in
15767 * TableInfo. We could convert the owner name using regrole,
15768 * but that creates a risk of failure due to concurrent role
15769 * renames. Given that the default ACL for columns is empty
15770 * and is likely to stay that way, it's not worth extra cycles
15771 * and risk to avoid hard-wiring that knowledge here.
15773 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
15774 "SELECT at.attname, "
15776 "'{}' AS acldefault, "
15777 "pip.privtype, pip.initprivs "
15778 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_attribute at "
15779 "LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_init_privs pip ON "
15780 "(at.attrelid = pip.objoid "
15781 "AND pip.classoid = 'pg_catalog.pg_class'::pg_catalog.regclass "
15782 "AND at.attnum = pip.objsubid) "
15783 "WHERE at.attrelid = $1 AND "
15784 "NOT at.attisdropped "
15785 "AND (at.attacl IS NOT NULL OR pip.initprivs IS NOT NULL) "
15786 "ORDER BY at.attnum");
15790 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
,
15791 "SELECT attname, attacl, '{}' AS acldefault, "
15792 "NULL AS privtype, NULL AS initprivs "
15793 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_attribute "
15794 "WHERE attrelid = $1 AND NOT attisdropped "
15795 "AND attacl IS NOT NULL "
15796 "ORDER BY attnum");
15799 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, query
->data
);
15801 fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_GETCOLUMNACLS
] = true;
15804 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
15805 "EXECUTE getColumnACLs('%u')",
15806 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
15808 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
15810 for (i
= 0; i
< PQntuples(res
); i
++)
15812 char *attname
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0);
15813 char *attacl
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 1);
15814 char *acldefault
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 2);
15815 char privtype
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 3));
15816 char *initprivs
= PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 4);
15817 DumpableAcl coldacl
;
15820 coldacl
.acl
= attacl
;
15821 coldacl
.acldefault
= acldefault
;
15822 coldacl
.privtype
= privtype
;
15823 coldacl
.initprivs
= initprivs
;
15824 attnamecopy
= pg_strdup(fmtId(attname
));
15827 * Column's GRANT type is always TABLE. Each column ACL depends
15828 * on the table-level ACL, since we can restore column ACLs in
15829 * parallel but the table-level ACL has to be done first.
15831 dumpACL(fout
, tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
, tableAclDumpId
,
15832 "TABLE", namecopy
, attnamecopy
,
15833 tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
15834 NULL
, tbinfo
->rolname
, &coldacl
);
15838 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
15845 * Create the AS clause for a view or materialized view. The semicolon is
15846 * stripped because a materialized view must add a WITH NO DATA clause.
15848 * This returns a new buffer which must be freed by the caller.
15851 createViewAsClause(Archive
*fout
, const TableInfo
*tbinfo
)
15853 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
15854 PQExpBuffer result
= createPQExpBuffer();
15858 /* Fetch the view definition */
15859 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
15860 "SELECT pg_catalog.pg_get_viewdef('%u'::pg_catalog.oid) AS viewdef",
15861 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
15863 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
15865 if (PQntuples(res
) != 1)
15867 if (PQntuples(res
) < 1)
15868 pg_fatal("query to obtain definition of view \"%s\" returned no data",
15869 tbinfo
->dobj
.name
);
15871 pg_fatal("query to obtain definition of view \"%s\" returned more than one definition",
15872 tbinfo
->dobj
.name
);
15875 len
= PQgetlength(res
, 0, 0);
15878 pg_fatal("definition of view \"%s\" appears to be empty (length zero)",
15879 tbinfo
->dobj
.name
);
15881 /* Strip off the trailing semicolon so that other things may follow. */
15882 Assert(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0)[len
- 1] == ';');
15883 appendBinaryPQExpBuffer(result
, PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0), len
- 1);
15886 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
15892 * Create a dummy AS clause for a view. This is used when the real view
15893 * definition has to be postponed because of circular dependencies.
15894 * We must duplicate the view's external properties -- column names and types
15895 * (including collation) -- so that it works for subsequent references.
15897 * This returns a new buffer which must be freed by the caller.
15900 createDummyViewAsClause(Archive
*fout
, const TableInfo
*tbinfo
)
15902 PQExpBuffer result
= createPQExpBuffer();
15905 appendPQExpBufferStr(result
, "SELECT");
15907 for (j
= 0; j
< tbinfo
->numatts
; j
++)
15910 appendPQExpBufferChar(result
, ',');
15911 appendPQExpBufferStr(result
, "\n ");
15913 appendPQExpBuffer(result
, "NULL::%s", tbinfo
->atttypnames
[j
]);
15916 * Must add collation if not default for the type, because CREATE OR
15917 * REPLACE VIEW won't change it
15919 if (OidIsValid(tbinfo
->attcollation
[j
]))
15923 coll
= findCollationByOid(tbinfo
->attcollation
[j
]);
15925 appendPQExpBuffer(result
, " COLLATE %s",
15926 fmtQualifiedDumpable(coll
));
15929 appendPQExpBuffer(result
, " AS %s", fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[j
]));
15937 * write the declaration (not data) of one user-defined table or view
15940 dumpTableSchema(Archive
*fout
, const TableInfo
*tbinfo
)
15942 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
15943 PQExpBuffer q
= createPQExpBuffer();
15944 PQExpBuffer delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
15945 PQExpBuffer extra
= createPQExpBuffer();
15949 TableInfo
**parents
;
15950 int actual_atts
; /* number of attrs in this CREATE statement */
15951 const char *reltypename
;
15956 /* We had better have loaded per-column details about this table */
15957 Assert(tbinfo
->interesting
);
15959 qrelname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tbinfo
->dobj
.name
));
15960 qualrelname
= pg_strdup(fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
15962 if (tbinfo
->hasoids
)
15963 pg_log_warning("WITH OIDS is not supported anymore (table \"%s\")",
15966 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
15967 binary_upgrade_set_type_oids_by_rel(fout
, q
, tbinfo
);
15969 /* Is it a table or a view? */
15970 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_VIEW
)
15972 PQExpBuffer result
;
15975 * Note: keep this code in sync with the is_view case in dumpRule()
15978 reltypename
= "VIEW";
15980 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP VIEW %s;\n", qualrelname
);
15982 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
15983 binary_upgrade_set_pg_class_oids(fout
, q
,
15984 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
15986 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE VIEW %s", qualrelname
);
15988 if (tbinfo
->dummy_view
)
15989 result
= createDummyViewAsClause(fout
, tbinfo
);
15992 if (nonemptyReloptions(tbinfo
->reloptions
))
15994 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " WITH (");
15995 appendReloptionsArrayAH(q
, tbinfo
->reloptions
, "", fout
);
15996 appendPQExpBufferChar(q
, ')');
15998 result
= createViewAsClause(fout
, tbinfo
);
16000 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " AS\n%s", result
->data
);
16001 destroyPQExpBuffer(result
);
16003 if (tbinfo
->checkoption
!= NULL
&& !tbinfo
->dummy_view
)
16004 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\n WITH %s CHECK OPTION", tbinfo
->checkoption
);
16005 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ";\n");
16009 char *partkeydef
= NULL
;
16010 char *ftoptions
= NULL
;
16011 char *srvname
= NULL
;
16012 const char *foreign
= "";
16015 * Set reltypename, and collect any relkind-specific data that we
16016 * didn't fetch during getTables().
16018 switch (tbinfo
->relkind
)
16020 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
:
16022 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
16025 reltypename
= "TABLE";
16027 /* retrieve partition key definition */
16028 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
16029 "SELECT pg_get_partkeydef('%u')",
16030 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
16031 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
16032 partkeydef
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0));
16034 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
16037 case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
:
16039 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
16044 reltypename
= "FOREIGN TABLE";
16046 /* retrieve name of foreign server and generic options */
16047 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
16048 "SELECT fs.srvname, "
16049 "pg_catalog.array_to_string(ARRAY("
16050 "SELECT pg_catalog.quote_ident(option_name) || "
16051 "' ' || pg_catalog.quote_literal(option_value) "
16052 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_options_to_table(ftoptions) "
16053 "ORDER BY option_name"
16054 "), E',\n ') AS ftoptions "
16055 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_foreign_table ft "
16056 "JOIN pg_catalog.pg_foreign_server fs "
16057 "ON (fs.oid = ft.ftserver) "
16058 "WHERE ft.ftrelid = '%u'",
16059 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
16060 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
16061 i_srvname
= PQfnumber(res
, "srvname");
16062 i_ftoptions
= PQfnumber(res
, "ftoptions");
16063 srvname
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_srvname
));
16064 ftoptions
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, i_ftoptions
));
16066 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
16068 foreign
= "FOREIGN ";
16071 case RELKIND_MATVIEW
:
16072 reltypename
= "MATERIALIZED VIEW";
16075 reltypename
= "TABLE";
16079 numParents
= tbinfo
->numParents
;
16080 parents
= tbinfo
->parents
;
16082 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP %s %s;\n", reltypename
, qualrelname
);
16084 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
16085 binary_upgrade_set_pg_class_oids(fout
, q
,
16086 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
16089 * PostgreSQL 18 has disabled UNLOGGED for partitioned tables, so
16090 * ignore it when dumping if it was set in this case.
16092 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CREATE %s%s %s",
16093 (tbinfo
->relpersistence
== RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED
&&
16094 tbinfo
->relkind
!= RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
) ?
16100 * Attach to type, if reloftype; except in case of a binary upgrade,
16101 * we dump the table normally and attach it to the type afterward.
16103 if (OidIsValid(tbinfo
->reloftype
) && !dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
16104 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " OF %s",
16105 getFormattedTypeName(fout
, tbinfo
->reloftype
,
16108 if (tbinfo
->relkind
!= RELKIND_MATVIEW
)
16110 /* Dump the attributes */
16112 for (j
= 0; j
< tbinfo
->numatts
; j
++)
16115 * Normally, dump if it's locally defined in this table, and
16116 * not dropped. But for binary upgrade, we'll dump all the
16117 * columns, and then fix up the dropped and nonlocal cases
16120 if (shouldPrintColumn(dopt
, tbinfo
, j
))
16122 bool print_default
;
16123 bool print_notnull
;
16126 * Default value --- suppress if to be printed separately
16129 print_default
= (tbinfo
->attrdefs
[j
] != NULL
&&
16130 tbinfo
->attrdefs
[j
]->dobj
.dump
&&
16131 !tbinfo
->attrdefs
[j
]->separate
);
16134 * Not Null constraint --- print it if it is locally
16135 * defined, or if binary upgrade. (In the latter case, we
16136 * reset conislocal below.)
16138 print_notnull
= (tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
] != NULL
&&
16139 (tbinfo
->notnull_islocal
[j
] ||
16140 dopt
->binary_upgrade
||
16141 tbinfo
->ispartition
));
16144 * Skip column if fully defined by reloftype, except in
16147 if (OidIsValid(tbinfo
->reloftype
) &&
16148 !print_default
&& !print_notnull
&&
16149 !dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
16152 /* Format properly if not first attr */
16153 if (actual_atts
== 0)
16154 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " (");
16156 appendPQExpBufferChar(q
, ',');
16157 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n ");
16160 /* Attribute name */
16161 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[j
]));
16163 if (tbinfo
->attisdropped
[j
])
16166 * ALTER TABLE DROP COLUMN clears
16167 * pg_attribute.atttypid, so we will not have gotten a
16168 * valid type name; insert INTEGER as a stopgap. We'll
16169 * clean things up later.
16171 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " INTEGER /* dummy */");
16172 /* and skip to the next column */
16177 * Attribute type; print it except when creating a typed
16178 * table ('OF type_name'), but in binary-upgrade mode,
16179 * print it in that case too.
16181 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
|| !OidIsValid(tbinfo
->reloftype
))
16183 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " %s",
16184 tbinfo
->atttypnames
[j
]);
16189 if (tbinfo
->attgenerated
[j
] == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED
)
16190 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " GENERATED ALWAYS AS (%s) STORED",
16191 tbinfo
->attrdefs
[j
]->adef_expr
);
16193 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " DEFAULT %s",
16194 tbinfo
->attrdefs
[j
]->adef_expr
);
16197 print_notnull
= (tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
] != NULL
&&
16198 (tbinfo
->notnull_islocal
[j
] ||
16199 dopt
->binary_upgrade
||
16200 tbinfo
->ispartition
));
16204 if (tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
][0] == '\0')
16205 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " NOT NULL");
16207 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " CONSTRAINT %s NOT NULL",
16208 fmtId(tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
]));
16210 if (tbinfo
->notnull_noinh
[j
])
16211 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " NO INHERIT");
16214 /* Add collation if not default for the type */
16215 if (OidIsValid(tbinfo
->attcollation
[j
]))
16219 coll
= findCollationByOid(tbinfo
->attcollation
[j
]);
16221 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " COLLATE %s",
16222 fmtQualifiedDumpable(coll
));
16227 * On the other hand, if we choose not to print a column
16228 * (likely because it is created by inheritance), but the
16229 * column has a locally-defined not-null constraint, we need
16230 * to dump the constraint as a standalone object.
16232 * This syntax isn't SQL-conforming, but if you wanted
16233 * standard output you wouldn't be creating non-standard
16234 * objects to begin with.
16236 if (!shouldPrintColumn(dopt
, tbinfo
, j
) &&
16237 !tbinfo
->attisdropped
[j
] &&
16238 tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
] != NULL
&&
16239 tbinfo
->notnull_islocal
[j
])
16241 /* Format properly if not first attr */
16242 if (actual_atts
== 0)
16243 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " (");
16245 appendPQExpBufferChar(q
, ',');
16246 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n ");
16249 if (tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
][0] == '\0')
16250 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "NOT NULL %s",
16251 fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[j
]));
16253 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CONSTRAINT %s NOT NULL %s",
16254 tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
],
16255 fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[j
]));
16260 * Add non-inherited CHECK constraints, if any.
16262 * For partitions, we need to include check constraints even if
16263 * they're not defined locally, because the ALTER TABLE ATTACH
16264 * PARTITION that we'll emit later expects the constraint to be
16265 * there. (No need to fix conislocal: ATTACH PARTITION does that)
16267 for (j
= 0; j
< tbinfo
->ncheck
; j
++)
16269 ConstraintInfo
*constr
= &(tbinfo
->checkexprs
[j
]);
16271 if (constr
->separate
||
16272 (!constr
->conislocal
&& !tbinfo
->ispartition
))
16275 if (actual_atts
== 0)
16276 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " (\n ");
16278 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n ");
16280 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "CONSTRAINT %s ",
16281 fmtId(constr
->dobj
.name
));
16282 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, constr
->condef
);
16288 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n)");
16289 else if (!(OidIsValid(tbinfo
->reloftype
) && !dopt
->binary_upgrade
))
16292 * No attributes? we must have a parenthesized attribute list,
16293 * even though empty, when not using the OF TYPE syntax.
16295 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " (\n)");
16299 * Emit the INHERITS clause (not for partitions), except in
16300 * binary-upgrade mode.
16302 if (numParents
> 0 && !tbinfo
->ispartition
&&
16303 !dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
16305 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\nINHERITS (");
16306 for (k
= 0; k
< numParents
; k
++)
16308 TableInfo
*parentRel
= parents
[k
];
16311 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", ");
16312 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, fmtQualifiedDumpable(parentRel
));
16314 appendPQExpBufferChar(q
, ')');
16317 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
)
16318 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\nPARTITION BY %s", partkeydef
);
16320 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
)
16321 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\nSERVER %s", fmtId(srvname
));
16324 if (nonemptyReloptions(tbinfo
->reloptions
) ||
16325 nonemptyReloptions(tbinfo
->toast_reloptions
))
16327 bool addcomma
= false;
16329 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\nWITH (");
16330 if (nonemptyReloptions(tbinfo
->reloptions
))
16333 appendReloptionsArrayAH(q
, tbinfo
->reloptions
, "", fout
);
16335 if (nonemptyReloptions(tbinfo
->toast_reloptions
))
16338 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", ");
16339 appendReloptionsArrayAH(q
, tbinfo
->toast_reloptions
, "toast.",
16342 appendPQExpBufferChar(q
, ')');
16345 /* Dump generic options if any */
16346 if (ftoptions
&& ftoptions
[0])
16347 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\nOPTIONS (\n %s\n)", ftoptions
);
16350 * For materialized views, create the AS clause just like a view. At
16351 * this point, we always mark the view as not populated.
16353 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_MATVIEW
)
16355 PQExpBuffer result
;
16357 result
= createViewAsClause(fout
, tbinfo
);
16358 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " AS\n%s\n WITH NO DATA;\n",
16360 destroyPQExpBuffer(result
);
16363 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ";\n");
16365 /* Materialized views can depend on extensions */
16366 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_MATVIEW
)
16367 append_depends_on_extension(fout
, q
, &tbinfo
->dobj
,
16368 "pg_catalog.pg_class",
16369 "MATERIALIZED VIEW",
16373 * in binary upgrade mode, update the catalog with any missing values
16374 * that might be present.
16376 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
16378 for (j
= 0; j
< tbinfo
->numatts
; j
++)
16380 if (tbinfo
->attmissingval
[j
][0] != '\0')
16382 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n-- set missing value.\n");
16383 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
16384 "SELECT pg_catalog.binary_upgrade_set_missing_value(");
16385 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, qualrelname
, fout
);
16386 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "::pg_catalog.regclass,");
16387 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, tbinfo
->attnames
[j
], fout
);
16388 appendPQExpBufferChar(q
, ',');
16389 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, tbinfo
->attmissingval
[j
], fout
);
16390 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ");\n\n");
16396 * To create binary-compatible heap files, we have to ensure the same
16397 * physical column order, including dropped columns, as in the
16398 * original. Therefore, we create dropped columns above and drop them
16399 * here, also updating their attlen/attalign values so that the
16400 * dropped column can be skipped properly. (We do not bother with
16401 * restoring the original attbyval setting.) Also, inheritance
16402 * relationships are set up by doing ALTER TABLE INHERIT rather than
16403 * using an INHERITS clause --- the latter would possibly mess up the
16404 * column order. That also means we have to take care about setting
16405 * attislocal correctly, plus fix up any inherited CHECK constraints.
16406 * Analogously, we set up typed tables using ALTER TABLE / OF here.
16408 * We process foreign and partitioned tables here, even though they
16409 * lack heap storage, because they can participate in inheritance
16410 * relationships and we want this stuff to be consistent across the
16411 * inheritance tree. We can exclude indexes, toast tables, sequences
16412 * and matviews, even though they have storage, because we don't
16413 * support altering or dropping columns in them, nor can they be part
16414 * of inheritance trees.
16416 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
&&
16417 (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_RELATION
||
16418 tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
||
16419 tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
))
16422 bool firstitem_extra
;
16425 * Drop any dropped columns. Merge the pg_attribute manipulations
16426 * into a single SQL command, so that we don't cause repeated
16427 * relcache flushes on the target table. Otherwise we risk O(N^2)
16428 * relcache bloat while dropping N columns.
16430 resetPQExpBuffer(extra
);
16432 for (j
= 0; j
< tbinfo
->numatts
; j
++)
16434 if (tbinfo
->attisdropped
[j
])
16438 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, recreate dropped columns.\n"
16439 "UPDATE pg_catalog.pg_attribute\n"
16440 "SET attlen = v.dlen, "
16441 "attalign = v.dalign, "
16442 "attbyval = false\n"
16447 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ",\n ");
16448 appendPQExpBufferChar(q
, '(');
16449 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, tbinfo
->attnames
[j
], fout
);
16450 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, ", %d, '%c')",
16452 tbinfo
->attalign
[j
]);
16453 /* The ALTER ... DROP COLUMN commands must come after */
16454 appendPQExpBuffer(extra
, "ALTER %sTABLE ONLY %s ",
16455 foreign
, qualrelname
);
16456 appendPQExpBuffer(extra
, "DROP COLUMN %s;\n",
16457 fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[j
]));
16462 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ") v(dname, dlen, dalign)\n"
16463 "WHERE attrelid = ");
16464 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, qualrelname
, fout
);
16465 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "::pg_catalog.regclass\n"
16466 " AND attname = v.dname;\n");
16467 /* Now we can issue the actual DROP COLUMN commands */
16468 appendBinaryPQExpBuffer(q
, extra
->data
, extra
->len
);
16472 * Fix up inherited columns. As above, do the pg_attribute
16473 * manipulations in a single SQL command.
16476 for (j
= 0; j
< tbinfo
->numatts
; j
++)
16478 if (!tbinfo
->attisdropped
[j
] &&
16479 !tbinfo
->attislocal
[j
])
16483 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, recreate inherited columns.\n");
16484 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "UPDATE pg_catalog.pg_attribute\n"
16485 "SET attislocal = false\n"
16486 "WHERE attrelid = ");
16487 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, qualrelname
, fout
);
16488 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "::pg_catalog.regclass\n"
16489 " AND attname IN (");
16493 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", ");
16494 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, tbinfo
->attnames
[j
], fout
);
16498 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ");\n");
16501 * Fix up not-null constraints that come from inheritance. As
16502 * above, do the pg_constraint manipulations in a single SQL
16503 * command. (Actually, two in special cases, if we're doing an
16504 * upgrade from < 18).
16507 firstitem_extra
= true;
16508 resetPQExpBuffer(extra
);
16509 for (j
= 0; j
< tbinfo
->numatts
; j
++)
16512 * If a not-null constraint comes from inheritance, reset
16513 * conislocal. The inhcount is fixed by ALTER TABLE INHERIT,
16514 * below. Special hack: in versions < 18, columns with no
16515 * local definition need their constraint to be matched by
16516 * column number in conkeys instead of by constraint name,
16517 * because the latter is not available. (We distinguish the
16518 * case because the constraint name is the empty string.)
16520 if (tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
] != NULL
&&
16521 !tbinfo
->notnull_islocal
[j
])
16523 if (tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
][0] != '\0')
16527 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "UPDATE pg_catalog.pg_constraint\n"
16528 "SET conislocal = false\n"
16529 "WHERE contype = 'n' AND conrelid = ");
16530 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, qualrelname
, fout
);
16531 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "::pg_catalog.regclass AND\n"
16536 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ", ");
16537 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, tbinfo
->notnull_constrs
[j
], fout
);
16541 if (firstitem_extra
)
16543 appendPQExpBufferStr(extra
, "UPDATE pg_catalog.pg_constraint\n"
16544 "SET conislocal = false\n"
16545 "WHERE contype = 'n' AND conrelid = ");
16546 appendStringLiteralAH(extra
, qualrelname
, fout
);
16547 appendPQExpBufferStr(extra
, "::pg_catalog.regclass AND\n"
16549 firstitem_extra
= false;
16552 appendPQExpBufferStr(extra
, ", ");
16553 appendPQExpBuffer(extra
, "'{%d}'", j
+ 1);
16558 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ");\n");
16559 if (!firstitem_extra
)
16560 appendPQExpBufferStr(extra
, ");\n");
16562 if (extra
->len
> 0)
16563 appendBinaryPQExpBuffer(q
, extra
->data
, extra
->len
);
16566 * Add inherited CHECK constraints, if any.
16568 * For partitions, they were already dumped, and conislocal
16569 * doesn't need fixing.
16571 * As above, issue only one direct manipulation of pg_constraint.
16572 * Although it is tempting to merge the ALTER ADD CONSTRAINT
16573 * commands into one as well, refrain for now due to concern about
16574 * possible backend memory bloat if there are many such
16577 resetPQExpBuffer(extra
);
16579 for (k
= 0; k
< tbinfo
->ncheck
; k
++)
16581 ConstraintInfo
*constr
= &(tbinfo
->checkexprs
[k
]);
16583 if (constr
->separate
|| constr
->conislocal
|| tbinfo
->ispartition
)
16587 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, set up inherited constraints.\n");
16588 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER %sTABLE ONLY %s ADD CONSTRAINT %s %s;\n",
16589 foreign
, qualrelname
,
16590 fmtId(constr
->dobj
.name
),
16592 /* Update pg_constraint after all the ALTER TABLEs */
16595 appendPQExpBufferStr(extra
, "UPDATE pg_catalog.pg_constraint\n"
16596 "SET conislocal = false\n"
16597 "WHERE contype = 'c' AND conrelid = ");
16598 appendStringLiteralAH(extra
, qualrelname
, fout
);
16599 appendPQExpBufferStr(extra
, "::pg_catalog.regclass\n");
16600 appendPQExpBufferStr(extra
, " AND conname IN (");
16604 appendPQExpBufferStr(extra
, ", ");
16605 appendStringLiteralAH(extra
, constr
->dobj
.name
, fout
);
16609 appendPQExpBufferStr(extra
, ");\n");
16610 appendBinaryPQExpBuffer(q
, extra
->data
, extra
->len
);
16613 if (numParents
> 0 && !tbinfo
->ispartition
)
16615 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, set up inheritance this way.\n");
16616 for (k
= 0; k
< numParents
; k
++)
16618 TableInfo
*parentRel
= parents
[k
];
16620 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER %sTABLE ONLY %s INHERIT %s;\n", foreign
,
16622 fmtQualifiedDumpable(parentRel
));
16626 if (OidIsValid(tbinfo
->reloftype
))
16628 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, set up typed tables this way.\n");
16629 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER TABLE ONLY %s OF %s;\n",
16631 getFormattedTypeName(fout
, tbinfo
->reloftype
,
16637 * In binary_upgrade mode, arrange to restore the old relfrozenxid and
16638 * relminmxid of all vacuumable relations. (While vacuum.c processes
16639 * TOAST tables semi-independently, here we see them only as children
16640 * of other relations; so this "if" lacks RELKIND_TOASTVALUE, and the
16641 * child toast table is handled below.)
16643 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
&&
16644 (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_RELATION
||
16645 tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_MATVIEW
))
16647 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, set heap's relfrozenxid and relminmxid\n");
16648 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "UPDATE pg_catalog.pg_class\n"
16649 "SET relfrozenxid = '%u', relminmxid = '%u'\n"
16651 tbinfo
->frozenxid
, tbinfo
->minmxid
);
16652 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, qualrelname
, fout
);
16653 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "::pg_catalog.regclass;\n");
16655 if (tbinfo
->toast_oid
)
16658 * The toast table will have the same OID at restore, so we
16659 * can safely target it by OID.
16661 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, set toast's relfrozenxid and relminmxid\n");
16662 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "UPDATE pg_catalog.pg_class\n"
16663 "SET relfrozenxid = '%u', relminmxid = '%u'\n"
16664 "WHERE oid = '%u';\n",
16665 tbinfo
->toast_frozenxid
,
16666 tbinfo
->toast_minmxid
, tbinfo
->toast_oid
);
16671 * In binary_upgrade mode, restore matviews' populated status by
16672 * poking pg_class directly. This is pretty ugly, but we can't use
16673 * REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW since it's possible that some underlying
16674 * matview is not populated even though this matview is; in any case,
16675 * we want to transfer the matview's heap storage, not run REFRESH.
16677 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
&& tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_MATVIEW
&&
16678 tbinfo
->relispopulated
)
16680 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "\n-- For binary upgrade, mark materialized view as populated\n");
16681 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "UPDATE pg_catalog.pg_class\n"
16682 "SET relispopulated = 't'\n"
16684 appendStringLiteralAH(q
, qualrelname
, fout
);
16685 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, "::pg_catalog.regclass;\n");
16689 * Dump additional per-column properties that we can't handle in the
16690 * main CREATE TABLE command.
16692 for (j
= 0; j
< tbinfo
->numatts
; j
++)
16694 /* None of this applies to dropped columns */
16695 if (tbinfo
->attisdropped
[j
])
16699 * Dump per-column statistics information. We only issue an ALTER
16700 * TABLE statement if the attstattarget entry for this column is
16701 * not the default value.
16703 if (tbinfo
->attstattarget
[j
] >= 0)
16704 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER %sTABLE ONLY %s ALTER COLUMN %s SET STATISTICS %d;\n",
16705 foreign
, qualrelname
,
16706 fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[j
]),
16707 tbinfo
->attstattarget
[j
]);
16710 * Dump per-column storage information. The statement is only
16711 * dumped if the storage has been changed from the type's default.
16713 if (tbinfo
->attstorage
[j
] != tbinfo
->typstorage
[j
])
16715 switch (tbinfo
->attstorage
[j
])
16717 case TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN
:
16720 case TYPSTORAGE_EXTERNAL
:
16721 storage
= "EXTERNAL";
16723 case TYPSTORAGE_EXTENDED
:
16724 storage
= "EXTENDED";
16726 case TYPSTORAGE_MAIN
:
16734 * Only dump the statement if it's a storage type we recognize
16736 if (storage
!= NULL
)
16737 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER %sTABLE ONLY %s ALTER COLUMN %s SET STORAGE %s;\n",
16738 foreign
, qualrelname
,
16739 fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[j
]),
16744 * Dump per-column compression, if it's been set.
16746 if (!dopt
->no_toast_compression
)
16748 const char *cmname
;
16750 switch (tbinfo
->attcompression
[j
])
16763 if (cmname
!= NULL
)
16764 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER %sTABLE ONLY %s ALTER COLUMN %s SET COMPRESSION %s;\n",
16765 foreign
, qualrelname
,
16766 fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[j
]),
16771 * Dump per-column attributes.
16773 if (tbinfo
->attoptions
[j
][0] != '\0')
16774 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER %sTABLE ONLY %s ALTER COLUMN %s SET (%s);\n",
16775 foreign
, qualrelname
,
16776 fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[j
]),
16777 tbinfo
->attoptions
[j
]);
16780 * Dump per-column fdw options.
16782 if (tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
&&
16783 tbinfo
->attfdwoptions
[j
][0] != '\0')
16784 appendPQExpBuffer(q
,
16785 "ALTER FOREIGN TABLE ONLY %s ALTER COLUMN %s OPTIONS (\n"
16789 fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[j
]),
16790 tbinfo
->attfdwoptions
[j
]);
16791 } /* end loop over columns */
16799 * dump properties we only have ALTER TABLE syntax for
16801 if ((tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_RELATION
||
16802 tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
||
16803 tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_MATVIEW
) &&
16804 tbinfo
->relreplident
!= REPLICA_IDENTITY_DEFAULT
)
16806 if (tbinfo
->relreplident
== REPLICA_IDENTITY_INDEX
)
16808 /* nothing to do, will be set when the index is dumped */
16810 else if (tbinfo
->relreplident
== REPLICA_IDENTITY_NOTHING
)
16812 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\nALTER TABLE ONLY %s REPLICA IDENTITY NOTHING;\n",
16815 else if (tbinfo
->relreplident
== REPLICA_IDENTITY_FULL
)
16817 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\nALTER TABLE ONLY %s REPLICA IDENTITY FULL;\n",
16822 if (tbinfo
->forcerowsec
)
16823 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\nALTER TABLE ONLY %s FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY;\n",
16826 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
16827 binary_upgrade_extension_member(q
, &tbinfo
->dobj
,
16828 reltypename
, qrelname
,
16829 tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
16831 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
16833 char *tablespace
= NULL
;
16834 char *tableam
= NULL
;
16837 * _selectTablespace() relies on tablespace-enabled objects in the
16838 * default tablespace to have a tablespace of "" (empty string) versus
16839 * non-tablespace-enabled objects to have a tablespace of NULL.
16840 * getTables() sets tbinfo->reltablespace to "" for the default
16841 * tablespace (not NULL).
16843 if (RELKIND_HAS_TABLESPACE(tbinfo
->relkind
))
16844 tablespace
= tbinfo
->reltablespace
;
16846 if (RELKIND_HAS_TABLE_AM(tbinfo
->relkind
) ||
16847 tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
)
16848 tableam
= tbinfo
->amname
;
16850 ArchiveEntry(fout
, tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
, tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
16851 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tbinfo
->dobj
.name
,
16852 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
16853 .tablespace
= tablespace
,
16854 .tableam
= tableam
,
16855 .relkind
= tbinfo
->relkind
,
16856 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
16857 .description
= reltypename
,
16858 .section
= tbinfo
->postponed_def
?
16859 SECTION_POST_DATA
: SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
16860 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
16861 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
16864 /* Dump Table Comments */
16865 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
16866 dumpTableComment(fout
, tbinfo
, reltypename
);
16868 /* Dump Table Security Labels */
16869 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
16870 dumpTableSecLabel(fout
, tbinfo
, reltypename
);
16872 /* Dump comments on inlined table constraints */
16873 for (j
= 0; j
< tbinfo
->ncheck
; j
++)
16875 ConstraintInfo
*constr
= &(tbinfo
->checkexprs
[j
]);
16877 if (constr
->separate
|| !constr
->conislocal
)
16880 if (constr
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
16881 dumpTableConstraintComment(fout
, constr
);
16884 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
16885 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
16886 destroyPQExpBuffer(extra
);
16893 * write to fout the commands to attach a child partition
16895 * Child partitions are always made by creating them separately
16896 * and then using ATTACH PARTITION, rather than using
16897 * CREATE TABLE ... PARTITION OF. This is important for preserving
16898 * any possible discrepancy in column layout, to allow assigning the
16899 * correct tablespace if different, and so that it's possible to restore
16900 * a partition without restoring its parent. (You'll get an error from
16901 * the ATTACH PARTITION command, but that can be ignored, or skipped
16902 * using "pg_restore -L" if you prefer.) The last point motivates
16903 * treating ATTACH PARTITION as a completely separate ArchiveEntry
16904 * rather than emitting it within the child partition's ArchiveEntry.
16907 dumpTableAttach(Archive
*fout
, const TableAttachInfo
*attachinfo
)
16909 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
16914 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
16915 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
16918 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
16920 if (!fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPTABLEATTACH
])
16922 /* Set up query for partbound details */
16923 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
16924 "PREPARE dumpTableAttach(pg_catalog.oid) AS\n");
16926 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
16927 "SELECT pg_get_expr(c.relpartbound, c.oid) "
16929 "WHERE c.oid = $1");
16931 ExecuteSqlStatement(fout
, q
->data
);
16933 fout
->is_prepared
[PREPQUERY_DUMPTABLEATTACH
] = true;
16936 printfPQExpBuffer(q
,
16937 "EXECUTE dumpTableAttach('%u')",
16938 attachinfo
->partitionTbl
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
16940 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, q
->data
);
16941 partbound
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0);
16943 /* Perform ALTER TABLE on the parent */
16944 printfPQExpBuffer(q
,
16945 "ALTER TABLE ONLY %s ",
16946 fmtQualifiedDumpable(attachinfo
->parentTbl
));
16947 appendPQExpBuffer(q
,
16948 "ATTACH PARTITION %s %s;\n",
16949 fmtQualifiedDumpable(attachinfo
->partitionTbl
),
16953 * There is no point in creating a drop query as the drop is done by table
16954 * drop. (If you think to change this, see also _printTocEntry().)
16955 * Although this object doesn't really have ownership as such, set the
16956 * owner field anyway to ensure that the command is run by the correct
16957 * role at restore time.
16959 ArchiveEntry(fout
, attachinfo
->dobj
.catId
, attachinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
16960 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= attachinfo
->dobj
.name
,
16961 .namespace = attachinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
16962 .owner
= attachinfo
->partitionTbl
->rolname
,
16963 .description
= "TABLE ATTACH",
16964 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
16965 .createStmt
= q
->data
));
16968 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
16972 * dumpAttrDef --- dump an attribute's default-value declaration
16975 dumpAttrDef(Archive
*fout
, const AttrDefInfo
*adinfo
)
16977 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
16978 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= adinfo
->adtable
;
16979 int adnum
= adinfo
->adnum
;
16986 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
16987 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
16990 /* Skip if not "separate"; it was dumped in the table's definition */
16991 if (!adinfo
->separate
)
16994 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
16995 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
16997 qualrelname
= pg_strdup(fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
16999 foreign
= tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
? "FOREIGN " : "";
17001 appendPQExpBuffer(q
,
17002 "ALTER %sTABLE ONLY %s ALTER COLUMN %s SET DEFAULT %s;\n",
17003 foreign
, qualrelname
, fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[adnum
- 1]),
17004 adinfo
->adef_expr
);
17006 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "ALTER %sTABLE %s ALTER COLUMN %s DROP DEFAULT;\n",
17007 foreign
, qualrelname
,
17008 fmtId(tbinfo
->attnames
[adnum
- 1]));
17010 tag
= psprintf("%s %s", tbinfo
->dobj
.name
, tbinfo
->attnames
[adnum
- 1]);
17012 if (adinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
17013 ArchiveEntry(fout
, adinfo
->dobj
.catId
, adinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
17014 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
,
17015 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17016 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
17017 .description
= "DEFAULT",
17018 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
17019 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
17020 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
17023 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
17024 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
17029 * getAttrName: extract the correct name for an attribute
17031 * The array tblInfo->attnames[] only provides names of user attributes;
17032 * if a system attribute number is supplied, we have to fake it.
17033 * We also do a little bit of bounds checking for safety's sake.
17035 static const char *
17036 getAttrName(int attrnum
, const TableInfo
*tblInfo
)
17038 if (attrnum
> 0 && attrnum
<= tblInfo
->numatts
)
17039 return tblInfo
->attnames
[attrnum
- 1];
17042 case SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber
:
17044 case MinTransactionIdAttributeNumber
:
17046 case MinCommandIdAttributeNumber
:
17048 case MaxTransactionIdAttributeNumber
:
17050 case MaxCommandIdAttributeNumber
:
17052 case TableOidAttributeNumber
:
17055 pg_fatal("invalid column number %d for table \"%s\"",
17056 attrnum
, tblInfo
->dobj
.name
);
17057 return NULL
; /* keep compiler quiet */
17062 * write out to fout a user-defined index
17065 dumpIndex(Archive
*fout
, const IndxInfo
*indxinfo
)
17067 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
17068 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= indxinfo
->indextable
;
17069 bool is_constraint
= (indxinfo
->indexconstraint
!= 0);
17075 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
17076 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
17079 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
17080 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
17082 qindxname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(indxinfo
->dobj
.name
));
17083 qqindxname
= pg_strdup(fmtQualifiedDumpable(indxinfo
));
17086 * If there's an associated constraint, don't dump the index per se, but
17087 * do dump any comment for it. (This is safe because dependency ordering
17088 * will have ensured the constraint is emitted first.) Note that the
17089 * emitted comment has to be shown as depending on the constraint, not the
17090 * index, in such cases.
17092 if (!is_constraint
)
17094 char *indstatcols
= indxinfo
->indstatcols
;
17095 char *indstatvals
= indxinfo
->indstatvals
;
17096 char **indstatcolsarray
= NULL
;
17097 char **indstatvalsarray
= NULL
;
17101 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
17102 binary_upgrade_set_pg_class_oids(fout
, q
,
17103 indxinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
17105 /* Plain secondary index */
17106 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s;\n", indxinfo
->indexdef
);
17109 * Append ALTER TABLE commands as needed to set properties that we
17110 * only have ALTER TABLE syntax for. Keep this in sync with the
17111 * similar code in dumpConstraint!
17114 /* If the index is clustered, we need to record that. */
17115 if (indxinfo
->indisclustered
)
17117 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\nALTER TABLE %s CLUSTER",
17118 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17119 /* index name is not qualified in this syntax */
17120 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " ON %s;\n",
17125 * If the index has any statistics on some of its columns, generate
17126 * the associated ALTER INDEX queries.
17128 if (strlen(indstatcols
) != 0 || strlen(indstatvals
) != 0)
17132 if (!parsePGArray(indstatcols
, &indstatcolsarray
, &nstatcols
))
17133 pg_fatal("could not parse index statistic columns");
17134 if (!parsePGArray(indstatvals
, &indstatvalsarray
, &nstatvals
))
17135 pg_fatal("could not parse index statistic values");
17136 if (nstatcols
!= nstatvals
)
17137 pg_fatal("mismatched number of columns and values for index statistics");
17139 for (j
= 0; j
< nstatcols
; j
++)
17141 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER INDEX %s ", qqindxname
);
17144 * Note that this is a column number, so no quotes should be
17147 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER COLUMN %s ",
17148 indstatcolsarray
[j
]);
17149 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "SET STATISTICS %s;\n",
17150 indstatvalsarray
[j
]);
17154 /* Indexes can depend on extensions */
17155 append_depends_on_extension(fout
, q
, &indxinfo
->dobj
,
17156 "pg_catalog.pg_class",
17157 "INDEX", qqindxname
);
17159 /* If the index defines identity, we need to record that. */
17160 if (indxinfo
->indisreplident
)
17162 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\nALTER TABLE ONLY %s REPLICA IDENTITY USING",
17163 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17164 /* index name is not qualified in this syntax */
17165 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " INDEX %s;\n",
17169 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP INDEX %s;\n", qqindxname
);
17171 if (indxinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
17172 ArchiveEntry(fout
, indxinfo
->dobj
.catId
, indxinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
17173 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= indxinfo
->dobj
.name
,
17174 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17175 .tablespace
= indxinfo
->tablespace
,
17176 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
17177 .description
= "INDEX",
17178 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
17179 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
17180 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
17182 free(indstatcolsarray
);
17183 free(indstatvalsarray
);
17186 /* Dump Index Comments */
17187 if (indxinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
17188 dumpComment(fout
, "INDEX", qindxname
,
17189 tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17191 indxinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0,
17192 is_constraint
? indxinfo
->indexconstraint
:
17193 indxinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
17195 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
17196 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
17203 * write out to fout a partitioned-index attachment clause
17206 dumpIndexAttach(Archive
*fout
, const IndexAttachInfo
*attachinfo
)
17208 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
17209 if (!fout
->dopt
->dumpSchema
)
17212 if (attachinfo
->partitionIdx
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
17214 PQExpBuffer q
= createPQExpBuffer();
17216 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER INDEX %s ",
17217 fmtQualifiedDumpable(attachinfo
->parentIdx
));
17218 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ATTACH PARTITION %s;\n",
17219 fmtQualifiedDumpable(attachinfo
->partitionIdx
));
17222 * There is no point in creating a drop query as the drop is done by
17223 * index drop. (If you think to change this, see also
17224 * _printTocEntry().) Although this object doesn't really have
17225 * ownership as such, set the owner field anyway to ensure that the
17226 * command is run by the correct role at restore time.
17228 ArchiveEntry(fout
, attachinfo
->dobj
.catId
, attachinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
17229 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= attachinfo
->dobj
.name
,
17230 .namespace = attachinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17231 .owner
= attachinfo
->parentIdx
->indextable
->rolname
,
17232 .description
= "INDEX ATTACH",
17233 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
17234 .createStmt
= q
->data
));
17236 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
17241 * dumpStatisticsExt
17242 * write out to fout an extended statistics object
17245 dumpStatisticsExt(Archive
*fout
, const StatsExtInfo
*statsextinfo
)
17247 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
17251 char *qstatsextname
;
17255 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
17256 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
17259 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
17260 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
17261 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
17263 qstatsextname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(statsextinfo
->dobj
.name
));
17265 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT "
17266 "pg_catalog.pg_get_statisticsobjdef('%u'::pg_catalog.oid)",
17267 statsextinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
17269 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
17271 stxdef
= PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0);
17273 /* Result of pg_get_statisticsobjdef is complete except for semicolon */
17274 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s;\n", stxdef
);
17277 * We only issue an ALTER STATISTICS statement if the stxstattarget entry
17278 * for this statistics object is not the default value.
17280 if (statsextinfo
->stattarget
>= 0)
17282 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER STATISTICS %s ",
17283 fmtQualifiedDumpable(statsextinfo
));
17284 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "SET STATISTICS %d;\n",
17285 statsextinfo
->stattarget
);
17288 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP STATISTICS %s;\n",
17289 fmtQualifiedDumpable(statsextinfo
));
17291 if (statsextinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
17292 ArchiveEntry(fout
, statsextinfo
->dobj
.catId
,
17293 statsextinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
17294 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= statsextinfo
->dobj
.name
,
17295 .namespace = statsextinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17296 .owner
= statsextinfo
->rolname
,
17297 .description
= "STATISTICS",
17298 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
17299 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
17300 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
17302 /* Dump Statistics Comments */
17303 if (statsextinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
17304 dumpComment(fout
, "STATISTICS", qstatsextname
,
17305 statsextinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17306 statsextinfo
->rolname
,
17307 statsextinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0,
17308 statsextinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
17311 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
17312 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
17313 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
17314 free(qstatsextname
);
17319 * write out to fout a user-defined constraint
17322 dumpConstraint(Archive
*fout
, const ConstraintInfo
*coninfo
)
17324 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
17325 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= coninfo
->contable
;
17331 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
17332 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
17335 q
= createPQExpBuffer();
17336 delq
= createPQExpBuffer();
17338 foreign
= tbinfo
&&
17339 tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
? "FOREIGN " : "";
17341 if (coninfo
->contype
== 'p' ||
17342 coninfo
->contype
== 'u' ||
17343 coninfo
->contype
== 'x')
17345 /* Index-related constraint */
17346 IndxInfo
*indxinfo
;
17349 indxinfo
= (IndxInfo
*) findObjectByDumpId(coninfo
->conindex
);
17351 if (indxinfo
== NULL
)
17352 pg_fatal("missing index for constraint \"%s\"",
17353 coninfo
->dobj
.name
);
17355 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
17356 binary_upgrade_set_pg_class_oids(fout
, q
,
17357 indxinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
17359 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER %sTABLE ONLY %s\n", foreign
,
17360 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17361 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " ADD CONSTRAINT %s ",
17362 fmtId(coninfo
->dobj
.name
));
17364 if (coninfo
->condef
)
17366 /* pg_get_constraintdef should have provided everything */
17367 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s;\n", coninfo
->condef
);
17371 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
,
17372 coninfo
->contype
== 'p' ? "PRIMARY KEY" : "UNIQUE");
17375 * PRIMARY KEY constraints should not be using NULLS NOT DISTINCT
17376 * indexes. Being able to create this was fixed, but we need to
17377 * make the index distinct in order to be able to restore the
17380 if (indxinfo
->indnullsnotdistinct
&& coninfo
->contype
!= 'p')
17381 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " NULLS NOT DISTINCT");
17382 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " (");
17383 for (k
= 0; k
< indxinfo
->indnkeyattrs
; k
++)
17385 int indkey
= (int) indxinfo
->indkeys
[k
];
17386 const char *attname
;
17388 if (indkey
== InvalidAttrNumber
)
17390 attname
= getAttrName(indkey
, tbinfo
);
17392 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s%s",
17393 (k
== 0) ? "" : ", ",
17396 if (coninfo
->conperiod
)
17397 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " WITHOUT OVERLAPS");
17399 if (indxinfo
->indnkeyattrs
< indxinfo
->indnattrs
)
17400 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ") INCLUDE (");
17402 for (k
= indxinfo
->indnkeyattrs
; k
< indxinfo
->indnattrs
; k
++)
17404 int indkey
= (int) indxinfo
->indkeys
[k
];
17405 const char *attname
;
17407 if (indkey
== InvalidAttrNumber
)
17409 attname
= getAttrName(indkey
, tbinfo
);
17411 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "%s%s",
17412 (k
== indxinfo
->indnkeyattrs
) ? "" : ", ",
17416 appendPQExpBufferChar(q
, ')');
17418 if (nonemptyReloptions(indxinfo
->indreloptions
))
17420 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " WITH (");
17421 appendReloptionsArrayAH(q
, indxinfo
->indreloptions
, "", fout
);
17422 appendPQExpBufferChar(q
, ')');
17425 if (coninfo
->condeferrable
)
17427 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " DEFERRABLE");
17428 if (coninfo
->condeferred
)
17429 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, " INITIALLY DEFERRED");
17432 appendPQExpBufferStr(q
, ";\n");
17436 * Append ALTER TABLE commands as needed to set properties that we
17437 * only have ALTER TABLE syntax for. Keep this in sync with the
17438 * similar code in dumpIndex!
17441 /* If the index is clustered, we need to record that. */
17442 if (indxinfo
->indisclustered
)
17444 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\nALTER TABLE %s CLUSTER",
17445 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17446 /* index name is not qualified in this syntax */
17447 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " ON %s;\n",
17448 fmtId(indxinfo
->dobj
.name
));
17451 /* If the index defines identity, we need to record that. */
17452 if (indxinfo
->indisreplident
)
17454 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "\nALTER TABLE ONLY %s REPLICA IDENTITY USING",
17455 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17456 /* index name is not qualified in this syntax */
17457 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " INDEX %s;\n",
17458 fmtId(indxinfo
->dobj
.name
));
17461 /* Indexes can depend on extensions */
17462 append_depends_on_extension(fout
, q
, &indxinfo
->dobj
,
17463 "pg_catalog.pg_class", "INDEX",
17464 fmtQualifiedDumpable(indxinfo
));
17466 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "ALTER %sTABLE ONLY %s ", foreign
,
17467 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17468 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP CONSTRAINT %s;\n",
17469 fmtId(coninfo
->dobj
.name
));
17471 tag
= psprintf("%s %s", tbinfo
->dobj
.name
, coninfo
->dobj
.name
);
17473 if (coninfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
17474 ArchiveEntry(fout
, coninfo
->dobj
.catId
, coninfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
17475 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
,
17476 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17477 .tablespace
= indxinfo
->tablespace
,
17478 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
17479 .description
= "CONSTRAINT",
17480 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
17481 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
17482 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
17484 else if (coninfo
->contype
== 'f')
17489 * Foreign keys on partitioned tables are always declared as
17490 * inheriting to partitions; for all other cases, emit them as
17491 * applying ONLY directly to the named table, because that's how they
17492 * work for regular inherited tables.
17494 only
= tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE
? "" : "ONLY ";
17497 * XXX Potentially wrap in a 'SET CONSTRAINTS OFF' block so that the
17498 * current table data is not processed
17500 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER %sTABLE %s%s\n", foreign
,
17501 only
, fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17502 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " ADD CONSTRAINT %s %s;\n",
17503 fmtId(coninfo
->dobj
.name
),
17506 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "ALTER %sTABLE %s%s ", foreign
,
17507 only
, fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17508 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP CONSTRAINT %s;\n",
17509 fmtId(coninfo
->dobj
.name
));
17511 tag
= psprintf("%s %s", tbinfo
->dobj
.name
, coninfo
->dobj
.name
);
17513 if (coninfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
17514 ArchiveEntry(fout
, coninfo
->dobj
.catId
, coninfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
17515 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
,
17516 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17517 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
17518 .description
= "FK CONSTRAINT",
17519 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
17520 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
17521 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
17523 else if (coninfo
->contype
== 'c' && tbinfo
)
17525 /* CHECK constraint on a table */
17527 /* Ignore if not to be dumped separately, or if it was inherited */
17528 if (coninfo
->separate
&& coninfo
->conislocal
)
17530 /* not ONLY since we want it to propagate to children */
17531 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER %sTABLE %s\n", foreign
,
17532 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17533 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " ADD CONSTRAINT %s %s;\n",
17534 fmtId(coninfo
->dobj
.name
),
17537 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "ALTER %sTABLE %s ", foreign
,
17538 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17539 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP CONSTRAINT %s;\n",
17540 fmtId(coninfo
->dobj
.name
));
17542 tag
= psprintf("%s %s", tbinfo
->dobj
.name
, coninfo
->dobj
.name
);
17544 if (coninfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
17545 ArchiveEntry(fout
, coninfo
->dobj
.catId
, coninfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
17546 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
,
17547 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17548 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
17549 .description
= "CHECK CONSTRAINT",
17550 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
17551 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
17552 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
17555 else if (coninfo
->contype
== 'c' && tbinfo
== NULL
)
17557 /* CHECK constraint on a domain */
17558 TypeInfo
*tyinfo
= coninfo
->condomain
;
17560 /* Ignore if not to be dumped separately */
17561 if (coninfo
->separate
)
17563 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, "ALTER DOMAIN %s\n",
17564 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tyinfo
));
17565 appendPQExpBuffer(q
, " ADD CONSTRAINT %s %s;\n",
17566 fmtId(coninfo
->dobj
.name
),
17569 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "ALTER DOMAIN %s ",
17570 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tyinfo
));
17571 appendPQExpBuffer(delq
, "DROP CONSTRAINT %s;\n",
17572 fmtId(coninfo
->dobj
.name
));
17574 tag
= psprintf("%s %s", tyinfo
->dobj
.name
, coninfo
->dobj
.name
);
17576 if (coninfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
17577 ArchiveEntry(fout
, coninfo
->dobj
.catId
, coninfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
17578 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
,
17579 .namespace = tyinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17580 .owner
= tyinfo
->rolname
,
17581 .description
= "CHECK CONSTRAINT",
17582 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
17583 .createStmt
= q
->data
,
17584 .dropStmt
= delq
->data
));
17589 pg_fatal("unrecognized constraint type: %c",
17593 /* Dump Constraint Comments --- only works for table constraints */
17594 if (tbinfo
&& coninfo
->separate
&&
17595 coninfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
17596 dumpTableConstraintComment(fout
, coninfo
);
17599 destroyPQExpBuffer(q
);
17600 destroyPQExpBuffer(delq
);
17604 * dumpTableConstraintComment --- dump a constraint's comment if any
17606 * This is split out because we need the function in two different places
17607 * depending on whether the constraint is dumped as part of CREATE TABLE
17608 * or as a separate ALTER command.
17611 dumpTableConstraintComment(Archive
*fout
, const ConstraintInfo
*coninfo
)
17613 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= coninfo
->contable
;
17614 PQExpBuffer conprefix
= createPQExpBuffer();
17617 qtabname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tbinfo
->dobj
.name
));
17619 appendPQExpBuffer(conprefix
, "CONSTRAINT %s ON",
17620 fmtId(coninfo
->dobj
.name
));
17622 if (coninfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
17623 dumpComment(fout
, conprefix
->data
, qtabname
,
17624 tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17626 coninfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0,
17627 coninfo
->separate
? coninfo
->dobj
.dumpId
: tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
17629 destroyPQExpBuffer(conprefix
);
17633 static inline SeqType
17634 parse_sequence_type(const char *name
)
17636 for (int i
= 0; i
< lengthof(SeqTypeNames
); i
++)
17638 if (strcmp(SeqTypeNames
[i
], name
) == 0)
17639 return (SeqType
) i
;
17642 pg_fatal("unrecognized sequence type: %s", name
);
17643 return (SeqType
) 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
17647 * bsearch() comparator for SequenceItem
17650 SequenceItemCmp(const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
17652 SequenceItem v1
= *((const SequenceItem
*) p1
);
17653 SequenceItem v2
= *((const SequenceItem
*) p2
);
17655 return pg_cmp_u32(v1
.oid
, v2
.oid
);
17661 * Construct a table of sequence information. This table is sorted by OID for
17665 collectSequences(Archive
*fout
)
17671 * Before Postgres 10, sequence metadata is in the sequence itself. With
17672 * some extra effort, we might be able to use the sorted table for those
17673 * versions, but for now it seems unlikely to be worth it.
17675 * Since version 18, we can gather the sequence data in this query with
17676 * pg_get_sequence_data(), but we only do so for non-schema-only dumps.
17678 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 100000)
17680 else if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 180000 ||
17681 (!fout
->dopt
->dumpData
&& !fout
->dopt
->sequence_data
))
17682 query
= "SELECT seqrelid, format_type(seqtypid, NULL), "
17683 "seqstart, seqincrement, "
17685 "seqcache, seqcycle, "
17687 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_sequence "
17688 "ORDER BY seqrelid";
17690 query
= "SELECT seqrelid, format_type(seqtypid, NULL), "
17691 "seqstart, seqincrement, "
17693 "seqcache, seqcycle, "
17694 "last_value, is_called "
17695 "FROM pg_catalog.pg_sequence, "
17696 "pg_get_sequence_data(seqrelid) "
17697 "ORDER BY seqrelid;";
17699 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
17701 nsequences
= PQntuples(res
);
17702 sequences
= (SequenceItem
*) pg_malloc(nsequences
* sizeof(SequenceItem
));
17704 for (int i
= 0; i
< nsequences
; i
++)
17706 sequences
[i
].oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 0));
17707 sequences
[i
].seqtype
= parse_sequence_type(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 1));
17708 sequences
[i
].startv
= strtoi64(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 2), NULL
, 10);
17709 sequences
[i
].incby
= strtoi64(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 3), NULL
, 10);
17710 sequences
[i
].maxv
= strtoi64(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 4), NULL
, 10);
17711 sequences
[i
].minv
= strtoi64(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 5), NULL
, 10);
17712 sequences
[i
].cache
= strtoi64(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 6), NULL
, 10);
17713 sequences
[i
].cycled
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 7), "t") == 0);
17714 sequences
[i
].last_value
= strtoi64(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 8), NULL
, 10);
17715 sequences
[i
].is_called
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, 9), "t") == 0);
17723 * write the declaration (not data) of one user-defined sequence
17726 dumpSequence(Archive
*fout
, const TableInfo
*tbinfo
)
17728 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
17731 int64 default_minv
,
17733 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
17734 PQExpBuffer delqry
= createPQExpBuffer();
17736 TableInfo
*owning_tab
= NULL
;
17738 qseqname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tbinfo
->dobj
.name
));
17741 * For versions >= 10, the sequence information is gathered in a sorted
17742 * table before any calls to dumpSequence(). See collectSequences() for
17743 * more information.
17745 if (fout
->remoteVersion
>= 100000)
17747 SequenceItem key
= {0};
17751 key
.oid
= tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
;
17752 seq
= bsearch(&key
, sequences
, nsequences
,
17753 sizeof(SequenceItem
), SequenceItemCmp
);
17760 * Before PostgreSQL 10, sequence metadata is in the sequence itself.
17762 * Note: it might seem that 'bigint' potentially needs to be
17763 * schema-qualified, but actually that's a keyword.
17765 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
17766 "SELECT 'bigint' AS sequence_type, "
17767 "start_value, increment_by, max_value, min_value, "
17768 "cache_value, is_cycled FROM %s",
17769 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17771 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
17773 if (PQntuples(res
) != 1)
17774 pg_fatal(ngettext("query to get data of sequence \"%s\" returned %d row (expected 1)",
17775 "query to get data of sequence \"%s\" returned %d rows (expected 1)",
17777 tbinfo
->dobj
.name
, PQntuples(res
));
17779 seq
= pg_malloc0(sizeof(SequenceItem
));
17780 seq
->seqtype
= parse_sequence_type(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0));
17781 seq
->startv
= strtoi64(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 1), NULL
, 10);
17782 seq
->incby
= strtoi64(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 2), NULL
, 10);
17783 seq
->maxv
= strtoi64(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 3), NULL
, 10);
17784 seq
->minv
= strtoi64(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 4), NULL
, 10);
17785 seq
->cache
= strtoi64(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 5), NULL
, 10);
17786 seq
->cycled
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 6), "t") == 0);
17791 /* Calculate default limits for a sequence of this type */
17792 is_ascending
= (seq
->incby
>= 0);
17793 if (seq
->seqtype
== SEQTYPE_SMALLINT
)
17795 default_minv
= is_ascending
? 1 : PG_INT16_MIN
;
17796 default_maxv
= is_ascending
? PG_INT16_MAX
: -1;
17798 else if (seq
->seqtype
== SEQTYPE_INTEGER
)
17800 default_minv
= is_ascending
? 1 : PG_INT32_MIN
;
17801 default_maxv
= is_ascending
? PG_INT32_MAX
: -1;
17803 else if (seq
->seqtype
== SEQTYPE_BIGINT
)
17805 default_minv
= is_ascending
? 1 : PG_INT64_MIN
;
17806 default_maxv
= is_ascending
? PG_INT64_MAX
: -1;
17810 pg_fatal("unrecognized sequence type: %d", seq
->seqtype
);
17811 default_minv
= default_maxv
= 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
17815 * Identity sequences are not to be dropped separately.
17817 if (!tbinfo
->is_identity_sequence
)
17819 appendPQExpBuffer(delqry
, "DROP SEQUENCE %s;\n",
17820 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17823 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
17825 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
17827 binary_upgrade_set_pg_class_oids(fout
, query
,
17828 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
17831 * In older PG versions a sequence will have a pg_type entry, but v14
17832 * and up don't use that, so don't attempt to preserve the type OID.
17836 if (tbinfo
->is_identity_sequence
)
17838 owning_tab
= findTableByOid(tbinfo
->owning_tab
);
17840 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
17842 fmtQualifiedDumpable(owning_tab
));
17843 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
17844 "ALTER COLUMN %s ADD GENERATED ",
17845 fmtId(owning_tab
->attnames
[tbinfo
->owning_col
- 1]));
17846 if (owning_tab
->attidentity
[tbinfo
->owning_col
- 1] == ATTRIBUTE_IDENTITY_ALWAYS
)
17847 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "ALWAYS");
17848 else if (owning_tab
->attidentity
[tbinfo
->owning_col
- 1] == ATTRIBUTE_IDENTITY_BY_DEFAULT
)
17849 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "BY DEFAULT");
17850 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " AS IDENTITY (\n SEQUENCE NAME %s\n",
17851 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17854 * Emit persistence option only if it's different from the owning
17855 * table's. This avoids using this new syntax unnecessarily.
17857 if (tbinfo
->relpersistence
!= owning_tab
->relpersistence
)
17858 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " %s\n",
17859 tbinfo
->relpersistence
== RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED
?
17860 "UNLOGGED" : "LOGGED");
17864 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
17865 "CREATE %sSEQUENCE %s\n",
17866 tbinfo
->relpersistence
== RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED
?
17868 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17870 if (seq
->seqtype
!= SEQTYPE_BIGINT
)
17871 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " AS %s\n", SeqTypeNames
[seq
->seqtype
]);
17874 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " START WITH " INT64_FORMAT
"\n", seq
->startv
);
17876 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " INCREMENT BY " INT64_FORMAT
"\n", seq
->incby
);
17878 if (seq
->minv
!= default_minv
)
17879 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " MINVALUE " INT64_FORMAT
"\n", seq
->minv
);
17881 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " NO MINVALUE\n");
17883 if (seq
->maxv
!= default_maxv
)
17884 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " MAXVALUE " INT64_FORMAT
"\n", seq
->maxv
);
17886 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " NO MAXVALUE\n");
17888 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
17889 " CACHE " INT64_FORMAT
"%s",
17890 seq
->cache
, (seq
->cycled
? "\n CYCLE" : ""));
17892 if (tbinfo
->is_identity_sequence
)
17893 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "\n);\n");
17895 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ";\n");
17897 /* binary_upgrade: no need to clear TOAST table oid */
17899 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
17900 binary_upgrade_extension_member(query
, &tbinfo
->dobj
,
17901 "SEQUENCE", qseqname
,
17902 tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
);
17904 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
17905 ArchiveEntry(fout
, tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
, tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
17906 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tbinfo
->dobj
.name
,
17907 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17908 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
17909 .description
= "SEQUENCE",
17910 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
17911 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
17912 .dropStmt
= delqry
->data
));
17915 * If the sequence is owned by a table column, emit the ALTER for it as a
17916 * separate TOC entry immediately following the sequence's own entry. It's
17917 * OK to do this rather than using full sorting logic, because the
17918 * dependency that tells us it's owned will have forced the table to be
17919 * created first. We can't just include the ALTER in the TOC entry
17920 * because it will fail if we haven't reassigned the sequence owner to
17921 * match the table's owner.
17923 * We need not schema-qualify the table reference because both sequence
17924 * and table must be in the same schema.
17926 if (OidIsValid(tbinfo
->owning_tab
) && !tbinfo
->is_identity_sequence
)
17928 owning_tab
= findTableByOid(tbinfo
->owning_tab
);
17930 if (owning_tab
== NULL
)
17931 pg_fatal("failed sanity check, parent table with OID %u of sequence with OID %u not found",
17932 tbinfo
->owning_tab
, tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
17934 if (owning_tab
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
17936 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
17937 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "ALTER SEQUENCE %s",
17938 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
17939 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " OWNED BY %s",
17940 fmtQualifiedDumpable(owning_tab
));
17941 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, ".%s;\n",
17942 fmtId(owning_tab
->attnames
[tbinfo
->owning_col
- 1]));
17944 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
17945 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
17946 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tbinfo
->dobj
.name
,
17947 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
17948 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
17949 .description
= "SEQUENCE OWNED BY",
17950 .section
= SECTION_PRE_DATA
,
17951 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
17952 .deps
= &(tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
),
17957 /* Dump Sequence Comments and Security Labels */
17958 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
17959 dumpComment(fout
, "SEQUENCE", qseqname
,
17960 tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tbinfo
->rolname
,
17961 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
17963 if (tbinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_SECLABEL
)
17964 dumpSecLabel(fout
, "SEQUENCE", qseqname
,
17965 tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tbinfo
->rolname
,
17966 tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
17968 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 100000)
17970 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
17971 destroyPQExpBuffer(delqry
);
17977 * write the data of one user-defined sequence
17980 dumpSequenceData(Archive
*fout
, const TableDataInfo
*tdinfo
)
17982 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= tdinfo
->tdtable
;
17985 PQExpBuffer query
= createPQExpBuffer();
17988 * For versions >= 18, the sequence information is gathered in the sorted
17989 * array before any calls to dumpSequenceData(). See collectSequences()
17990 * for more information.
17992 * For older versions, we have to query the sequence relations
17995 if (fout
->remoteVersion
< 180000)
17999 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
18000 "SELECT last_value, is_called FROM %s",
18001 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
18003 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
18005 if (PQntuples(res
) != 1)
18006 pg_fatal(ngettext("query to get data of sequence \"%s\" returned %d row (expected 1)",
18007 "query to get data of sequence \"%s\" returned %d rows (expected 1)",
18009 tbinfo
->dobj
.name
, PQntuples(res
));
18011 last
= strtoi64(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0), NULL
, 10);
18012 called
= (strcmp(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 1), "t") == 0);
18018 SequenceItem key
= {0};
18019 SequenceItem
*entry
;
18022 Assert(tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
18024 key
.oid
= tbinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
;
18025 entry
= bsearch(&key
, sequences
, nsequences
,
18026 sizeof(SequenceItem
), SequenceItemCmp
);
18028 last
= entry
->last_value
;
18029 called
= entry
->is_called
;
18032 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
18033 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT pg_catalog.setval(");
18034 appendStringLiteralAH(query
, fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
), fout
);
18035 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, ", " INT64_FORMAT
", %s);\n",
18036 last
, (called
? "true" : "false"));
18038 if (tdinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DATA
)
18039 ArchiveEntry(fout
, nilCatalogId
, createDumpId(),
18040 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tbinfo
->dobj
.name
,
18041 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
18042 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
18043 .description
= "SEQUENCE SET",
18044 .section
= SECTION_DATA
,
18045 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
18046 .deps
= &(tbinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
),
18049 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
18054 * write the declaration of one user-defined table trigger
18057 dumpTrigger(Archive
*fout
, const TriggerInfo
*tginfo
)
18059 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
18060 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= tginfo
->tgtable
;
18062 PQExpBuffer delqry
;
18063 PQExpBuffer trigprefix
;
18064 PQExpBuffer trigidentity
;
18068 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
18069 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
18072 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
18073 delqry
= createPQExpBuffer();
18074 trigprefix
= createPQExpBuffer();
18075 trigidentity
= createPQExpBuffer();
18077 qtabname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tbinfo
->dobj
.name
));
18079 appendPQExpBuffer(trigidentity
, "%s ", fmtId(tginfo
->dobj
.name
));
18080 appendPQExpBuffer(trigidentity
, "ON %s", fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
18082 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "%s;\n", tginfo
->tgdef
);
18083 appendPQExpBuffer(delqry
, "DROP TRIGGER %s;\n", trigidentity
->data
);
18085 /* Triggers can depend on extensions */
18086 append_depends_on_extension(fout
, query
, &tginfo
->dobj
,
18087 "pg_catalog.pg_trigger", "TRIGGER",
18088 trigidentity
->data
);
18090 if (tginfo
->tgispartition
)
18092 Assert(tbinfo
->ispartition
);
18095 * Partition triggers only appear here because their 'tgenabled' flag
18096 * differs from its parent's. The trigger is created already, so
18097 * remove the CREATE and replace it with an ALTER. (Clear out the
18098 * DROP query too, so that pg_dump --create does not cause errors.)
18100 resetPQExpBuffer(query
);
18101 resetPQExpBuffer(delqry
);
18102 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "\nALTER %sTABLE %s ",
18103 tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
? "FOREIGN " : "",
18104 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
18105 switch (tginfo
->tgenabled
)
18109 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "DISABLE");
18113 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "ENABLE");
18116 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "ENABLE REPLICA");
18119 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "ENABLE ALWAYS");
18122 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " TRIGGER %s;\n",
18123 fmtId(tginfo
->dobj
.name
));
18125 else if (tginfo
->tgenabled
!= 't' && tginfo
->tgenabled
!= 'O')
18127 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "\nALTER %sTABLE %s ",
18128 tbinfo
->relkind
== RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE
? "FOREIGN " : "",
18129 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
18130 switch (tginfo
->tgenabled
)
18134 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "DISABLE");
18137 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "ENABLE ALWAYS");
18140 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "ENABLE REPLICA");
18143 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "ENABLE");
18146 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, " TRIGGER %s;\n",
18147 fmtId(tginfo
->dobj
.name
));
18150 appendPQExpBuffer(trigprefix
, "TRIGGER %s ON",
18151 fmtId(tginfo
->dobj
.name
));
18153 tag
= psprintf("%s %s", tbinfo
->dobj
.name
, tginfo
->dobj
.name
);
18155 if (tginfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
18156 ArchiveEntry(fout
, tginfo
->dobj
.catId
, tginfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
18157 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
,
18158 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
18159 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
18160 .description
= "TRIGGER",
18161 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
18162 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
18163 .dropStmt
= delqry
->data
));
18165 if (tginfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
18166 dumpComment(fout
, trigprefix
->data
, qtabname
,
18167 tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
, tbinfo
->rolname
,
18168 tginfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, tginfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
18171 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
18172 destroyPQExpBuffer(delqry
);
18173 destroyPQExpBuffer(trigprefix
);
18174 destroyPQExpBuffer(trigidentity
);
18180 * write the declaration of one user-defined event trigger
18183 dumpEventTrigger(Archive
*fout
, const EventTriggerInfo
*evtinfo
)
18185 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
18187 PQExpBuffer delqry
;
18190 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
18191 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
18194 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
18195 delqry
= createPQExpBuffer();
18197 qevtname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(evtinfo
->dobj
.name
));
18199 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "CREATE EVENT TRIGGER ");
18200 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, qevtname
);
18201 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, " ON ");
18202 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, fmtId(evtinfo
->evtevent
));
18204 if (strcmp("", evtinfo
->evttags
) != 0)
18206 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "\n WHEN TAG IN (");
18207 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, evtinfo
->evttags
);
18208 appendPQExpBufferChar(query
, ')');
18211 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "\n EXECUTE FUNCTION ");
18212 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, evtinfo
->evtfname
);
18213 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "();\n");
18215 if (evtinfo
->evtenabled
!= 'O')
18217 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "\nALTER EVENT TRIGGER %s ",
18219 switch (evtinfo
->evtenabled
)
18222 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "DISABLE");
18225 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "ENABLE ALWAYS");
18228 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "ENABLE REPLICA");
18231 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "ENABLE");
18234 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, ";\n");
18237 appendPQExpBuffer(delqry
, "DROP EVENT TRIGGER %s;\n",
18240 if (dopt
->binary_upgrade
)
18241 binary_upgrade_extension_member(query
, &evtinfo
->dobj
,
18242 "EVENT TRIGGER", qevtname
, NULL
);
18244 if (evtinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
18245 ArchiveEntry(fout
, evtinfo
->dobj
.catId
, evtinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
18246 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= evtinfo
->dobj
.name
,
18247 .owner
= evtinfo
->evtowner
,
18248 .description
= "EVENT TRIGGER",
18249 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
18250 .createStmt
= query
->data
,
18251 .dropStmt
= delqry
->data
));
18253 if (evtinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
18254 dumpComment(fout
, "EVENT TRIGGER", qevtname
,
18255 NULL
, evtinfo
->evtowner
,
18256 evtinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, evtinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
18258 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
18259 destroyPQExpBuffer(delqry
);
18268 dumpRule(Archive
*fout
, const RuleInfo
*rinfo
)
18270 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
18271 TableInfo
*tbinfo
= rinfo
->ruletable
;
18275 PQExpBuffer delcmd
;
18276 PQExpBuffer ruleprefix
;
18281 /* Do nothing if not dumping schema */
18282 if (!dopt
->dumpSchema
)
18286 * If it is an ON SELECT rule that is created implicitly by CREATE VIEW,
18287 * we do not want to dump it as a separate object.
18289 if (!rinfo
->separate
)
18293 * If it's an ON SELECT rule, we want to print it as a view definition,
18294 * instead of a rule.
18296 is_view
= (rinfo
->ev_type
== '1' && rinfo
->is_instead
);
18298 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
18299 cmd
= createPQExpBuffer();
18300 delcmd
= createPQExpBuffer();
18301 ruleprefix
= createPQExpBuffer();
18303 qtabname
= pg_strdup(fmtId(tbinfo
->dobj
.name
));
18307 PQExpBuffer result
;
18310 * We need OR REPLACE here because we'll be replacing a dummy view.
18311 * Otherwise this should look largely like the regular view dump code.
18313 appendPQExpBuffer(cmd
, "CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW %s",
18314 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
18315 if (nonemptyReloptions(tbinfo
->reloptions
))
18317 appendPQExpBufferStr(cmd
, " WITH (");
18318 appendReloptionsArrayAH(cmd
, tbinfo
->reloptions
, "", fout
);
18319 appendPQExpBufferChar(cmd
, ')');
18321 result
= createViewAsClause(fout
, tbinfo
);
18322 appendPQExpBuffer(cmd
, " AS\n%s", result
->data
);
18323 destroyPQExpBuffer(result
);
18324 if (tbinfo
->checkoption
!= NULL
)
18325 appendPQExpBuffer(cmd
, "\n WITH %s CHECK OPTION",
18326 tbinfo
->checkoption
);
18327 appendPQExpBufferStr(cmd
, ";\n");
18331 /* In the rule case, just print pg_get_ruledef's result verbatim */
18332 appendPQExpBuffer(query
,
18333 "SELECT pg_catalog.pg_get_ruledef('%u'::pg_catalog.oid)",
18334 rinfo
->dobj
.catId
.oid
);
18336 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
18338 if (PQntuples(res
) != 1)
18339 pg_fatal("query to get rule \"%s\" for table \"%s\" failed: wrong number of rows returned",
18340 rinfo
->dobj
.name
, tbinfo
->dobj
.name
);
18342 printfPQExpBuffer(cmd
, "%s\n", PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0));
18348 * Add the command to alter the rules replication firing semantics if it
18349 * differs from the default.
18351 if (rinfo
->ev_enabled
!= 'O')
18353 appendPQExpBuffer(cmd
, "ALTER TABLE %s ", fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
18354 switch (rinfo
->ev_enabled
)
18357 appendPQExpBuffer(cmd
, "ENABLE ALWAYS RULE %s;\n",
18358 fmtId(rinfo
->dobj
.name
));
18361 appendPQExpBuffer(cmd
, "ENABLE REPLICA RULE %s;\n",
18362 fmtId(rinfo
->dobj
.name
));
18365 appendPQExpBuffer(cmd
, "DISABLE RULE %s;\n",
18366 fmtId(rinfo
->dobj
.name
));
18374 * We can't DROP a view's ON SELECT rule. Instead, use CREATE OR
18375 * REPLACE VIEW to replace the rule with something with minimal
18378 PQExpBuffer result
;
18380 appendPQExpBuffer(delcmd
, "CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW %s",
18381 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
18382 result
= createDummyViewAsClause(fout
, tbinfo
);
18383 appendPQExpBuffer(delcmd
, " AS\n%s;\n", result
->data
);
18384 destroyPQExpBuffer(result
);
18388 appendPQExpBuffer(delcmd
, "DROP RULE %s ",
18389 fmtId(rinfo
->dobj
.name
));
18390 appendPQExpBuffer(delcmd
, "ON %s;\n",
18391 fmtQualifiedDumpable(tbinfo
));
18394 appendPQExpBuffer(ruleprefix
, "RULE %s ON",
18395 fmtId(rinfo
->dobj
.name
));
18397 tag
= psprintf("%s %s", tbinfo
->dobj
.name
, rinfo
->dobj
.name
);
18399 if (rinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
)
18400 ArchiveEntry(fout
, rinfo
->dobj
.catId
, rinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
,
18401 ARCHIVE_OPTS(.tag
= tag
,
18402 .namespace = tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
18403 .owner
= tbinfo
->rolname
,
18404 .description
= "RULE",
18405 .section
= SECTION_POST_DATA
,
18406 .createStmt
= cmd
->data
,
18407 .dropStmt
= delcmd
->data
));
18409 /* Dump rule comments */
18410 if (rinfo
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_COMMENT
)
18411 dumpComment(fout
, ruleprefix
->data
, qtabname
,
18412 tbinfo
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.name
,
18414 rinfo
->dobj
.catId
, 0, rinfo
->dobj
.dumpId
);
18417 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
18418 destroyPQExpBuffer(cmd
);
18419 destroyPQExpBuffer(delcmd
);
18420 destroyPQExpBuffer(ruleprefix
);
18425 * getExtensionMembership --- obtain extension membership data
18427 * We need to identify objects that are extension members as soon as they're
18428 * loaded, so that we can correctly determine whether they need to be dumped.
18429 * Generally speaking, extension member objects will get marked as *not* to
18430 * be dumped, as they will be recreated by the single CREATE EXTENSION
18431 * command. However, in binary upgrade mode we still need to dump the members
18435 getExtensionMembership(Archive
*fout
, ExtensionInfo extinfo
[],
18445 ExtensionInfo
*ext
;
18447 /* Nothing to do if no extensions */
18448 if (numExtensions
== 0)
18451 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
18453 /* refclassid constraint is redundant but may speed the search */
18454 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT "
18455 "classid, objid, refobjid "
18457 "WHERE refclassid = 'pg_extension'::regclass "
18458 "AND deptype = 'e' "
18461 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
18463 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
18465 i_classid
= PQfnumber(res
, "classid");
18466 i_objid
= PQfnumber(res
, "objid");
18467 i_refobjid
= PQfnumber(res
, "refobjid");
18470 * Since we ordered the SELECT by referenced ID, we can expect that
18471 * multiple entries for the same extension will appear together; this
18472 * saves on searches.
18476 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
18481 objId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_classid
));
18482 objId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_objid
));
18483 extId
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_refobjid
));
18486 ext
->dobj
.catId
.oid
!= extId
)
18487 ext
= findExtensionByOid(extId
);
18491 /* shouldn't happen */
18492 pg_log_warning("could not find referenced extension %u", extId
);
18496 recordExtensionMembership(objId
, ext
);
18501 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
18505 * processExtensionTables --- deal with extension configuration tables
18507 * There are two parts to this process:
18509 * 1. Identify and create dump records for extension configuration tables.
18511 * Extensions can mark tables as "configuration", which means that the user
18512 * is able and expected to modify those tables after the extension has been
18513 * loaded. For these tables, we dump out only the data- the structure is
18514 * expected to be handled at CREATE EXTENSION time, including any indexes or
18515 * foreign keys, which brings us to-
18517 * 2. Record FK dependencies between configuration tables.
18519 * Due to the FKs being created at CREATE EXTENSION time and therefore before
18520 * the data is loaded, we have to work out what the best order for reloading
18521 * the data is, to avoid FK violations when the tables are restored. This is
18522 * not perfect- we can't handle circular dependencies and if any exist they
18523 * will cause an invalid dump to be produced (though at least all of the data
18524 * is included for a user to manually restore). This is currently documented
18525 * but perhaps we can provide a better solution in the future.
18528 processExtensionTables(Archive
*fout
, ExtensionInfo extinfo
[],
18531 DumpOptions
*dopt
= fout
->dopt
;
18539 /* Nothing to do if no extensions */
18540 if (numExtensions
== 0)
18544 * Identify extension configuration tables and create TableDataInfo
18545 * objects for them, ensuring their data will be dumped even though the
18546 * tables themselves won't be.
18548 * Note that we create TableDataInfo objects even in schema-only mode, ie,
18549 * user data in a configuration table is treated like schema data. This
18550 * seems appropriate since system data in a config table would get
18551 * reloaded by CREATE EXTENSION. If the extension is not listed in the
18552 * list of extensions to be included, none of its data is dumped.
18554 for (i
= 0; i
< numExtensions
; i
++)
18556 ExtensionInfo
*curext
= &(extinfo
[i
]);
18557 char *extconfig
= curext
->extconfig
;
18558 char *extcondition
= curext
->extcondition
;
18559 char **extconfigarray
= NULL
;
18560 char **extconditionarray
= NULL
;
18561 int nconfigitems
= 0;
18562 int nconditionitems
= 0;
18565 * Check if this extension is listed as to include in the dump. If
18566 * not, any table data associated with it is discarded.
18568 if (extension_include_oids
.head
!= NULL
&&
18569 !simple_oid_list_member(&extension_include_oids
,
18570 curext
->dobj
.catId
.oid
))
18574 * Check if this extension is listed as to exclude in the dump. If
18575 * yes, any table data associated with it is discarded.
18577 if (extension_exclude_oids
.head
!= NULL
&&
18578 simple_oid_list_member(&extension_exclude_oids
,
18579 curext
->dobj
.catId
.oid
))
18582 if (strlen(extconfig
) != 0 || strlen(extcondition
) != 0)
18586 if (!parsePGArray(extconfig
, &extconfigarray
, &nconfigitems
))
18587 pg_fatal("could not parse %s array", "extconfig");
18588 if (!parsePGArray(extcondition
, &extconditionarray
, &nconditionitems
))
18589 pg_fatal("could not parse %s array", "extcondition");
18590 if (nconfigitems
!= nconditionitems
)
18591 pg_fatal("mismatched number of configurations and conditions for extension");
18593 for (j
= 0; j
< nconfigitems
; j
++)
18595 TableInfo
*configtbl
;
18596 Oid configtbloid
= atooid(extconfigarray
[j
]);
18598 curext
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
;
18600 configtbl
= findTableByOid(configtbloid
);
18601 if (configtbl
== NULL
)
18605 * Tables of not-to-be-dumped extensions shouldn't be dumped
18606 * unless the table or its schema is explicitly included
18608 if (!(curext
->dobj
.dump
& DUMP_COMPONENT_DEFINITION
))
18610 /* check table explicitly requested */
18611 if (table_include_oids
.head
!= NULL
&&
18612 simple_oid_list_member(&table_include_oids
,
18616 /* check table's schema explicitly requested */
18617 if (configtbl
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.dump
&
18618 DUMP_COMPONENT_DATA
)
18622 /* check table excluded by an exclusion switch */
18623 if (table_exclude_oids
.head
!= NULL
&&
18624 simple_oid_list_member(&table_exclude_oids
,
18628 /* check schema excluded by an exclusion switch */
18629 if (simple_oid_list_member(&schema_exclude_oids
,
18630 configtbl
->dobj
.namespace->dobj
.catId
.oid
))
18635 makeTableDataInfo(dopt
, configtbl
);
18636 if (configtbl
->dataObj
!= NULL
)
18638 if (strlen(extconditionarray
[j
]) > 0)
18639 configtbl
->dataObj
->filtercond
= pg_strdup(extconditionarray
[j
]);
18644 if (extconfigarray
)
18645 free(extconfigarray
);
18646 if (extconditionarray
)
18647 free(extconditionarray
);
18651 * Now that all the TableDataInfo objects have been created for all the
18652 * extensions, check their FK dependencies and register them to try and
18653 * dump the data out in an order that they can be restored in.
18655 * Note that this is not a problem for user tables as their FKs are
18656 * recreated after the data has been loaded.
18659 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
18661 printfPQExpBuffer(query
,
18662 "SELECT conrelid, confrelid "
18663 "FROM pg_constraint "
18664 "JOIN pg_depend ON (objid = confrelid) "
18665 "WHERE contype = 'f' "
18666 "AND refclassid = 'pg_extension'::regclass "
18667 "AND classid = 'pg_class'::regclass;");
18669 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
18670 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
18672 i_conrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "conrelid");
18673 i_confrelid
= PQfnumber(res
, "confrelid");
18675 /* Now get the dependencies and register them */
18676 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
18680 TableInfo
*reftable
,
18683 conrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_conrelid
));
18684 confrelid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_confrelid
));
18685 contable
= findTableByOid(conrelid
);
18686 reftable
= findTableByOid(confrelid
);
18688 if (reftable
== NULL
||
18689 reftable
->dataObj
== NULL
||
18690 contable
== NULL
||
18691 contable
->dataObj
== NULL
)
18695 * Make referencing TABLE_DATA object depend on the referenced table's
18696 * TABLE_DATA object.
18698 addObjectDependency(&contable
->dataObj
->dobj
,
18699 reftable
->dataObj
->dobj
.dumpId
);
18702 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
18706 * getDependencies --- obtain available dependency data
18709 getDependencies(Archive
*fout
)
18720 DumpableObject
*dobj
,
18723 pg_log_info("reading dependency data");
18725 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
18728 * Messy query to collect the dependency data we need. Note that we
18729 * ignore the sub-object column, so that dependencies of or on a column
18730 * look the same as dependencies of or on a whole table.
18732 * PIN dependencies aren't interesting, and EXTENSION dependencies were
18733 * already processed by getExtensionMembership.
18735 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "SELECT "
18736 "classid, objid, refclassid, refobjid, deptype "
18738 "WHERE deptype != 'p' AND deptype != 'e'\n");
18741 * Since we don't treat pg_amop entries as separate DumpableObjects, we
18742 * have to translate their dependencies into dependencies of their parent
18743 * opfamily. Ignore internal dependencies though, as those will point to
18744 * their parent opclass, which we needn't consider here (and if we did,
18745 * it'd just result in circular dependencies). Also, "loose" opfamily
18746 * entries will have dependencies on their parent opfamily, which we
18747 * should drop since they'd likewise become useless self-dependencies.
18748 * (But be sure to keep deps on *other* opfamilies; see amopsortfamily.)
18750 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "UNION ALL\n"
18751 "SELECT 'pg_opfamily'::regclass AS classid, amopfamily AS objid, refclassid, refobjid, deptype "
18752 "FROM pg_depend d, pg_amop o "
18753 "WHERE deptype NOT IN ('p', 'e', 'i') AND "
18754 "classid = 'pg_amop'::regclass AND objid = o.oid "
18755 "AND NOT (refclassid = 'pg_opfamily'::regclass AND amopfamily = refobjid)\n");
18757 /* Likewise for pg_amproc entries */
18758 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "UNION ALL\n"
18759 "SELECT 'pg_opfamily'::regclass AS classid, amprocfamily AS objid, refclassid, refobjid, deptype "
18760 "FROM pg_depend d, pg_amproc p "
18761 "WHERE deptype NOT IN ('p', 'e', 'i') AND "
18762 "classid = 'pg_amproc'::regclass AND objid = p.oid "
18763 "AND NOT (refclassid = 'pg_opfamily'::regclass AND amprocfamily = refobjid)\n");
18765 /* Sort the output for efficiency below */
18766 appendPQExpBufferStr(query
, "ORDER BY 1,2");
18768 res
= ExecuteSqlQuery(fout
, query
->data
, PGRES_TUPLES_OK
);
18770 ntups
= PQntuples(res
);
18772 i_classid
= PQfnumber(res
, "classid");
18773 i_objid
= PQfnumber(res
, "objid");
18774 i_refclassid
= PQfnumber(res
, "refclassid");
18775 i_refobjid
= PQfnumber(res
, "refobjid");
18776 i_deptype
= PQfnumber(res
, "deptype");
18779 * Since we ordered the SELECT by referencing ID, we can expect that
18780 * multiple entries for the same object will appear together; this saves
18785 for (i
= 0; i
< ntups
; i
++)
18788 CatalogId refobjId
;
18791 objId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_classid
));
18792 objId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_objid
));
18793 refobjId
.tableoid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_refclassid
));
18794 refobjId
.oid
= atooid(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_refobjid
));
18795 deptype
= *(PQgetvalue(res
, i
, i_deptype
));
18797 if (dobj
== NULL
||
18798 dobj
->catId
.tableoid
!= objId
.tableoid
||
18799 dobj
->catId
.oid
!= objId
.oid
)
18800 dobj
= findObjectByCatalogId(objId
);
18803 * Failure to find objects mentioned in pg_depend is not unexpected,
18804 * since for example we don't collect info about TOAST tables.
18809 pg_log_warning("no referencing object %u %u",
18810 objId
.tableoid
, objId
.oid
);
18815 refdobj
= findObjectByCatalogId(refobjId
);
18817 if (refdobj
== NULL
)
18820 pg_log_warning("no referenced object %u %u",
18821 refobjId
.tableoid
, refobjId
.oid
);
18827 * For 'x' dependencies, mark the object for later; we still add the
18828 * normal dependency, for possible ordering purposes. Currently
18829 * pg_dump_sort.c knows to put extensions ahead of all object types
18830 * that could possibly depend on them, but this is safer.
18832 if (deptype
== 'x')
18833 dobj
->depends_on_ext
= true;
18836 * Ordinarily, table rowtypes have implicit dependencies on their
18837 * tables. However, for a composite type the implicit dependency goes
18838 * the other way in pg_depend; which is the right thing for DROP but
18839 * it doesn't produce the dependency ordering we need. So in that one
18840 * case, we reverse the direction of the dependency.
18842 if (deptype
== 'i' &&
18843 dobj
->objType
== DO_TABLE
&&
18844 refdobj
->objType
== DO_TYPE
)
18845 addObjectDependency(refdobj
, dobj
->dumpId
);
18848 addObjectDependency(dobj
, refdobj
->dumpId
);
18853 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
18858 * createBoundaryObjects - create dummy DumpableObjects to represent
18859 * dump section boundaries.
18861 static DumpableObject
*
18862 createBoundaryObjects(void)
18864 DumpableObject
*dobjs
;
18866 dobjs
= (DumpableObject
*) pg_malloc(2 * sizeof(DumpableObject
));
18868 dobjs
[0].objType
= DO_PRE_DATA_BOUNDARY
;
18869 dobjs
[0].catId
= nilCatalogId
;
18870 AssignDumpId(dobjs
+ 0);
18871 dobjs
[0].name
= pg_strdup("PRE-DATA BOUNDARY");
18873 dobjs
[1].objType
= DO_POST_DATA_BOUNDARY
;
18874 dobjs
[1].catId
= nilCatalogId
;
18875 AssignDumpId(dobjs
+ 1);
18876 dobjs
[1].name
= pg_strdup("POST-DATA BOUNDARY");
18882 * addBoundaryDependencies - add dependencies as needed to enforce the dump
18883 * section boundaries.
18886 addBoundaryDependencies(DumpableObject
**dobjs
, int numObjs
,
18887 DumpableObject
*boundaryObjs
)
18889 DumpableObject
*preDataBound
= boundaryObjs
+ 0;
18890 DumpableObject
*postDataBound
= boundaryObjs
+ 1;
18893 for (i
= 0; i
< numObjs
; i
++)
18895 DumpableObject
*dobj
= dobjs
[i
];
18898 * The classification of object types here must match the SECTION_xxx
18899 * values assigned during subsequent ArchiveEntry calls!
18901 switch (dobj
->objType
)
18906 case DO_SHELL_TYPE
:
18910 case DO_ACCESS_METHOD
:
18914 case DO_CONVERSION
:
18916 case DO_TABLE_ATTACH
:
18920 case DO_DUMMY_TYPE
:
18923 case DO_TSTEMPLATE
:
18926 case DO_FOREIGN_SERVER
:
18928 /* Pre-data objects: must come before the pre-data boundary */
18929 addObjectDependency(preDataBound
, dobj
->dumpId
);
18931 case DO_TABLE_DATA
:
18932 case DO_SEQUENCE_SET
:
18933 case DO_LARGE_OBJECT
:
18934 case DO_LARGE_OBJECT_DATA
:
18935 /* Data objects: must come between the boundaries */
18936 addObjectDependency(dobj
, preDataBound
->dumpId
);
18937 addObjectDependency(postDataBound
, dobj
->dumpId
);
18940 case DO_INDEX_ATTACH
:
18942 case DO_REFRESH_MATVIEW
:
18944 case DO_EVENT_TRIGGER
:
18945 case DO_DEFAULT_ACL
:
18947 case DO_PUBLICATION
:
18948 case DO_PUBLICATION_REL
:
18949 case DO_PUBLICATION_TABLE_IN_SCHEMA
:
18950 case DO_SUBSCRIPTION
:
18951 case DO_SUBSCRIPTION_REL
:
18952 /* Post-data objects: must come after the post-data boundary */
18953 addObjectDependency(dobj
, postDataBound
->dumpId
);
18956 /* Rules are post-data, but only if dumped separately */
18957 if (((RuleInfo
*) dobj
)->separate
)
18958 addObjectDependency(dobj
, postDataBound
->dumpId
);
18960 case DO_CONSTRAINT
:
18961 case DO_FK_CONSTRAINT
:
18962 /* Constraints are post-data, but only if dumped separately */
18963 if (((ConstraintInfo
*) dobj
)->separate
)
18964 addObjectDependency(dobj
, postDataBound
->dumpId
);
18966 case DO_PRE_DATA_BOUNDARY
:
18967 /* nothing to do */
18969 case DO_POST_DATA_BOUNDARY
:
18970 /* must come after the pre-data boundary */
18971 addObjectDependency(dobj
, preDataBound
->dumpId
);
18979 * BuildArchiveDependencies - create dependency data for archive TOC entries
18981 * The raw dependency data obtained by getDependencies() is not terribly
18982 * useful in an archive dump, because in many cases there are dependency
18983 * chains linking through objects that don't appear explicitly in the dump.
18984 * For example, a view will depend on its _RETURN rule while the _RETURN rule
18985 * will depend on other objects --- but the rule will not appear as a separate
18986 * object in the dump. We need to adjust the view's dependencies to include
18987 * whatever the rule depends on that is included in the dump.
18989 * Just to make things more complicated, there are also "special" dependencies
18990 * such as the dependency of a TABLE DATA item on its TABLE, which we must
18991 * not rearrange because pg_restore knows that TABLE DATA only depends on
18992 * its table. In these cases we must leave the dependencies strictly as-is
18993 * even if they refer to not-to-be-dumped objects.
18995 * To handle this, the convention is that "special" dependencies are created
18996 * during ArchiveEntry calls, and an archive TOC item that has any such
18997 * entries will not be touched here. Otherwise, we recursively search the
18998 * DumpableObject data structures to build the correct dependencies for each
18999 * archive TOC item.
19002 BuildArchiveDependencies(Archive
*fout
)
19004 ArchiveHandle
*AH
= (ArchiveHandle
*) fout
;
19007 /* Scan all TOC entries in the archive */
19008 for (te
= AH
->toc
->next
; te
!= AH
->toc
; te
= te
->next
)
19010 DumpableObject
*dobj
;
19011 DumpId
*dependencies
;
19015 /* No need to process entries that will not be dumped */
19018 /* Ignore entries that already have "special" dependencies */
19021 /* Otherwise, look up the item's original DumpableObject, if any */
19022 dobj
= findObjectByDumpId(te
->dumpId
);
19025 /* No work if it has no dependencies */
19026 if (dobj
->nDeps
<= 0)
19028 /* Set up work array */
19030 dependencies
= (DumpId
*) pg_malloc(allocDeps
* sizeof(DumpId
));
19032 /* Recursively find all dumpable dependencies */
19033 findDumpableDependencies(AH
, dobj
,
19034 &dependencies
, &nDeps
, &allocDeps
);
19035 /* And save 'em ... */
19038 dependencies
= (DumpId
*) pg_realloc(dependencies
,
19039 nDeps
* sizeof(DumpId
));
19040 te
->dependencies
= dependencies
;
19044 free(dependencies
);
19048 /* Recursive search subroutine for BuildArchiveDependencies */
19050 findDumpableDependencies(ArchiveHandle
*AH
, const DumpableObject
*dobj
,
19051 DumpId
**dependencies
, int *nDeps
, int *allocDeps
)
19056 * Ignore section boundary objects: if we search through them, we'll
19057 * report lots of bogus dependencies.
19059 if (dobj
->objType
== DO_PRE_DATA_BOUNDARY
||
19060 dobj
->objType
== DO_POST_DATA_BOUNDARY
)
19063 for (i
= 0; i
< dobj
->nDeps
; i
++)
19065 DumpId depid
= dobj
->dependencies
[i
];
19067 if (TocIDRequired(AH
, depid
) != 0)
19069 /* Object will be dumped, so just reference it as a dependency */
19070 if (*nDeps
>= *allocDeps
)
19073 *dependencies
= (DumpId
*) pg_realloc(*dependencies
,
19074 *allocDeps
* sizeof(DumpId
));
19076 (*dependencies
)[*nDeps
] = depid
;
19082 * Object will not be dumped, so recursively consider its deps. We
19083 * rely on the assumption that sortDumpableObjects already broke
19084 * any dependency loops, else we might recurse infinitely.
19086 DumpableObject
*otherdobj
= findObjectByDumpId(depid
);
19089 findDumpableDependencies(AH
, otherdobj
,
19090 dependencies
, nDeps
, allocDeps
);
19097 * getFormattedTypeName - retrieve a nicely-formatted type name for the
19100 * This does not guarantee to schema-qualify the output, so it should not
19101 * be used to create the target object name for CREATE or ALTER commands.
19103 * Note that the result is cached and must not be freed by the caller.
19105 static const char *
19106 getFormattedTypeName(Archive
*fout
, Oid oid
, OidOptions opts
)
19108 TypeInfo
*typeInfo
;
19115 if ((opts
& zeroAsStar
) != 0)
19117 else if ((opts
& zeroAsNone
) != 0)
19121 /* see if we have the result cached in the type's TypeInfo record */
19122 typeInfo
= findTypeByOid(oid
);
19123 if (typeInfo
&& typeInfo
->ftypname
)
19124 return typeInfo
->ftypname
;
19126 query
= createPQExpBuffer();
19127 appendPQExpBuffer(query
, "SELECT pg_catalog.format_type('%u'::pg_catalog.oid, NULL)",
19130 res
= ExecuteSqlQueryForSingleRow(fout
, query
->data
);
19132 /* result of format_type is already quoted */
19133 result
= pg_strdup(PQgetvalue(res
, 0, 0));
19136 destroyPQExpBuffer(query
);
19139 * Cache the result for re-use in later requests, if possible. If we
19140 * don't have a TypeInfo for the type, the string will be leaked once the
19141 * caller is done with it ... but that case really should not happen, so
19142 * leaking if it does seems acceptable.
19145 typeInfo
->ftypname
= result
;
19151 * Return a column list clause for the given relation.
19153 * Special case: if there are no undropped columns in the relation, return
19154 * "", not an invalid "()" column list.
19156 static const char *
19157 fmtCopyColumnList(const TableInfo
*ti
, PQExpBuffer buffer
)
19159 int numatts
= ti
->numatts
;
19160 char **attnames
= ti
->attnames
;
19161 bool *attisdropped
= ti
->attisdropped
;
19162 char *attgenerated
= ti
->attgenerated
;
19166 appendPQExpBufferChar(buffer
, '(');
19168 for (i
= 0; i
< numatts
; i
++)
19170 if (attisdropped
[i
])
19172 if (attgenerated
[i
])
19175 appendPQExpBufferStr(buffer
, ", ");
19176 appendPQExpBufferStr(buffer
, fmtId(attnames
[i
]));
19181 return ""; /* no undropped columns */
19183 appendPQExpBufferChar(buffer
, ')');
19184 return buffer
->data
;
19188 * Check if a reloptions array is nonempty.
19191 nonemptyReloptions(const char *reloptions
)
19193 /* Don't want to print it if it's just "{}" */
19194 return (reloptions
!= NULL
&& strlen(reloptions
) > 2);
19198 * Format a reloptions array and append it to the given buffer.
19200 * "prefix" is prepended to the option names; typically it's "" or "toast.".
19203 appendReloptionsArrayAH(PQExpBuffer buffer
, const char *reloptions
,
19204 const char *prefix
, Archive
*fout
)
19208 res
= appendReloptionsArray(buffer
, reloptions
, prefix
, fout
->encoding
,
19209 fout
->std_strings
);
19211 pg_log_warning("could not parse %s array", "reloptions");
19215 * read_dump_filters - retrieve object identifier patterns from file
19217 * Parse the specified filter file for include and exclude patterns, and add
19218 * them to the relevant lists. If the filename is "-" then filters will be
19219 * read from STDIN rather than a file.
19222 read_dump_filters(const char *filename
, DumpOptions
*dopt
)
19224 FilterStateData fstate
;
19226 FilterCommandType comtype
;
19227 FilterObjectType objtype
;
19229 filter_init(&fstate
, filename
, exit_nicely
);
19231 while (filter_read_item(&fstate
, &objname
, &comtype
, &objtype
))
19233 if (comtype
== FILTER_COMMAND_TYPE_INCLUDE
)
19237 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_NONE
:
19239 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_DATABASE
:
19240 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_FUNCTION
:
19241 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_INDEX
:
19242 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_TABLE_DATA
:
19243 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_TABLE_DATA_AND_CHILDREN
:
19244 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_TRIGGER
:
19245 pg_log_filter_error(&fstate
, _("%s filter for \"%s\" is not allowed"),
19247 filter_object_type_name(objtype
));
19249 break; /* unreachable */
19251 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_EXTENSION
:
19252 simple_string_list_append(&extension_include_patterns
, objname
);
19254 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_FOREIGN_DATA
:
19255 simple_string_list_append(&foreign_servers_include_patterns
, objname
);
19257 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_SCHEMA
:
19258 simple_string_list_append(&schema_include_patterns
, objname
);
19259 dopt
->include_everything
= false;
19261 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_TABLE
:
19262 simple_string_list_append(&table_include_patterns
, objname
);
19263 dopt
->include_everything
= false;
19265 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_TABLE_AND_CHILDREN
:
19266 simple_string_list_append(&table_include_patterns_and_children
,
19268 dopt
->include_everything
= false;
19272 else if (comtype
== FILTER_COMMAND_TYPE_EXCLUDE
)
19276 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_NONE
:
19278 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_DATABASE
:
19279 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_FUNCTION
:
19280 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_INDEX
:
19281 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_TRIGGER
:
19282 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_FOREIGN_DATA
:
19283 pg_log_filter_error(&fstate
, _("%s filter for \"%s\" is not allowed"),
19285 filter_object_type_name(objtype
));
19289 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_EXTENSION
:
19290 simple_string_list_append(&extension_exclude_patterns
, objname
);
19292 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_TABLE_DATA
:
19293 simple_string_list_append(&tabledata_exclude_patterns
,
19296 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_TABLE_DATA_AND_CHILDREN
:
19297 simple_string_list_append(&tabledata_exclude_patterns_and_children
,
19300 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_SCHEMA
:
19301 simple_string_list_append(&schema_exclude_patterns
, objname
);
19303 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_TABLE
:
19304 simple_string_list_append(&table_exclude_patterns
, objname
);
19306 case FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_TABLE_AND_CHILDREN
:
19307 simple_string_list_append(&table_exclude_patterns_and_children
,
19314 Assert(comtype
== FILTER_COMMAND_TYPE_NONE
);
19315 Assert(objtype
== FILTER_OBJECT_TYPE_NONE
);
19322 filter_free(&fstate
);